Device Advisory September 1999 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device Introduction This advisory applies to the T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator as described in the May 1998 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet (DS98-244TIC). Microprocessor Timing Requirements This section describes a modification to the microprocessor interface timing information to guarantee proper function of the line interface clear on read status register, LIU_REG0, at address 400 and A00 (hex). For clear on read (COR) register LIU_REG0 to clear, the chip select (CS) and address value (AD0—AD7 and A8—A11, or A0—A11) must be active for either of the following intervals after the completion of the read (RD) or data strobe (DS) pulse. 1. If present, two microprocessor clock (MPCK) cycles. ■ 33 MHz maximum. ■ 3 MHz minimum. 2. Two internal SYSCK cycles, if MPCK is not present. ■ The internal SYSCK is a clock at 16 times the line rate (24.704 MHz for DS1 or 32.768 MHz for CEPT). Two internal SYSCK cycles, at 16 times the line rate, are equivalent to 81 ns for DS1 and 61 ns for CEPT. If MPCK is present, this time interval can range from 61 ns to 667 ns depending upon the particular repetition rate selected for MPCK. The microprocessor interface timing table from the T7633 advance data sheet is shown in Table 1, Microprocessor Interface I/O Timing Specifications on page 2 with the revised timing incorported in the table (notes * and †). The timing diagrams, which did not change, are shown in Figure 1— Figure 8. For the case where MPCK is not present, it is recommended that the hold time between the deassertion of RD or DS and the deassertion of CS be at least 110 ns to provide a safety margin. This requirement is not specified in the T7633 advance data sheet. The framer portion of the terminator internally latches the decoded register address within its logic for clearing the framer CORs, and it does not require this timing modification. Device Advisory September 1999 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device Microprocessor Interface I/O Timing In modes 1 and 3, asserting ALE_AS signal low is used to enable the internal address bus. In modes 2 and 4, the falling edge of ALE_AS signal is used to latch the address bus. Table 1. Microprocessor Interface I/O Timing Specifications Setup (ns) (Min) Hold (ns) (Min) Delay (ns) (Max) AS Asserted Width — 10 — t2 Address Valid to AS Deasserted 10 — — t3 AS Deasserted to Address Invalid — 10 — t4 — — — — t5 R/W Valid to Both CS and DS Asserted 4 — — t6 Address Valid and AS Asserted to DS Asserted (Read) 0 — — t7 CS Asserted to DTACK Low Impedance — — 12 t8 DS Asserted to DTACK Asserted — — 15 t9 DS Asserted to AD Low Impedance (Read) — — 15 t10 DTACK Asserted to Data Valid — — 25 t11 DS Deasserted to CS Deasserted (Read) — * — t12 DS Deasserted to R/W Invalid — 5 — t13 DS Deasserted to DTACK Deasserted — — 12 t14 CS Deasserted to DTACK High Impedance — — 10 t15 DS Deasserted to Data Invalid (Read) — 5 — t16 Address Valid and AS Asserted to DS Asserted (Write) 10 — — t17 Data Valid to DS Asserted 10 — — t18 DS Deasserted to CS Deasserted (Write) — 5 — t19 DS Deasserted to Data Valid — 10 — t20 DS Asserted Width (Write) — 10 — t21 Address Valid to AS Falling Edge 10 — — t22 AS Falling Edge to Address Invalid — 10 — t23 AS Falling Edge to DS Asserted (Read) 0 — — t24 AS Falling Edge to DS Asserted (Write) 10 — — t25 CS Asserted to DS Asserted (Write) 10 — — Symbol Configuration t1 Modes 1 & 2 Parameter * For Figure 1: ■ If AS = 0 (AS is not used or is inactive), then the address must be valid until CS = 1 and — If MPCK is used (MPCK is active), then t11 must exceed two MPCK periods, — If MPCK is not used (MPCK is inactive), then t11 must exceed two 16x line clock periods. A t11 of 110 ns is suggested. ■ If AS is used (AS is active), then — If MPCK is used (MPCK is active), then t11 must exceed two MPCK periods, — If MPCK is not used (MPCK is inactive), then t11 must exceed two 16x line clock periods. A t11 of 110 ns is suggested. For Figure 3: ■ If MPCK is used (MPCK is active), then t11 must exceed two MPCK periods, ■ If MPCK is not used (MPCK is inactive), then t11 must exceed two 16x line clock periods. A t11 of 110 ns is suggested. 2 Agere Systems Inc. Device Advisory September 1999 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) Table 1. Microprocessor Interface I/O Timing Specifications (continued) Setup (ns) (Min) Hold (ns) (Min) Delay (ns) (Max) ALE Asserted Width — 10 — t32 Address Valid to ALE Deasserted 10 — — t33 ALE Deasserted to Address Invalid — 10 — t34 CS Asserted to RD Asserted 0 — — t35 Address Valid and ALE Asserted to RD Asserted 0 — — t36 CS Asserted to RDY Low Impedance — — 12 t37 Rising Edge MPCK to RDY Asserted — — 15 t38 RD Asserted to AD Low Impedance — — 15 t39 RD Asserted to Data Valid — — 40 t40 RD Deasserted to CS Deasserted — † — t41 RD Deasserted to RDY Deasserted — — 15 t42 CS Deasserted to RDY High Impedance — — 10 t43 RD Deasserted to Data Invalid (High Impedance) — 5 — t44 CS Asserted to WR Asserted 0 — — t45 Address Valid and ALE Asserted to WR Asserted 10 — — t46 Data Valid to WR Asserted 10 — — t47 WR Deasserted to CS Deasserted — 5 — t48 WR Deasserted to RDY Deasserted — — 15 t49 WR Deasserted to Data Invalid — 10 — t50 RD Asserted Width — 40 — t51 WR Asserted Width — 10 — t52 Address Valid to ALE Falling Edge 10 — — t53 ALE Falling Edge to Address Invalid — 10 — t54 ALE Falling Edge to RD Asserted 0 — — t55 ALE Falling Edge to WR Asserted 10 — — Symbol Configuration t31 Modes 3 & 4 Parameter † For Figure 5: ■ If ALE = 0 (ALE is not used or is inactive), then the address must be valid until CS = 1 and — If MPCK is used (MPCK is active), then t40 must exceed two MPCK periods, — If MPCK is not used (MPCK is inactive), then t40 must exceed two 16x line clock periods. A t40 of 110 ns is suggested. ■ If ALE is used ( ALE is active), then — If MPCK is used (MPCK is active), then t40 must exceed two MPCK periods, — If MPCK is not used (MPCK is inactive), then t40 must exceed two 16x line clock periods. A t40 of 110 ns is suggested. For Figure 7: ■ If MPCK is used (MPCK is active), then t40 must exceed two MPCK periods, ■ If MPCK is not used (MPCK is inactive), then t40 must exceed two 16x line clock periods. A t40 of 110 ns is suggested. The read and write timing diagrams for all four microprocessor interface modes are shown in Figures 1—8. Agere Systems Inc. 3 Device Advisory September 1999 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) t11 CS t1 AS t2 A[0:11] t3 VALID ADDRESS t12 R/W t5 DS t6 t13 t8 t7 t14 DTACK t9 t10 t15 AD[0:7] VALID DATA 5-6422(F)r.1 Figure 1. Mode 1—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 0) t18 CS t1 AS t2 A[0:11] t3 VALID ADDRESS t12 t5 R/W t16 t20 DS t25 t7 t13 t8 t14 DTACK t17 AD[0:7] t19 VALID DATA 5-6423(F) Figure 2. Mode 1—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 0) 4 Agere Systems Inc. Device Advisory September 1999 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) t11 CS t1 AS t21 A[8:11] t22 VALID ADDRESS t12 t5 R/W DS t23 t13 t8 t7 t14 DTACK t21 AD[0:7] t22 t10 t9 t15 VALID ADDRESS VALID DATA 5-6424(F) Figure 3. Mode 2—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 1) t18 CS t1 AS t21 A[8:11] t22 VALID ADDRESS t12 t5 R/W t25 t20 DS t24 t13 t8 t7 t14 DTACK t21 AD[0:7] t22 VALID ADDRESS t17 t19 VALID DATA 5-6425(F) Figure 4. Mode 2—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 1) Agere Systems Inc. 5 Device Advisory September 1999 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) t40 CS t31 ALE t32 A[0:11] t33 VALID ADDRESS t34 t50 RD t35 t37 t42 t41 t36 RDY t39 t43 t38 VALID DATA AD[0:7] MPCK 5-6426(F)r.1 Figure 5. Mode 3—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 0) t47 CS t31 ALE t32 A[0:11] t33 VALID ADDRESS t44 t51 WR t45 t36 t48 t37 t42 RDY t49 t46 AD[0:7] VALID DATA MPCK 5-6427(F) Figure 6. Mode 3—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 0) 6 Agere Systems Inc. Device Advisory September 1999 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) t40 CS t31 ALE t52 A[8:11] t53 VALID ADDRESS t34 t50 RD t54 t41 t37 t36 t42 RDY t52 AD t39 t53 t43 t38 VALID DATA VALID ADDRESS MPCK 5-6428(F)r.1 Figure 7. Mode 4—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 1) t47 CS t31 ALE t52 A[8:11] t53 VALID ADDRESS t44 t51 WR t55 t48 t37 t36 t42 RDY t52 AD t53 VALID ADDRESS t46 t49 VALID DATA MPCK 5-6429(F)r.1 Figure 8. Mode 4—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 1) Agere Systems Inc. 7 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device Device Advisory September 1999 Data Pattern Limitation for Proper Functionality of the LIU Internal Full Local Loopback (FLLOOP) One of the loopback modes built into the T7633 is the line interface (LIU) full local loopback (FLLOOP). This mode connects the LIU transmit driver to the LIU line receiver circuit. This loopback mode is controlled by register LIU_REG5 bit 2 and bit 3. The FLLOOP function is activated when LIU_REG5, bit 2 = 1 and bit 3 = 0. Issue In the case of a data pattern with more than 400 continuous zeros, this loopback mode could possibly be unreliable. The possible failure mode is the following: 1. Latching of the data in either the one or zero state, and/or 2. An improper period for the recovered line clock (RLCK). The condition of an all-zero data pattern should not occur in framed T1 or E1 signals, nor should it occur in signals that use B8ZS, HDB3, or ZCS coding. As a consequence, this possible fault in the FLLOOP function should have minimal impact on T1 and E1 system applications of the T7633. If the case of an all-zeros data stream is used as a special system test or diagnostic condition, these devices may be forced into the above fault condition when the T7633 is in the FLLOOP state. Solution To avoid this possible fault condition, the FLLOOP loopback mode should not be used unless the data pattern is limited to one not containing in excess of 400 contiguous zeros. Alternatively, limits on the content of the data stream may be eliminated by using an equivalent external loopback in place of the FLLOOP loopback, or by using an alternative internal loopback, such as DLLOOP in the LIU or BLB (board loopback) of the framer. Asynchronous SYSCK and PLLCK with Jitter Attenuator in the Line Transmit Path A feature of the T7633 Line Interface Unit (LIU) is a jitter attenuator that can be optionally included in either the line receive or line transmit path. The jitter attenuator mode is controlled by the LIU register LIU_REG3 bits 0 and 1 (JAR and JAT). This register is located at address 403(hex) or A03(hex). Control of the jitter attenuator mode is independent for each channel of the terminator. Issue In the case when the jitter attenuator is in the line transmit path and the transmit line clock, which is derived from PLLCK, is asynchronous with SYSCK, errors may be generated in the line transmit data. These errors may appear as pattern slips. Solution To avoid generation of these errors, 1. PLLCK should be synchronous to SYSCK if the jitter attenuator is used in the transmit path, or 2. The jitter attenuator should not be used in the line transmit path. 8 Agere Systems Inc. Device Advisory September 1999 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device AY99-010PDH Replaces AY99-007T1E1 to Incorporate the Following Updates 1. Separate AY99-007T1E1 into two advisories: one applying to the T7630 and one applying to the T7633. This advisory (AY99-010PDH) applies to the T7633. 2. Page 8, added Asynchronous SYSCK and PLLCK with Jitter Attenuator in the Line Transmit Path section. Agere Systems Inc. 9 For additional information, contact your Agere Systems Account Manager or the following: INTERNET: http://www.agere.com E-MAIL: [email protected] N. AMERICA: Agere Systems Inc., 555 Union Boulevard, Room 30L-15P-BA, Allentown, PA 18109-3286 1-800-372-2447, FAX 610-712-4106 (In CANADA: 1-800-553-2448, FAX 610-712-4106) ASIA: Agere Systems Hong Kong Ltd., Suites 3201 & 3210-12, 32/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, Harbour City, Kowloon Tel. (852) 3129-2000, FAX (852) 3129-2020 CHINA: (86) 21-5047-1212 (Shanghai), (86) 10-6522-5566 (Beijing), (86) 755-695-7224 (Shenzhen) JAPAN: (81) 3-5421-1600 (Tokyo), KOREA: (82) 2-767-1850 (Seoul), SINGAPORE: (65) 6778-8833, TAIWAN: (886) 2-2725-5858 (Taipei) EUROPE: Tel. (44) 7000 624624, FAX (44) 1344 488 045 Agere Systems Inc. reserves the right to make changes to the product(s) or information contained herein without notice. No liability is assumed as a result of their use or application. Agere, Agere Systems, and the Agere logo are trademarks of Agere Systems Inc. Copyright © 2002 Agere Systems Inc. All Rights Reserved September 1999 AY99-010PDH (Replaces AY99-007T1E1 and must accompany DS02-244BBAC) Device Advisory August 1999 T7633 Device Advisory Describing Differences Between Version 1.0 and Version 2.0 of Device Introduction This advisory applies only to the T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator, and it describes the differences between the two versions of the device. Data Sheet Changes Table 148, Framer FDL Control Command Register (FRM_PR21) on page 189 of the May 1998 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet (DS02-244BBAC). ■ In version 1.0 of the device, bit 0 is reserved and must be cleared (write to 0). ■ In version 2.0 of the device, bit 0 = 1 disables the receive frame sync (RFS) output when the receive framer is in a loss of frame alignment (LFA) state; when bit 0 = 0, the device operates the same as version 1.0 of the device. Device Operation Updates LIU Full Local Loopback (FLLOOP) In version 1.0 of the device, when FLLOOP is enabled, the device occasionally drops 1s from the data pattern. This behavior is 1s density dependent, therefore, some data sequences are more sensitive than others. In version 2.0 of the device, the sensitivity to 1s density no longer occurs. Microprocessor Interface Timing In version 1.0 of the device, the LIU alarm status register (LIU_REG0) is clear-on-read (COR) and requires a modification to the microprocesser interface timing to guarantee proper operation. The timing requirements are described in the December 1998 T7633 Device Advisory for Version 1.0 of the Device (AY99-007T1E1). In version 2.0 of the device, the timing modification is no longer required. For additional information, contact your Agere Systems Account Manager or the following: INTERNET: http://www.agere.com E-MAIL: [email protected] N. AMERICA: Agere Systems Inc., 555 Union Boulevard, Room 30L-15P-BA, Allentown, PA 18109-3286 1-800-372-2447, FAX 610-712-4106 (In CANADA: 1-800-553-2448, FAX 610-712-4106) ASIA: Agere Systems Hong Kong Ltd., Suites 3201 & 3210-12, 32/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, Harbour City, Kowloon Tel. (852) 3129-2000, FAX (852) 3129-2020 CHINA: (86) 21-5047-1212 (Shanghai), (86) 10-6522-5566 (Beijing), (86) 755-695-7224 (Shenzhen) JAPAN: (81) 3-5421-1600 (Tokyo), KOREA: (82) 2-767-1850 (Seoul), SINGAPORE: (65) 6778-8833, TAIWAN: (886) 2-2725-5858 (Taipei) EUROPE: Tel. (44) 7000 624624, FAX (44) 1344 488 045 Agere Systems Inc. reserves the right to make changes to the product(s) or information contained herein without notice. No liability is assumed as a result of their use or application. Agere, Agere Systems, and the Agere logo are trademarks of Agere Systems Inc. Copyright © 2002 Agere Systems Inc. All Rights Reserved August 1999 AY99-033PDH (Must accompany DS02-244BBAC) Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Features ■ The T7633 Dual T1/E1 Terminator consists of two independent, highly integrated, software-configurable, full-featured short-haul transceiver/framers. The T7633 provides glueless interconnection from a T1/E1 line to a digital PCM system. Minimal external clocks are needed. Only a system clock/frame sync and a phase-locked line rate clock are required. System diagnostic and performance monitoring capability with integrated programmable test pattern generator/detector and loopback modes is provided. ■ ■ ■ Facility Data Link Features ■ Power Requirements and Package ■ ■ ■ ■ Single 3.3 V ± 5% supply. Low power: 375 mW per channel maximum. 144-pin TQFP package. Operating temperature range: –40 °C to +85 °C. Alarm reporting and performance monitoring per AT&T ®, ANSI ®, and ITU-T standards. Programmable, independent transmit and receive system interfaces at a 2.048 MHz, 4.096 MHz, or 8.192 MHz data rate. System interface master mode for generation of system frame sync from the line source. Internal phase-locked loop (with external VCXO) for generation of system clock from the line source. ■ ■ HDLC or transparent modes. Automatic transmission and detection of ANSI T1.403 FDL performance report message and bitoriented codes. 64-byte FIFO in both transmit and receive directions. Microprocessor Interface T1/E1 Line Interface Features ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Full T1/E1 pulse template compliance. Receiver provides equalization for up to 11 dB of loss. Digital clock and data recovery. Line coding: B8ZS, HDB3, ZCS, and AMI. Line interface coupling and matching networks for T1 and E1 (120 Ω and 75 Ω). ■ ■ ■ Applications ■ T1/E1 Framer Features ■ ■ ■ ■ Supports T1 framing modes ESF, D4, SLC ® -96, T1DM DDS. Supports G.704 basic and CRC-4 multiframe format E1 framing and procedures consistent with G.706. Supports unframed transmission format. T1 signaling modes: transparent; ESF 2-state, 4-state, and 16-state; D4 2-state and 4-state; SLC96 2-state, 4-state, 9-state, and 16-state. E1 signaling modes: transparent, CAS, CCS, and IRMS. 33 MHz, 8-bit data interface, no wait-states. Intel ® or Motorola® interface modes with multiplexed or demultiplexed buses. Directly addressable control registers. ■ ■ ■ Customer Premises Equipment—CSU/DSU, routers, digital PBX, channel banks (CB), base transceiver stations (BTS-picocell), small switches, and digital subscriber loop access multiplexers (DSLAM). Loop/Access—DLC/IDLC, DCS, BTS (microcell/ macrocell), DSLAMs, and multiplexers (terminal, synchronous/asynchronous, add drop). Central Office—Digital switches, DCS, CB, access concentrators, remote switch modules (RSM), and DSLAMs. Test Equipment—Transmission/BERT tester. T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Table of Contents Contents Page Features ................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Power Requirements and Package.................................................................................................................... 1 T1/E1 Line Interface Features............................................................................................................................ 1 T1/E1 Framer Features ...................................................................................................................................... 1 Facility Data Link Features................................................................................................................................. 1 Microprocessor Interface.................................................................................................................................... 1 Applications ........................................................................................................................................................ 1 Feature Descriptions .............................................................................................................................................. 13 T1/E1 Line Interface Features.......................................................................................................................... 13 T1/E1 Framer Features .................................................................................................................................... 13 Facility Data Link Features............................................................................................................................... 14 User-Programmable Microprocessor Interface ................................................................................................ 14 Functional Description ............................................................................................................................................ 15 Pin Information ....................................................................................................................................................... 19 Line Interface Unit: Block Diagram ......................................................................................................................... 26 Line Interface Unit: Receive ................................................................................................................................... 26 Data Recovery.................................................................................................................................................. 26 Jitter Accommodation and Jitter Transfer Without the Jitter Attenuator ........................................................... 27 Receive Line Interface Configuration Modes ................................................................................................... 27 T1/DS1 LIU Receiver Specifications ................................................................................................................ 30 CEPT LIU Receiver Specifications ................................................................................................................... 31 Line Interface Unit: Transmit .................................................................................................................................. 34 Output Pulse Generation.................................................................................................................................. 34 LIU Transmitter Configuration Modes .............................................................................................................. 35 LIU Transmitter Alarms .................................................................................................................................... 35 DSX-1 Transmitter Pulse Template and Specifications ................................................................................... 37 CEPT Transmitter Pulse Template and Specifications .................................................................................... 38 Line Interface Unit: Jitter Attenuator ....................................................................................................................... 40 Generated (Intrinsic) Jitter................................................................................................................................ 40 Jitter Transfer Function .................................................................................................................................... 40 Jitter Accommodation....................................................................................................................................... 41 Jitter Attenuator Enable (Transmit or Receive Path) ........................................................................................ 41 Line Interface Unit: Loopbacks ............................................................................................................................... 44 Full Local Loopback (FLLOOP)........................................................................................................................ 44 Remote Loopback (RLOOP) ............................................................................................................................ 44 Digital Local Loopback (DLLOOP) ................................................................................................................... 44 Line Interface Unit: Other Features ........................................................................................................................ 45 LIU Powerdown (PWRDN) ............................................................................................................................... 45 Loss of Framer Receive Line Clock (LOFRMRLCK Pin).................................................................................. 45 In-Circuit Testing and Driver High-Impedance State (3-STATE)...................................................................... 45 LIU Delay Values.............................................................................................................................................. 45 SYSCK Reference Clock........................................................................................................................................ 46 Line Interface Unit: Line Interface Networks........................................................................................................... 48 LIU-Framer Interface .............................................................................................................................................. 50 LIU-Framer Physical Interface.......................................................................................................................... 50 Interface Mode and Line Encoding................................................................................................................... 52 DS1: Zero Code Suppression (ZCS)................................................................................................................ 53 CEPT: High-Density Bipolar of Order 3 (HDB3)............................................................................................... 54 2 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Table of Contents (continued) Contents Page Frame Formats........................................................................................................................................................55 T1 Framing Structures ......................................................................................................................................55 T1 Loss of Frame Alignment (LFA) ...................................................................................................................62 T1 Frame Recovery Alignment Algorithms .......................................................................................................63 T1 Robbed-Bit Signaling ...................................................................................................................................64 CEPT 2.048 Basic Frame, CRC-4 Time Slot 0, and Signaling Time Slot 16 Multiframe Structures .................66 CEPT 2.048 Basic Frame Structure..................................................................................................................67 CEPT Loss of Basic Frame Alignment (LFA)....................................................................................................69 CEPT Loss of Frame Alignment Recovery Algorithm .......................................................................................69 CEPT Time Slot 0 CRC-4 Multiframe Structure ................................................................................................70 CEPT Loss of CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment (LTS0MFA)..................................................................................71 CEPT Loss of CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Recovery Algorithms ...................................................................72 CEPT Time Slot 16 Multiframe Structure ..........................................................................................................76 CEPT Loss of Time Slot 16 Multiframe Alignment (LTS16MFA) ......................................................................78 CEPT Loss of Time Slot 16 Multiframe Alignment Recovery Algorithm............................................................78 CEPT Time Slot 0 FAS/NOT FAS Control Bits .......................................................................................................79 FAS/NOT FAS Si- and E-Bit Source .................................................................................................................79 NOT FAS A-Bit (CEPT Remote Frame Alarm) Sources ...................................................................................80 NOT FAS Sa-Bit Sources..................................................................................................................................80 Sa Facility Data Link Access.............................................................................................................................81 NOT FAS Sa Stack Source and Destination.....................................................................................................82 CEPT Time Slot 16 X0—X2 Control Bits ..........................................................................................................84 Signaling Access.....................................................................................................................................................85 Transparent Signaling .......................................................................................................................................85 DS1: Robbed-Bit Signaling ...............................................................................................................................85 CEPT: Time Slot 16 Signaling...........................................................................................................................86 Auxiliary Framer I/O Timing ....................................................................................................................................87 Alarms and Performance Monitoring.......................................................................................................................91 Interrupt Generation ..........................................................................................................................................91 Alarm Definition.................................................................................................................................................91 Event Counters Definition .................................................................................................................................97 Loopback and Transmission Modes .................................................................................................................99 Line Test Patterns ...........................................................................................................................................102 Automatic and On-Demand Commands .........................................................................................................106 Facility Data Link (FDL).........................................................................................................................................108 Receive Facility Data Link Interface................................................................................................................108 Transmit Facility Data Link Interface...............................................................................................................114 HDLC Operation..............................................................................................................................................115 Transparent Mode...........................................................................................................................................118 Diagnostic Modes............................................................................................................................................120 Phase-Lock Loop Circuit .......................................................................................................................................122 Framer-System (CHI) Interface .............................................................................................................................124 DS1 Modes .....................................................................................................................................................124 CEPT Modes...................................................................................................................................................124 Receive Elastic Store ......................................................................................................................................124 Transmit Elastic Store .....................................................................................................................................124 Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) ................................................................................................................125 CHI Parameters ..............................................................................................................................................126 CHI Frame Timing...........................................................................................................................................129 CHI Offset Programming.................................................................................................................................132 Agere Systems Inc. 3 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Table of Contents (continued) Contents Page JTAG Boundary-Scan Specification ..................................................................................................................... 135 Principle of the Boundary Scan ...................................................................................................................... 135 Test Access Port Controller............................................................................................................................ 136 Instruction Register ........................................................................................................................................ 138 Boundary-Scan Register ................................................................................................................................ 139 BYPASS Register........................................................................................................................................... 139 IDCODE Register ........................................................................................................................................... 139 3-State Procedures ........................................................................................................................................ 139 Microprocessor Interface ...................................................................................................................................... 140 Overview ........................................................................................................................................................ 140 Microprocessor Configuration Modes............................................................................................................. 140 Microprocessor Interface Pinout Definitions ................................................................................................... 141 Microprocessor Clock (MPCLK) Specifications.............................................................................................. 142 Microprocessor Interface Register Address Map ........................................................................................... 142 I/O Timing....................................................................................................................................................... 142 Reset .................................................................................................................................................................... 149 Hardware Reset (Pin 43/139)......................................................................................................................... 149 Software Reset/Software Restart ................................................................................................................... 149 Interrupt Generation ............................................................................................................................................. 149 Register Architecture ............................................................................................................................................ 150 Global Register Architecture................................................................................................................................. 154 Global Register Structure ..................................................................................................................................... 155 Primary Block Interrupt Status Register (GREG0) ......................................................................................... 155 Primary Block Interrupt Enable Register (GREG1) ........................................................................................ 155 Global Loopback Control Register (GREG2) ................................................................................................. 156 Global Loopback Control Register (GREG3) ................................................................................................. 156 Global Control Register (GREG4) .................................................................................................................. 157 Device ID and Version Registers (GREG5—GREG7) ................................................................................... 157 Line Interface Unit (LIU) Register Architecture..................................................................................................... 158 Line Interface Alarm Register ............................................................................................................................... 159 Alarm Status Register (LIU_REG0)................................................................................................................ 159 Line Interface Alarm Interrupt Enable Register .................................................................................................... 159 Alarm Interrupt Enable Register (LIU_REG1) ................................................................................................ 159 Line Interface Control Registers ........................................................................................................................... 160 LIU Control Register (LIU_REG2) .................................................................................................................. 160 LIU Control Register (LIU_REG3) .................................................................................................................. 161 LIU Control Register (LIU_REG4) .................................................................................................................. 162 LIU Configuration Register (LIU_REG5) ........................................................................................................ 162 LIU Configuration Register (LIU_REG6) ........................................................................................................ 163 Framer Register Architecture ............................................................................................................................... 164 Framer Status/Counter Registers................................................................................................................... 165 Framer Parameter/Control Registers ............................................................................................................. 180 FDL Register Architecture .................................................................................................................................... 211 FDL Parameter/Control Registers (800—80E; E00—E0E) .................................................................................. 212 Register Maps ...................................................................................................................................................... 219 Global Registers............................................................................................................................................. 219 Line Interface Unit Parameter/Control and Status Registers ......................................................................... 219 Framer Parameter/Control Registers (READ-WRITE) ................................................................................... 220 Receive Framer Signaling Registers (READ-ONLY) ..................................................................................... 222 Framer Unit Parameter Register Map ............................................................................................................ 223 Transmit Signaling Registers (READ/WRITE) ............................................................................................... 226 Facility Data Link Parameter/Control and Status Registers (READ-WRITE) ................................................. 227 4 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Table of Contents (continued) Contents Page Absolute Maximum Ratings ..................................................................................................................................228 Operating Conditions ............................................................................................................................................228 Handling Precautions ............................................................................................................................................228 Electrical Characteristics .......................................................................................................................................229 Logic Interface Characteristics........................................................................................................................229 Power Supply Bypassing ......................................................................................................................................229 Outline Diagram ....................................................................................................................................................230 144-Pin TQFP .................................................................................................................................................230 Ordering Information .............................................................................................................................................231 Index .....................................................................................................................................................................232 Agere Systems Inc. 5 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 List of Figures Figure Page Figure 1. T7633 Block Diagram (One of Two Channels)........................................................................................ 15 Figure 2. T7633 Block Diagram: Receive Section (One of Two Channels)............................................................ 17 Figure 3. T7633 Block Diagram: Transmit Section (One of Two Channels)........................................................... 18 Figure 4. Pin Assignment ....................................................................................................................................... 19 Figure 5. Block Diagram of Line Interface Unit: Single Channel ............................................................................ 26 Figure 6. T1/DS1 Receiver Jitter Accommodation Without Jitter Attenuator.......................................................... 32 Figure 7. T1/DS1 Receiver Jitter Transfer Without Jitter Attenuator ...................................................................... 32 Figure 8. CEPT/E1 Receiver Jitter Accommodation Without Jitter Attenuator ....................................................... 33 Figure 9. CEPT/E1 Receiver Jitter Transfer Without Jitter Attenuator ................................................................... 33 Figure 10. DSX-1 Isolated Pulse Template ............................................................................................................ 37 Figure 11. ITU-T G.703 Pulse Template ................................................................................................................ 38 Figure 12. T1/DS1 Receiver Jitter Accommodation with Jitter Attenuator.............................................................. 42 Figure 13. T1/DS1 Jitter Transfer of the Jitter Attenuator....................................................................................... 42 Figure 14. CEPT/E1 Receiver Jitter Accommodation with Jitter Attenuator........................................................... 43 Figure 15. CEPT/E1 Jitter Transfer of the Jitter Attenuator.................................................................................... 43 Figure 16. Line Termination Circuitry ..................................................................................................................... 48 Figure 17. T7633 Line Interface Unit Approximate Equivalent Analog I/O Circuits ................................................ 49 Figure 18. Block Diagram of Framer Line Interface................................................................................................ 50 Figure 19. Transmit Framer TLCK to TND, TPD and Receive Framer RND, RPD to RLCK Timing...................... 51 Figure 20. T1 Frame Structure ............................................................................................................................... 55 Figure 21. T1 Transparent Frame Structure........................................................................................................... 56 Figure 22. T7633 Facility Data Link Access Timing of the Transmit and Receive Framer Sections ...................... 58 Figure 23. ITU 2.048 Basic Frame, CRC-4 Multiframe, and Channel Associated Signaling Multiframe Structures............................................................................................................................................... 66 Figure 24. CEPT Transparent Frame Structure ..................................................................................................... 68 Figure 25. Receive CRC-4 Multiframe Search Algorithm Using the 100 ms Internal Timer................................... 73 Figure 26. Receive CRC-4 Multiframe Search Algorithm for Automatic, CRC-4/Non-CRC-4 Equipment Interworking as Defined by ITU (From ITU Rec. G.706, Annex B.2.2 - 1991) ...................................... 75 Figure 27. Facility Data Link Access Timing of the Transmit and Receive Framer Sections in the CEPT Mode... 81 Figure 28. Transmit and Receive Sa Stack Accessing Protocol ............................................................................ 83 Figure 29. Timing Specification for RFRMCK, RFRMDATA, and RFS in DS1 Mode............................................. 87 Figure 30. Timing Specification for TFS, TLCK, and TPD in DS1 Mode ................................................................ 87 Figure 31. Timing Specification for RFRMCK, RFRMDATA, and RFS in CEPT Mode .......................................... 88 Figure 32. Timing Specification for RFRMCK, RFRMDATA, RFS, and RSSFS in CEPT Mode ............................ 88 Figure 33. Timing Specification for RCRCMFS in CEPT Mode.............................................................................. 89 Figure 34. Timing Specification for TFS, TLCK, and TPD in CEPT Mode ............................................................. 89 Figure 35. Timing Specification for TFS, TLCK, TPD, and TSSFS in CEPT Mode................................................ 90 Figure 36. Timing Specification for TFS, TLCK, TPD, and TCRCMFS in CEPT Mode.......................................... 90 Figure 37. Relation Between RLCK1 and Interrupt (Pin 99)................................................................................... 91 Figure 38. Timing for Generation of LOPLLCK (Pin 39/143).................................................................................. 93 Figure 39. The T and V Reference Points for a Typical CEPT E1 Application....................................................... 96 Figure 40. Loopback and Test Transmission Modes............................................................................................ 101 Figure 41. 20-Stage Shift Register Used to Generate the Quasi-Random Signal................................................ 102 Figure 42. 15-Stage Shift Register Used to Generate the Pseudorandom Signal ............................................... 103 Figure 43. T7633 Facility Data Link Access Timing of the Transmit and Receive Framer Sections .................... 108 Figure 44. Block Diagram for the Receive Facility Data Link Interface ................................................................ 109 Figure 45. Block Diagram for the Transmit Facility Data Link Interface ............................................................... 114 Figure 46. Local Loopback Mode ......................................................................................................................... 120 Figure 47. Remote Loopback Mode ..................................................................................................................... 121 Figure 48. T7633 Phase Detector Circuitry .......................................................................................................... 123 Figure 49. Nominal Concentration Highway Interface Timing (for FRM_PR43 bit 0—bit 2 = 100 (Binary)) ......... 129 Figure 50. CHIDTS Mode Concentration Highway Interface Timing .................................................................... 130 6 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator List of Figures (continued) Figure Page Figure 51. Associated Signaling Mode Concentration Highway Interface Timing.................................................131 Figure 52. CHI Timing with ASM and CHIDTS Enabled .......................................................................................131 Figure 53. TCHIDATA and RCHIDATA to CHICK Relationship with CMS = 0 (CEX = 3 and CER = 4, Respectively) .......................................................................................................................................133 Figure 54. CHI TCHIDATA and RCHIDATA to CHICK Relationship with CMS = 1 (CEX = 3 and CER = 6, Respectively) .......................................................................................................................................133 Figure 55. Receive CHI (RCHIDATA) Timing .......................................................................................................134 Figure 56. Transmit CHI (TCHIDATA) Timing .......................................................................................................134 Figure 57. Block Diagram of the T7633’s Boundary-Scan Test Logic...................................................................135 Figure 58. BS TAP Controller State Diagram........................................................................................................136 Figure 59. Mode 1—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 0) ................................................................145 Figure 60. Mode 1—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 0) ................................................................145 Figure 61. Mode 2—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 1) ................................................................146 Figure 62. Mode 2—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 1) ................................................................146 Figure 63. Mode 3—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 0) ................................................................147 Figure 64. Mode 3—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 0) ................................................................147 Figure 65. Mode 4—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 1) ................................................................148 Figure 66. Mode 4—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 1) ................................................................148 Agere Systems Inc. 7 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 List of Tables Table Page Table 1. Pin Descriptions........................................................................................................................................ 20 Table 2. Digital Loss of Signal Standard Select ..................................................................................................... 28 Table 3. LOSSD and RCVAIS Control Configurations (Not Valid During Loopback Modes) ................................. 29 Table 4. DS1 LIU Receiver Specifications.............................................................................................................. 30 Table 5. CEPT LIU Receiver Specifications ........................................................................................................... 31 Table 6. Transmit Line Interface Short-Haul Equalizer/Rate Control ..................................................................... 34 Table 7. DSX-1 Pulse Template Corner Points (from CB119, T1.102) .................................................................. 37 Table 8. DS1 Transmitter Specifications ................................................................................................................ 38 Table 9. CEPT Transmitter Specifications.............................................................................................................. 39 Table 10. Loopback Control ................................................................................................................................... 44 Table 11. SYSCK (16x, CKSEL = 1) Timing Specifications ................................................................................... 46 Table 12. SYSCK (1x, CKSEL = 0) Timing Specifications ..................................................................................... 46 Table 13. Termination Components by Application................................................................................................ 48 Table 14. AMI Encoding ......................................................................................................................................... 52 Table 15. DS1 ZCS Encoding ................................................................................................................................ 53 Table 16. DS1 B8ZS Encoding............................................................................................................................... 53 Table 17. ITU HDB3 Coding................................................................................................................................... 54 Table 18. T-Carrier Hierarchy................................................................................................................................. 55 Table 19. D4 Superframe Format........................................................................................................................... 57 Table 20. DDS Channel-24 Format ........................................................................................................................ 58 Table 21. SLC-96 Data Link Block Format ............................................................................................................. 59 Table 22. SLC-96 Line Switch Message Codes ..................................................................................................... 60 Table 23. Transmit and Receive SLC-96 Stack Structure...................................................................................... 60 Table 24. Extended Superframe (ESF) Structure................................................................................................... 61 Table 25. T1 Loss of Frame Alignment Criteria...................................................................................................... 62 Table 26. T1 Frame Alignment Procedures............................................................................................................ 63 Table 27. Robbed-Bit Signaling Options ................................................................................................................ 64 Table 28. SLC-96 9-State Signaling Format........................................................................................................... 64 Table 29. 16-State Signaling Format...................................................................................................................... 65 Table 30. Allocation of Bits 1 to 8 of the FAS Frame and the NOT FAS Frame..................................................... 67 Table 31. ITU CRC-4 Multiframe Structure ............................................................................................................ 70 Table 32. ITU CEPT Time Slot 16 Channel Associated Signaling Multiframe Structure........................................ 76 Table 33. CEPT IRSM Signaling Multiframe Structure........................................................................................... 77 Table 34. Transmit and Receive Sa Stack Structure.............................................................................................. 82 Table 35. Associated Signaling Mode CHI 2-Byte Time-Slot Format for DS1 Frames .......................................... 86 Table 36. Associated Signaling Mode CHI 2-Byte Time-Slot Format for Stuffed Channels ................................... 86 Table 37. Associated Signaling Mode CHI 2-Byte Time-Slot Format for CEPT ..................................................... 86 Table 38. Red Alarm or Loss of Frame Alignment Conditions ............................................................................... 92 Table 39. Remote Frame Alarm Conditions ........................................................................................................... 92 Table 40. Alarm Indication Signal Conditions......................................................................................................... 93 Table 41. Sa6 Bit Coding Recognized by the Receive Framer .............................................................................. 95 Table 42. Sa6 Bit Coding of NT1 Interface Events Recognized by the Receive Framer ....................................... 96 Table 43. AUXP Synchronization and Clear Sychronization Process .................................................................... 96 Table 44. Event Counters Definition....................................................................................................................... 97 Table 45. Summary of the Deactivation of SSTSSLB and SSTSLLB Modes as a Function of Activating the Primary Loopback Modes .............................................................................................. 100 Table 46. Register FRM_PR69 Test Patterns ...................................................................................................... 103 Table 47. Register FRM_PR70 Test Patterns ...................................................................................................... 104 Table 48. Automatic Enable Commands .............................................................................................................. 106 Table 49. On-Demand Commands....................................................................................................................... 107 Table 50. Receive ANSI Code.............................................................................................................................. 110 8 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator List of Tables Table (continued) Page Table 51. Performance Report Message Structure...............................................................................................110 Table 52. FDL Performance Report Message Field Definition..............................................................................111 Table 53. Octet Contents and Definition ...............................................................................................................111 Table 54. Receive Status of Frame Byte ..............................................................................................................112 Table 55. HDLC Frame Format.............................................................................................................................115 Table 56. Receiver Operation in Transparent Mode .............................................................................................119 Table 57. Summary of the T7633’s Concentration Highway Interface Parameters ..............................................126 Table 58. Programming Values for TOFF[2:0] and ROFF[2:0] when CMS = 0.....................................................132 Table 59. Programming Values for TOFF[2:0] when CMS = 1 .............................................................................132 Table 60. Programming Values for ROFF[2:0] when CMS = 1 .............................................................................132 Table 61. TAP Controller States in the Data Register Branch ..............................................................................137 Table 62. TAP Controller States in the Instruction Register Branch .....................................................................137 Table 63. T7633’s Boundary-Scan Instructions ....................................................................................................138 Table 64. IDCODE Register ..................................................................................................................................139 Table 65. Microprocessor Configuration Modes ...................................................................................................140 Table 66. Mode [1—4] Microprocessor Pin Definitions .........................................................................................141 Table 67. Microprocessor Input Clock Specifications ...........................................................................................142 Table 68. T7633 Register Address Map ...............................................................................................................142 Table 69. Microprocessor Interface I/O Timing Specifications ..............................................................................143 Table 70. Status Register and Corresponding Interrupt Enable Register for Functional Blocks...........................149 Table 71. Asserted Value and Deasserted State for GREG4 Bit 4 and Bit 6 Logic Combinations .......................149 Table 72. Register Summary ................................................................................................................................150 Table 73. Global Register Set (0x000—0x008) ....................................................................................................154 Table 74. Primary Block Interrupt Status Register (GREG0) (000).......................................................................155 Table 75. Primary Block Interrupt Enable Register (GREG1) (001)......................................................................155 Table 76. Global Loopback Control Register (GREG2) (002) ...............................................................................156 Table 77. Global Loopback Control Register (GREG3) (003) ...............................................................................156 Table 78. Global Control Register (GREG4) (004) ...............................................................................................157 Table 79. Device ID and Version Registers (GREG5—GREG7) (005—007) .......................................................157 Table 80. Line Interface Units Register Set ((400—40F); (A00—A0F)) ................................................................158 Table 81. LIU Alarm Status Register (LIU_REG0) (400, A00) ..............................................................................159 Table 82. LIU Alarm Interrupt Enable Register (LIU_REG1) (401, A01)...............................................................159 Table 83. LIU Control Register (LIU_REG2) (402, A02) .......................................................................................160 Table 84. LIU Control Register (LIU_REG3) (403, A03) .......................................................................................161 Table 85. LIU Register (LIU_REG4) (404, A04)....................................................................................................162 Table 86. LIU Configuration Register (LIU_REG5) (405, A05) .............................................................................162 Table 87. LIU Configuration Register (LIU_REG6) (406, A06) .............................................................................163 Table 88. Framer Status and Control Blocks Address Range (Hexadecimal) ......................................................164 Table 89. Interrupt Status Register (FRM_SR0) (600; C00) .................................................................................165 Table 90. Facility Alarm Condition Register (FRM_SR1) (601; C01) ....................................................................166 Table 91. Remote End Alarm Register (FRM_SR2) (602; C02) ...........................................................................167 Table 92. Facility Errored Event Register-1 (FRM_SR3) (603; C03) ....................................................................168 Table 93. Facility Event Register-2 (FRM_SR4) (604; C04) .................................................................................169 Table 94. Exchange Termination and Exchange Termination Remote End Interface Status Register (FRM_SR5) (605; C05) ...............................................................................................171 Table 95. Network Termination and Network Termination Remote End Interface Status Register (FRM_SR6) (606; C06) ...............................................................................................172 Table 96. Facility Event Register (FRM_SR7) (607; C07) ....................................................................................173 Table 97. Bipolar Violation Counter Registers (FRM_SR8—FRM_SR9) ((608—609); (C08—C09)) ...................173 Table 98. Framing Bit Error Counter Registers (FRM_SR10—FRM_SR11) ((60A—60B); (C0A—C0B)) ............173 Table 99. CRC Error Counter Registers (FRM_SR12—FRM_SR13) ((60C—60D); (C0C—C0D)) ......................174 Table 100. E-Bit Counter Registers (FRM_SR14—FRM_SR15) ((60E—60F); (C0E—C0F)) ..............................174 Agere Systems Inc. 9 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 List of Tables (continued) Table Page Table 101. CRC-4 Errors at NT1 from NT2 Counter Registers (FRM_SR16—FRM_SR17) ((610—611); (C10—C11)) ................................................................................................................ 174 Table 102. E Bit at NT1 from NT2 Counter (FRM_SR18—FRM_SR19) ((612—613); (C12—C13)) ................... 174 Table 103. ET Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR20—FRM_SR21) ((614—615); (C14—C15)) ...................... 175 Table 104. ET Bursty Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR22—FRM_SR23) ((616—617); (C16—C17))........... 175 Table 105. ET Severely Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR24—FRM_SR25) ((618—619); (C18—C19)) ....... 175 Table 106. ET Unavailable Seconds Counter (FRM_SR26—FRM_SR27) ((61A—61B); (C1A—C1B)).............. 175 Table 107. ET-RE Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR28—FRM_SR29) ((61C—61D); (C1C—C1D)) ............. 175 Table 108. ET-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR30—FRM_SR31) ((61E—61F); (C1E—C1F)) ... 175 Table 109. ET-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR32—FRM_SR33) ((620—621); (C20—C21)).................................................................................................................. 175 Table 110. ET-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter (FRM_SR34—FRM_SR35) ((622—623); (C22—C23)) ......... 176 Table 111. NT1 Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR36—FRM_SR37) ((624—625); (C24—C25)) .................... 176 Table 112. NT1 Bursty Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR38—FRM_SR39) ((626—627); (C26—C27))......... 176 Table 113. NT1 Severely Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR40—FRM_SR41) ((628—629); (C28—C29))..... 176 Table 114. NT1 Unavailable Seconds Counter (FRM_SR42—FRM_SR43) ((62A—62B); (C2A—C2B)) ........... 176 Table 115. NT1-RE Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR44—FRM_SR45) ((62C—62D); (C2C—C2D)) ........... 176 Table 116. NT1-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR46—FRM_SR47) ((62E—62F); (C2E—C2F))................................................................................................................. 177 Table 117. NT1-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR48—FRM_SR49) ((630—631); (C30—C31)).................................................................................................................. 177 Table 118. NT1-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter (FRM_SR50—FRM_SR51) ((632—633); (C32—C33))....... 177 Table 119. Receive NOT-FAS TS0 Register (FRM_SR52) (634; C34)................................................................ 177 Table 120. Receive Sa Register (FRM_SR53) (635; C35)................................................................................... 177 Table 121. SLC-96 FDL Receive Stack (FRM_SR54—FRM_SR63) ((636—63F); (C36—C3F)) ........................ 178 Table 122. CEPT Sa Receive Stack (FRM_SR54—FRM_SR63) ((636—63F); (C36—C3F)) ............................. 178 Table 123. Transmit Framer ANSI Performance Report Message Status Register Structure ............................. 179 Table 124. Received Signaling Registers: DS1 Format (FRM_RSR0—FRM_RSR23) ((640—658); (C40—C58)).................................................................................................................. 179 Table 125. Receive Signaling Registers: CEPT Format (FRM_RSR0—FRM_RSR31) ((640—65F); (C40—C5F)) ................................................................................................................. 179 Table 126. Summary of Interrupt Group Enable Registers (FRM_PR0—FRM_PR7) ((660—667); (C60—C67)).................................................................................................................. 180 Table 127. Primary Interrupt Group Enable Register (FRM_PR0) (660; C60) ..................................................... 181 Table 128. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR1) (661; C61) ............................................................................. 182 Table 129. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR2) (662; C62) ............................................................................. 182 Table 130. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR3) (663; C63) ............................................................................. 182 Table 131. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR4) (664; C64) ............................................................................. 182 Table 132. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR5) (665; C65) ............................................................................. 182 Table 133. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR6) (666; C66) ............................................................................. 182 Table 134. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR7) (667; C67) ............................................................................. 182 Table 135. Framer Mode Bits Decoding (FRM_PR8) (668; C68)......................................................................... 183 Table 136. Line Code Option Bits Decoding (FRM_PR8) (668; C68) .................................................................. 183 Table 137. CRC Option Bits Decoding (FRM_PR9) (669, C69)........................................................................... 184 Table 138. Alarm Filter Register (FRM_PR10) (66A; C6A).................................................................................. 185 Table 139. Errored Event Threshold Definition .................................................................................................... 185 Table 140. Errored Second Threshold Register (FRM_PR11) (66B; C6B) .......................................................... 186 Table 141. Severely Errored Second Threshold Registers (FRM_PR12—FRM_PR13) ((66C—66D; C6C—C6D)).................................................................................................................. 186 Table 142. ET1 Errored Event Enable Register (FRM_PR14) (66E; C6E) .......................................................... 186 Table 143. ET1 Remote End Errored Event Enable Register (FRM_PR15) (66F; C6F)...................................... 187 Table 144. NT1 Errored Event Enable Register (FRM_PR16) (670; C70)........................................................... 187 10 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator List of Tables (continued) Table Page Table 145. NT1 Remote End Errored Event Enable Registers (FRM_PR17—FRM_PR18) ((671—672); (C71—C72)) ..................................................................................................................187 Table 146. Automatic AIS to the System and Automatic Loopback Enable Register (FRM_PR19) (673; C73) .....................................................................................................................188 Table 147. Transmit Test Pattern to the Line Enable Register (FRM_PR20) (674; C74) .....................................188 Table 148. Framer FDL Control Command Register (FRM_PR21) (675; C75) ....................................................189 Table 149. Framer Transmit Line Idle Code Register (FRM_PR22) (676; C76) ...................................................189 Table 150. Framer System Stuffed Time Slot Code Register (FRM_PR23) (677; C77) .......................................189 Table 151. Primary Time-Slot Loopback Address Register (FRM_PR24) (678; C78) ..........................................190 Table 152. Loopback Decoding of Bits LBC[2:0] in FRM_PR24, Bits 7—5 ..........................................................190 Table 153. Secondary Time-Slot Loopback Address Register (FRM_PR25) (679; C79) .....................................191 Table 154. Loopback Decoding of Bits LBC[1:0] in FRM_PR25, Bits 6—5 ..........................................................191 Table 155. Framer Reset and Transparent Mode Control Register (FRM_PR26) (67A, C7A) .............................192 Table 156. Transmission of Remote Frame Alarm and CEPT Automatic Transmission of A Bit = 1 Control Register (FRM_PR27) (67B, C7B) .........................................................................................193 Table 157. CEPT Automatic Transmission of E Bit = 0 Control Register (FRM_PR28) (67C; C7C) ....................194 Table 158. Sa4—Sa8 Source Register (FRM_PR29) (67D; C7D)........................................................................195 Table 159. Sa Bits Source Control for Bit 5—Bit 7 in FRM_PR29 ........................................................................195 Table 160. Sa4—Sa8 Control Register (FRM_PR30) (67E; C7E) ........................................................................196 Table 161. Sa Transmit Stack (FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40) ((67F—688); (C7F—C88)) .......................................197 Table 162. SLC-96 Transmit Stack (FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40) ((67F—688); (C7F—C88))................................197 Table 163. Transmit SLC-96 FDL Format.............................................................................................................197 Table 164. CEPT Time Slot 16 X-Bit Remote Multiframe Alarm and AIS Control Register (FRM_PR41) (689; C89) .....................................................................................................................198 Table 165. Framer Exercise Register (FRM_PR42) (68A; C8A) ..........................................................................198 Table 166. Framer Exercises, FRM_PR42 Bit 5—Bit 0 (68A; C8A) .....................................................................199 Table 167. DS1 System Interface Control and CEPT FDL Source Control Register (FRM_PR43) (68B; C8B) ...201 Table 168. Signaling Mode Register (FRM_PR44) (68C; C8C)............................................................................202 Table 169. CHI Common Control Register (FRM_PR45) (68D; C8D) ..................................................................203 Table 170. CHI Common Control Register (FRM_PR46) (68E; C8E) ..................................................................204 Table 171. CHI Transmit Control Register (FRM_PR47) (68F; C8F) ...................................................................205 Table 172. CHI Receive Control Register (FRM_PR48) (690; C90) .....................................................................205 Table 173. CHI Transmit Time-Slot Enable Registers (FRM_PR49—FRM_PR52) ((691—694); (C91—C94)) ...206 Table 174. CHI Receive Time-Slot Enable Registers (FRM_PR53—FRM_PR56) ((695—698); (C95—C98)) ....206 Table 175. CHI Transmit Highway Select Registers (FRM_PR57—FRM_PR60) ((699—69C); (C99—C9C)).....206 Table 176. CHI Receive Highway Select Registers (FRM_PR61—FRM_PR64) ((69D—6A0); (C9D—CA0)) .....207 Table 177. CHI Transmit Control Register (FRM_PR65) (6A1; CA1) ...................................................................207 Table 178. CHI Receive Control Register (FRM_PR66) (6A2; CA2) ....................................................................207 Table 179. Auxiliary Pattern Generator Control Register (FRM_PR69) (6A5; CA5) .............................................208 Table 180. Pattern Detector Control Register (FRM_PR70) (6A6; CA6) ..............................................................209 Table 181. Transmit Signaling Registers: DS1 Format (FRM_TSR0—FRM_TSR23) ((6E0—6F7); (CE0—CF7)) .................................................................................................................210 Table 182. Transmit Signaling Registers: CEPT Format (FRM_TSR0—FRM_TSR31) ((6E0—6FF); (CE0—CFF)) .................................................................................................................210 Table 183. FDL Register Set (800—80E); (E00—E0E) ........................................................................................211 Table 184. FDL Configuration Control Register (FDL_PR0) (800; E00) ...............................................................212 Table 185. FDL Control Register (FDL_PR1) (801; E01) .....................................................................................212 Table 186. FDL Interrupt Mask Control Register (FDL_PR2) (802; E02) .............................................................213 Table 187. FDL Transmitter Configuration Control Register (FDL_PR3) (803; E03) ............................................214 Table 188. FDL Transmitter FIFO Register (FDL_PR4) (804; E04)......................................................................214 Table 189. FDL Transmitter Mask Register (FDL_PR5) (805; E05) .....................................................................214 Table 190. FDL Receiver Interrupt Level Control Register (FDL_PR6) (806; E06) ..............................................215 Agere Systems Inc. 11 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 List of Tables (continued) Table Page Table 191. FDL Register FDL_PR7...................................................................................................................... 215 Table 192. FDL Receiver Match Character Register (FDL_PR8) (808; E08)....................................................... 215 Table 193. FDL Transparent Control Register (FDL_PR9) (809; E09) ................................................................ 216 Table 194. FDL Transmit ANSI ESF Bit Codes (FDL_PR10) (80A; E0A) ............................................................ 216 Table 195. FDL Interrupt Status Register (Clear on Read) (FDL_SR0) (80B; E0B) ............................................ 217 Table 196. FDL Transmitter Status Register (FDL_SR1) (80C; E0C).................................................................. 218 Table 197. FDL Receiver Status Register (FDL_SR2) (80D; E0D)...................................................................... 218 Table 198. Receive ANSI FDL Status Register (FDL_SR3) (80E; E0E) .............................................................. 218 Table 199. FDL Receiver FIFO Register (FDL_SR4) (807; E07) ......................................................................... 218 Table 200. Global Register Set ............................................................................................................................ 219 Table 201. Line Interface Unit Register Set.......................................................................................................... 219 Table 202. Framer Unit Status Register Map ....................................................................................................... 220 Table 203. Receive Signaling Registers Map....................................................................................................... 222 Table 204. Framer Unit Parameter Register Map ................................................................................................ 223 Table 205. Transmit Signaling Registers Map...................................................................................................... 226 Table 206. Facility Data Link Register Map.......................................................................................................... 227 Table 207. ESD Threshold Voltage ...................................................................................................................... 228 Table 208. Logic Interface Characteristics (TA = –40 °C to 85 °C, VDD = 3.3 V ± 5%, VSS = 0).......................... 229 12 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 70 W, 1 GHz, T7633 28 V, Dual N-Channel, T1/E1 3.3 Laterally-Diffused, V Short-HaulEnhancement Terminator Feature Descriptions ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Two independent T1/E1 channels each consisting of a T1/E1 short-haul line interface and a T1/E1 framer with HDLC formatting on the facility data link interface. Memory-mapped read and write registers. Maskable interrupt events. Hardware and software resets. Onboard software-selectable pseudorandom test pattern generator and detector for line performance monitoring. 3-state outputs. Single 3 V ± 5% supply. 5 V tolerant TTL inputs. Low power consumption: 650 mW max. T1/E1 Framer Features ■ T1/E1 Line Interface Features ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Transmitter includes transmit encoder (B8ZS or HDB3), pulse shaping, and line driver. Five pulse equalization settings for template compliance at DSX cross connect. Receive includes equalization, digital clock and data recovery (immune to false lock), and receive decoder. CEPT/E1 interference immunity as required by G.703. Transmit jitter <0.02 UI. Receive generated jitter <0.05 UI. Jitter attenuator selectable for use in transmit or receive path. Jitter attenuation characteristics are data pattern independent. For use with 100 Ω DS1 twisted-pair, 120 Ω E1 twisted-pair, and 75 Ω E1 coaxial cable. Common transformer for transmit/receive. Analog LOS alarm for signals less than –18 dB for greater than 1 ms or 10-bit to 255-bit symbol periods (selectable). Digital LOS alarm for 100 zeros (DS1) or 255 zeros (E1). Diagnostic loopback modes. Compliant with AT&T CB119(10/79); ITU G.703(88), G.732(88), G.735-9(88), G.823-4(3/93), I.431(3/93); ANSI T1.102(93), T1. 408(90); ETSI ETS-300-011(4/92), ETS-300-166(8/93), ETS-300-233(5/94, 3/95), TBR12(12/93, 1/96), TBR13(1/96); Telcordia Technologies ® TR-TSY-000009(5/86), TSY-000170(1/ 93), GR-253-CORE(12/95), GR-499-CORE(12/95), GR-820-CORE(11/94), GR-1244-CORE(6/95). Agere Systems Inc. ■ Framing formats: — Compliant with T1 standards ANSI T1.231 (1997), AT&T TR54016, AT&T TR62411 (1998). — Unframed, transparent transmission in T1 and E1 formats. — DS1 extended superframe (ESF). — DS1 superframe (SF): D4; SLC-96; T1DM DDS; T1DM DDS with FDL access. — DS1 independent transmit and receive framing modes when using the ESF and D4 formats. — Compliant with ITU CEPT framing recommendation: 1. G.704 and G.706 basic frame format. 2. G.704 Section 2.3.3.4 and G.706 Section 4.2: CRC-4 multiframe search algorithm. 3. G.706 Annex B: CRC-4 multiframe search algorithm with 400 ms timer for interworking of CRC-4 and non-CRC-4 equipment. 4. G.706 Section 4.3.2 Note 2: monitoring of 915 CRC-4 checksum errors for loss of frame state. Framer line codes: — DS1: alternate mark inversion (AMI); binary eight zero code suppression (B8ZS); per-channel zero code suppression; decoding bipolar violation monitor; monitoring of eight or fifteen bit intervals without positive or negative pulses error indication. — DS1 independent transmit and receive path line code formats when using AMI/ZCS and B8ZS coding. — ITU-CEPT: AMI; high-density bipolar 3 (HDB3) encoding and decoding bipolar violation monitoring, monitoring of four bit intervals without positive or negative pulses error indication. — Single-rail option. 13 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Feature Descriptions (continued) T1/E1 Framer Features (continued) ■ ■ ■ Signaling: — DS1: extended superframe 2-state, 4-state, and 16-state per-channel robbed bit. — DS1: D4 superframe 2-state and 4-state perchannel robbed bit. — DS1: SLC-96 superframe 2-state, 4-state, 9-state, and 16-state per-channel robbed bit. — DS1: channel-24 message-oriented signaling. — ITU CEPT: channel associated signaling (CAS) and T7230A mode common channel signaling (CCS). — ITU CEPT: international remote switching module (IRMS). — Transparent (all data channels). Alarm reporting, performance monitoring, and maintenance: — ANSI T1.403-1995, AT&T TR 54016, and ITU G.826 standard error checking. — Error and status counters: 1. Bipolar violations. 2. Errored frame alignment signals. 3. Errored CRC checksum block. 4. CEPT: received E bit = 0. 5. Errored, severely errored, and unavailable seconds. — Selectable errored event monitoring for errored and severely errored seconds processing with programmable thresholds for errored and severely errored second monitoring. — CEPT: Selectable automatic transmission of E bit to the line. — CEPT: Sa6 coded remote end CRC-4 error E bit = 0 events. — Programmable automatic and on-demand alarm transmission: 1. Automatic transmission of remote frame alarm to the line while in loss of frame alignment state. 2. Automatic transmission of alarm indication signal (AIS) to the system while in loss of frame alignment state. — Multiple loopback modes. — Optional automatic line and payload loopback activate and deactivate modes. — CEPT nailed-up connect loopback and CEPT nailed-up broadcast transmission TS-X in TS-0 transmit mode. — Selectable test patterns for line transmission. — Detection of framed and unframed pseudorandom and quasi-random test patterns. — Programmable squelch and idle codes. System interface: — Autonomous transmit and receive system interfaces. 14 ■ — Independent transmit and receive frame synchronization input signals. — Independent transmit and receive system interface clock. — 2.048 Mbits/s, 2.048 MHz concentration highway interface (CHI) default mode. — Optional 4.096 Mbits/s and 8.192 Mbits/s data rates. — Optional 4.096 MHz, 8.192 MHz, and 16.384 MHz frequency system clock. — Programmable clock edge for latching frame synchronization signals. — Programmable clock edge for latching transmit and receive data. — Programmable bit and byte offset. — Programmable CHI master mode for the generation of the transmit CHI FS from internal logic with timing derived from the receive line clock signal. Digital phase comparator for clock generation in the receive and transmit paths. Facility Data Link Features ■ HDLC or transparent mode. ■ Automatic transmission of the ESF performance report messages (PRM). ■ Detection of the ESF PRM. ■ Detection of the ANSI ESF FDL bit-oriented codes. ■ 64-byte FIFO in both transmit and receive directions. ■ Programmable FIFO full- and empty-level interrupt. ■ SLC-96: FDL transmit and receive register access of D bits. User-Programmable Microprocessor Interface ■ 33 MHz read and write access with no wait-states. ■ 12-bit address, 8-bit data interface. ■ Programmable Intel or Motorola interface modes. ■ Demultiplexed or multiplexed address and data bus. ■ Directly addressable internal registers. ■ No clock required. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Functional Description RECEIVE CHANNEL [1—2] RTIP_RPD[1—2] RRING_RND[1—2] RECEIVE LINE INTERFACE UNIT (RLIU) RECEIVE ELASTIC STORE (2 FRAMES) RECEIVE FRAMER UNIT TRANSMIT CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY INTERFACE (TCHI) TCHICK[1—2] TCHIFS[1—2] TCHIDATA[1—2] TCHIDATAB[1—2] RFRMCK[1—2], RFRMDATA[1—2], RFS[1—2], RSSFS[1—2], RCRCMFS[1—2] SYSCK[1—2] RFDL[1—2], RFDLCK[1—2] RLCK[1—2] RECEIVE FACILITY DATA LINK MONITOR (HDLC OR TRANSPARENT FRAMING) RECEIVE SIGNALING UNIT (DS1: ROBBED-BIT OR CEPT: TS16) TRANSMIT FACILITY DATA LINK MONITOR (HDLC OR TRANSPARENT FRAMING) TRANSMIT SIGNALING UNIT (DS1: ROBBED-BIT OR CEPT: TS16) TCHICK RLCK RECEIVE CHANNEL DIGITAL PHASE DETECTOR DIV-RLCK[1—2], DIV-TCHICK[1—2], TCHICK-EPLL[1—2] TRANSMIT CHANNEL [1—2] PLLCK[1—2] RCHICK TRANSMIT CHANNEL DIGITAL PHASE DETECTOR DIV-PLLCK[1—2], DIV-RCHICK[1—2], PLLCK-EPLL[1—2] TFDL[1—2], TFDLCK[1—2] XMIT FRAMER TCLK TTIP[1—2] TRING[1—2] TRANSMIT LINE INTERFACE UNIT (XLIU) TRANSMIT ELASTIC STORE (2 FRAMES) TRANSMIT FRAMER UNIT RECEIVE CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY INTERFACE (RCHI) TND[1—2], TPD[1—2], TLCK[1—2] RCHICK[1—2] RCHIFS[1—2] RCHIDATA[1—2] RCHDATAB[1—2] TFS[1—2], TSSFS[1—2], TCRCMFS[1—2] MPMODE MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE A[11:0] AD[7:0] CS ALE_AS RD_R/W WR_DS MPMUX RDY_DTACK INTERRUPT MPCK 5-4512(F).cr.2 Figure 1. T7633 Block Diagram (One of Two Channels) Agere Systems Inc. 15 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Functional Description (continued) The Agere Systems Inc. T7633 Dual T1/E1 Terminator provides two complete T1/E1 interfaces each consisting of a fully integrated, full-featured, short-haul line interface transceiver and a full-featured primary rate framer with an HDLC formatter for facility data link access. The T7633 provides glueless interconnection from a T1 or E1 analog line interface to devices interfacing to its concentration highway interface (CHI); for example, the T7270 Time Slot Interchanger or T7115A Synchronous Protocol Data Formatter. The line interface receiver performs clock and data recovery using a digital phase-locked loop, thereby avoiding false lock conditions that are common when recovering sparse data patterns with an analog implementation. The receiver’s equalization circuit guarantees a high level of interference immunity. The receive line unit monitors the amplitude at the receive input for analog loss of signal detection and the pulse density of the receive signal for digital loss of signal detection. The receive line unit may be programmed to detect bipolar violations. The line interface unit may be optionally bypassed. The line interface unit’s transmit equalization is done with low-impedance output drivers that provide shaped waveforms to the transformer, guaranteeing template conformance. The transmitter will interface to the digital cross connect (DSX) at lengths up to 655 feet for DS1 operation, and line impedances of 75 W or 120 W for CEPT-E1 operation. The transmit line unit monitors nonfunctional links due to faults at the primary of the transmit transformer and periods of no data transmission.The line codes supported in the framer unit include AMI, T1 B8ZS, per-channel T1 zero code suppression and ITU-CEPT HDB3. The T7633 supports T1 D4, T1DM, and SLC-96 superframes; extended superframe (ESF); ITU-CEPT-E1 basic frame; ITU-CEPT-E1 time slot 0 multiframe; and time slot 16 multiframe formats. The receive framer monitors the following alarms: loss of receive clock, loss of frame, alarm indication signal (AIS), remote frame alarms, and remote multiframe alarms. These alarms are detected as defined by the appropriate ANSI, AT&T, and ITU standards. Performance monitoring as specified by AT&T, ANSI, and ITU is provided through counters monitoring bipolar violation, frame bit errors, CRC errors, CEPT E bit = 0 conditions, CEPT Sa6 codes, errored events, errored seconds, bursty errored seconds, severely errored seconds, and unavailable seconds. In-band loopback activation and deactivation codes can be transmitted to the line via the payload or the facility data link. In-band loopback activation and deactivation codes in the payload or the facility data link are detected. System, payload, and line loopbacks are programmable. The default system interface is a 2.048 Mbits/s data and 2.048 MHz clock concentration highway interface (CHI) serial bus. This CHI interface consists of independent transmit and receive paths. The CHI interface can be reconfigured into several modes: a 2.048 Mbits/s data interface and 4.096 MHz clock interface, a 4.096 Mbits/s data interface and 4.096 MHz clock interface, a 4.096 Mbits/s data interface and 8.192 MHz clock interface, a 8.192 Mbits/s data interface and 8.192 MHz clock interface, and 8.192 Mbits/s data interface and 16.384 MHz clock interface. The signaling formats supported are T1 per-channel robbed-bit signaling (RBS), channel-24 message-oriented signaling (MOS), ITU-CEPT-E1 channel-associated signaling (CAS), common channel signaling (CCS) (Agere T7230A mode), and international remote switching module (IRMS). In the T1, RBS mode voice and data channels are programmable. The entire payload can be programmed into a data-only (no signaling channels) mode, i.e., transparent mode. Signaling access can be through the on-chip signaling registers or the system CHI port in the associated signaling mode. Data and its associated signaling information can be accessed through the CHI in either DS1 or CEPT-E1 modes. Extraction and insertion of the facility data link in ESF, T1DM, SLC-96, or CEPT-E1 modes are provided through a four-port serial interface or through a microprocessor-accessed, 64-byte FIFO either with HDLC formatting or transparently. In the T7633’s SLC-96 or CEPT-E1 frame formats, a facility data link (FDL) is provided for FDL access. The bit-oriented ESF data-link messages defined in ANSI T1.403-1995 are monitored by the receive framer’s facility data link unit and are transmitted by the transmit framer FDL The receive framer includes a two-frame elastic store buffer for jitter attenuations that performs control slips and provides indication of slip directions. 16 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Functional Description (continued) Accessing internal registers is done via the demultiplexed/multiplexed address and data bus microprocessor interface using either the Intel 80188 (or 80X88) interface protocol with independent read and write signals or the Motorola MC680X0 or M68360 interface protocol with address and data strobe signals. The T7633 is manufactured using low-power CMOS technology and is packaged in an 144-pin thin quad flat pack (TQFP) with 20 mils lead pitch. RLCK FRAMER RPDE, RNDE, RLCKE RTIP_RPD RECEIVE ANALOG FRONT END RRING_RND DIGITAL CLOCK AND DATA RECOVERY JITTER ATTENUATION (OPTIONAL: RECEIVE OR TRANSMIT) RPD, RND, RLCK BPV DECODER AND MONITOR RPD-LIU, RND-LIU, RLCK-LIU LINE INTERFACE UNIT BYPASS RECEIVE T1/E1 FRAME ALIGNMENT MONITOR, RE-ALIGNER, AND SYNC GENERATOR: – SF: D4, SLC-96, DDS – ESF – CEPT: BASIC FRAME, CRC-4 MULTIFRAME, & SIGNALING MULTIFRAME RECEIVE PERFORMANCE MONITOR: – BIPOLAR VIOLATION ERRORS – T1/E1 CRC ERRORS – ERRORED EVENTS – ERRORED SECONDS – BURSTY ERRORED SECONDS – SEVERELY ERRORED SECONDS – UNAVAILABLE SECONDS RECEIVE ELASTIC STORE BUFFER (2 FRAMES) TRANSMIT CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY INTERFACE (RATE ADAPTER) TCHIFS TCHIDATA TCHIDATAB RECEIVE ALARM MONITOR: – ANALOG LOSS OF SIGNAL – DIGITAL LOSS OF SIGNAL – REMOTE FRAME ALARM – CEPT REMOTE MULTIFRAME ALARM – ALARM INDICATION SIGNAL (AIS) – SLIPS RECEIVE PATTERN MONITOR: – QUASI-RANDOM: 220 – 1 – PSEUDORANDOM: 215 – 1 – ANSI T1.403 BIT-ORIENTED AND ESF-FDL ACTIVATE AND DEACTIVATE LINE LOOPBACK CODES – CEPT AUXILIARY PATTERN (CEPT = 01) – CEPT ACTIVATE AND DEACTIVATE LOOPBACK CODES – CEPT Sa6 CODES TEST PATTERN DETECTOR – MARK (ALL1s) – QRSS (QUASI-RANDOM: 220 – 1) – 25 – 1 – 26 – 1 (53) – 29 – 1 (511) – 211 – 1 (2047) – 215 – 1 (PSEUDORANDOM) – 220 – 1 – 223 – 1 – 1:1 (ALTERNATING 10) RFRMCK RECEIVE SLIP MONITOR INTERNAL SYSTEM CLOCK TCHICK RECEIVE SIGNALING EXTRACTER: – DS1 ROBBED-BIT SIGNALING (RBS) – CEPT CHANNEL ASSOCIATED AND COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING – CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY ACCESS – MICROPROCESSOR ACCESS RECEIVE FDL HDLC EXTRACTER: – 64-byte RECEIVE FIFO – TRANSPARENT MODE (NO HDLC FRAMING) – MICROPROCESSOR ACCESS RECEIVE FACILITY DATA LINK EXTRACTER AND MONITOR: – SLC-96 FORMAT – DDS ACCESS – ANSI T1.403-1989 ESF FORMAT: • BIT-ORIENTED MESSAGES • MESSAGE-ORIENTED MESSAGES RFDLCK RFDL 5-4513(F).cr.2 Figure 2. T7633 Block Diagram: Receive Section (One of Two Channels) Agere Systems Inc. 17 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Functional Description (continued) TLCK, TND, TPD ÷ 16 SYSCK LOSS OF TLCK TRANSMIT DATA MONITOR TTIP ALL 1s SIGNAL (AIS) PULSE EQUALIZER AND WIDTH CONTROLLER TRING TRANSMIT CRC GENERATOR: – ESF – CEPT TRANSMIT ALARM MONITOR: – LOSS OF SYSTEM BIFRAME ALIGNMENT – SYSTEM ALARM INDICATION SIGNAL (AIS) JITTER ATTENUATION (OPTIONAL: TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE) TRANSMIT T1/E1 FRAME FORMATTER, AND FRAME SYNC GENERATOR: – SF: D4, SLC-96, DDS; SIGNALING SUPERFRAME – ESF – CEPT: BASIC FRAME, CRC-4 MULTIFRAME, & SIGNALING MULTIFRAME – TRANSPARENT FRAMING AUTOMATIC AND ON-DEMAND COMMANDS: – AIS (LINE, SYSTEM, FDL) – LOOPBACKS – REMOTE FRAME ALARMS (RFA) – CEPT E BIT = 0 – CEPT TS16 AIS – CEPT TS16 RPA BPV ENCODER (OPTIONAL) LINE FORMAT ENCODER (AMI; B8ZS; HDB3) TLCK, TND, TPD PLLCK TRANSMIT FACILITY DATA LINK INSERTER: TFDL – SLC-96 FORMAT – DDS ACCESS – ANSI T1.403-1989 ESF FORMAT: TFDLCK • BIT-ORIENTED MESSAGES • MESSAGE-ORIENTED MESSAGES TRANSMIT FDL HDLC INSERTER: – 64-byte TRANSMIT FIFO – TRANSPARENT MODE (NO HDLC FRAMING) – MICROPROCESSOR ACCESS TRANSMIT SIGNALING INSERTER: – DS1 ROBBED-BIT SIGNALING (RBS) – CEPT CHANNEL ASSOCIATED AND COMMON-CHANNEL SIGNALING – CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY ACCESS – MICROPROCESSOR ACCESS RCHICK TEST PATTERN GENERATOR – MARK (ALL1s) – QRSS – 25 – 1 – 26 – 1 (53) – 29 – 1 (511) – 211 – 1 (2047) – 215 – 1 – 220 – 1 – 223 – 1 – 1:1 (ALTERNATING 10) TRANSMIT ELASTIC STORE BUFFER (2 FRAMES) RECEIVE CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY INTERFACE (RATE ADAPTER) RCHIFS RCHIDATA RCHIDATAB 5-4514(F).dr.2 Figure 3. T7633 Block Diagram: Transmit Section (One of Two Channels) 18 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Pin Information SECOND GRND TCHICK-EPLL1 TFS1 TSSFS1 TCRCMFS1 TFDLCK1 TFDL1 RCHICK1 RCHIFS1 RCHIDATA1 RCHIDATAB1 RESET1 TPD1 TND1 TLCK1 RLCK1 RFRMCK1 CKSEL1 RFRMDATA1 RFS1 RSSFS1 RCRCMFS1 RFDLCK1 RFDL1 TCHICK1 TCHIFS1 TCHIDATA1 TCHIDATAB1 DIV-RLCK1 DIV-TCHICK1 VDD 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 LOPLLCK1 DS1/CEPT1 FRAMER1 3-STATE1 The package type and pin assignment for the T7633 (Terminator-II) is illustrated in Figure 4. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 DIV-RCHICK2 PLLCK-EPLL2 SYSCK2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 GRND 36 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 GRND LOFRMRLCK1 SYSCK1 PLLCK-EPLL1 DIV-RCHICK1 DIV-PLLCK1 PLLCK1 INTERRUPT A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 AD7 AD6 AD5 AD4 AD3 AD2 AD1 AD0 ALE_AS CS MPMUX RD_R/W MPMODE GRND RCHIFS2 RCHIDATA2 RCHIDATAB2 VDD TFDLCK2 TFDL2 RCHICK2 RFRMCK2 RFRMDATA2 RFS2 RSSFS2 RCRCMFS2 RFDLCK2 RFDL2 TCHICK2 TCHIFS2 TCHIDATA2 TCHIDATAB2 DIV-RLCK2 DIV-TCHICK2 TCHICK-EPLL2 TFS2 TSSFS2 TCRCMFS2 RESET2 TPD2 TND2 TLCK2 RLCK2 CKSEL2 VDD LOFRMRLCK2 LOPLLCK2 DS1/CEPT2 FRAMER2 3-STATE2 JTM 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 GRNDA1 NC RRING_RND1 RTIP_RPD1 NC VDDA1 GRNDX1 TRING1 VDDX1 TTIP1 GRNDX1 NC GRNDX2 TTIP2 VDDX2 TRING2 GRNDX2 VDDA2 NC RTIP_RPD2 RRING_RND2 NC GRNDA2 PLLCK2 DIV-PLLCK2 VDD WR_DS JTAGTRST JTAGTMS JTAGTCK JTAGTDI JTAGTDO MPCK RDY_DTACK 5-4712(F).cr.2 Figure 4. Pin Assignment Agere Systems Inc. 19 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Pin Information (continued) Table 1 shows the list of T7633 pins and a functional description for each. Table 1. Pin Descriptions Pin C1 Symbol Type* Description GRND P Digital Ground Reference. C2 1, 36, 73, 109 2 38 LOFRMRLCK O Loss of Framer Receive Line Clock. This pin is asserted high (1) when the framer internal receive line clock does not toggle for a 250 µs interval. Once asserted, this signal is deasserted on the first edge of the framer internal receive line clock. Terminator Mode: (FRAMER, pin 41/141 = 1) LOFRMRLCK is asserted high when SYSCK clock, pin 3/35, is absent. Framer Mode: (FRAMER, pin 41/141 = 0) LOFRMRLCK is asserted high when RLCK clock, pin 47/135, is absent. 3 35 SYSCK Iu LIU System Clock. The clock signal used for clock and data recovery and jitter attenuation. This clock must be ungapped and free of jitter. For CKSEL = 1: a 16x clock (for DS1, SYSCK = 24.704 MHz ± 100 ppm and for CEPT, SYSCK = 32.768 MHz ± 100 ppm). For CKSEL = 0: a 1x clock (for DS1, SYSCK = 1.544 MHz ± 100 ppm and for CEPT, SYSCK = 2.048 MHz ± 100 ppm). 4 34 PLLCK-EPLL O Error Phase-Lock Loop Signal. The error signal proportional to the phase difference between DIV-PLLCK and DIV-RCHICK as detected by the internal PLL circuitry (refer to the Phase-Lock Loop Circuit section on page 122). 5 33 DIV-RCHICK O Divided-Down RCHI Clock. 32 kHz or 8 kHz clock signal derived from the RCHICK input signal. 6 32 DIV-PLLCK O Divided-Down PLLCK Clock. 32 kHz or 8 kHz clock signal derived from the PLLCK input signal. 7 31 PLLCK I Transmit Framer Phase-Locked Line Interface Clock. Clock signal used to time the transmit framer. This signal must be phase-locked to RCHICK clock signal and be ungapped and free of jitter. For FRM_PR45, bit 0 (HFLF) = 0, in DS1 PLLCK = 1.544 MHz and in CEPT PLLCK = 2.048 MHz. For FRM_PR45, bit 0 (HFLF) = 1 in DS1 PLLCK = 6.176 MHz and in CEPT PLLCK = 8.192 MHz. 8 30 GRNDA P Analog Ground Reference. NC — No Connect. 9, 12, 19, 26, 29 * IU indicates an internal pull-up. 20 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Pin Information (continued) Table 1. Pin Descriptions (continued) Pin Symbol Type* Description 28 RRING_RND I Receive Bipolar Ring. Negative bipolar input data from the receive analog line isolation transformer. Receive Negative Rail Data. Valid when the FRAMER pin is strapped to 0 V. Nonreturn-to-zero (NRZ) serial data latched by the rising edge of RLCK. Data rates: DS1-1.544 Mbits/s; CEPT2.048 Mbits/s. In the single-rail mode, when RND = 1 the receive bipolar violation counter increments once for each rising edge of RLCK. 11 27 RTIP_RPD I Receive Bipolar Tip. Positive bipolar input data from the receive analog line isolation transformer. Receive Positive Rail Data. Valid when the FRAMER pin is strapped to 0 V. NRZ serial data latched by the rising edge of RLCK. Data rates: DS1-1.544 Mbits/s; CEPT-2.048 Mbits/s. Optional single-rail NRZ receive data latched by the rising edge of RLCK. 13 25 VDDA P Analog 3.3 V Power Supply. 3.3 V ± 5%. C1 C2 10 14, 18 20, 24 GRNDX P Transmit Line Driver Ground Reference. 15 23 TRING O Transmit Bipolar Ring. Negative bipolar output data to the transmit analog isolation transformer. 16 22 VDDX P Transmit Line Driver 3.3 V Power Supply. 3.3 V ± 5%. 17 21 TTIP O Transmit Bipolar Tip. Positive bipolar output data to the transmit analog isolation transformer. VDD P 3.3 V Power Supply. 3.3 V ± 5%. 37, 72, 108, 144 143 39 LOPLLCK O Loss of PLLCK Clock. This pin is asserted high when the PLLCK clock does not toggle for a 250 µs interval. This pin is deasserted 250 µs after PLLCK clock restarts toggling. 142 40 DS1/CEPT Iu DS1/CEPT. Strap to VDD to enable defaults for DS1 operation. Strap to VSS to enable defaults for CEPT operation. 141 41 FRAMER Iu Framer Mode. Strap to VDD to enable integrated LIU and framer operation. Strap to VSS to bypass the LIU section; the receive framer is sourced directly from the RPD, RND, and RLCK pins while the TPD, TND, and TLCK pins are driven by the transmit framer. 140 42 3-STATE Iu 3-State (Active-Low). Asserting this pin low forces the channel outputs into a high-impedance state. Asserting both 3-state pins low forces all outputs into a high-impedance state. 139 43 RESET† Iu Reset (Active-Low). Asserting this pin low resets the channel. Asserting both RESET pins low resets the entire device including the global registers. 138 44 TPD O Transmit Line Interface Positive-Rail Data. This signal is the transmit framer positive NRZ output data. Data changes on the rising edge of TLCK. In the single-rail mode, TPD = transmit framer data. * IU indicates an internal pull-up. † After RESET is deasserted, the channel is in the default framing mode, as a function of the DS1/CEPT pin. Agere Systems Inc. 21 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Pin Information (continued) Table 1. Pin Descriptions (continued) Pin Symbol Type* Description 45 TND O Transmit Line Interface Negative-Rail Data. This signal is the transmit framer negative NRZ output data. Data changes on the rising edge of TLCK. In the single-rail mode, TND = 0. 136 46 TLCK O Transmit Framer Line Interface Clock. Optional 1.544 MHz DS1 or 2.048 MHz output signal from the transmit framer. TND and TPD data changes on the rising edge of TLCK. 135 47 RLCK I Receive Framer Line Interface Clock. Valid when the FRAMER pin is strapped to 0 V. This is the 1.544 MHz DS1 or 2.048 MHz input clock signal used by the receive framer to latch RPD and RND data. 134 49 RFRMCK O Receive Framer Clock. Output receive framer clock signal used to clock out the receive framer output signals. In normal operation, this is the recovered receive line clock signal. 133 48 CKSEL Iu LIU System Clock Mode. This pin selects either a 16x rate clock for SYSCK (CKSEL = 1) or a primary line rate clock for SYSCK (CKSEL = 0). 132 50 RFRMDATA O Receive Framer Data. This signal is the decoded data input to the receive elastic store. During loss of frame alignment, this signal is forced to 1. 131 51 RFS O Receive Frame Sync. This active-high signal is the 8 kHz frame synchronization pulse generated by the receive framer. 130 52 RSSFS O Receive Framer Signaling Superframe Sync. This active-high signal is the CEPT signaling superframe (multiframe) synchronization pulse in the receive framer. 129 53 RCRCMFS O Receive Framer CRC-4 Multiframe Sync. This active-high signal is the CEPT CRC-4 multiframe synchronization pulse in the receive framer. 128 54 RFDLCK O Receive Facility Data Link Clock. In DS1-DDS with data link access, this is an 8 kHz clock signal. Otherwise, this is a 4 kHz clock signal. The receive data link bit changes on the falling edge of RFDLCK. 127 55 RFDL O Receive Facility Data Link. Serial output facility data link bit stream extracted from the receive line data stream by the receive framer. In DS1-DDS with data link access, this is an 8 kbits/s signal; otherwise, 4 kbits/s. In the CEPT frame format, RFDL can be programmed to one of the Sa bits of the NOT FAS frame TS0. During loss of frame alignment, this signal is 1. 126 56 TCHICK I Transmit Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) Clock. 2.048 MHz, 4.096 MHz, 8.192 MHz, or 16.384 MHz. This clock must be free of jitter. 125 57 TCHIFS I/O Transmit CHI Frame Sync. Transmit CHI 8 kHz input frame synchronization pulse phase-locked to TCHICK. In the CHI master mode, the transmit CHI generates the 8 kHz frame sync to control the CHI. C1 C2 137 * IU indicates an internal pull-up. 22 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Pin Information (continued) Table 1. Pin Descriptions (continued) Pin Symbol Type* Description 58 TCHIDATA O 123 59 TCHIDATAB O 122 60 DIV-RLCK O 121 61 DIV-TCHICK O 120 62 TCHICK-EPLL O 119 63 TFS O 118 64 TSSFS O 117 65 TCRCMFS O 116 66 TFDLCK O 115 67 TFDL I 114 68 RCHICK I 113 69 RCHIFS I 112 70 RCHIDATA I 111 71 RCHIDATAB I Transmit CHI Data. Serial output system data at 2.048 Mbits/s, 4.096 Mbits/s, or 8.192 Mbits/s. This port is forced into a highimpedance state for all inactive time slots. Transmit CHI Data B. Serial output system data at 2.048 Mbits/s, 4.096 Mbits/s, or 8.192 Mbits/s. This port is forced into a highimpedance state for all inactive time slots. Divided-Down Receive Line Clock. 8 kHz clock signal derived from the recovered receive line interface unit clock or the RLCK input signal. Divided-Down CHI Clock. 8 kHz clock signal derived from the transmit CHI CLOCK input signal. Error Phase-Lock Loop Signal. The error signal proportional to the phase difference between DIV-TCHICK and DIV-RLCK as detected from the internal PLL circuitry (refer to the Phase-Lock Loop Circuit section on page 122). Transmit Framer Frame Sync. This signal is the 8 kHz frame synchronization pulse in the transmit framer. This signal is active-high. Transmit Framer Signaling Superframe Sync. This signal is the CEPT signaling superframe (multiframe) synchronization pulse in the transmit framer. This signal is active-high. Transmit Framer CRC-4 Multiframe Sync. This signal is the CEPT CRC-4 submultiframe synchronization pulse in the transmit framer. This signal is active-high. Transmit Facility Data Link Clock. In DS1-DDS with data link access, this is an 8 kHz clock signal; otherwise, 4 kHz. The transmit frame latches data link bits on the falling edge of TFDLCK. Transmit Facility Data Link. Optional serial input facility data link bit stream inserted into the transmit line data stream by the transmit framer. In DS1-DDS with data link access, this is an 8 kbits/s signal; otherwise, 4 kbits/s. In the CEPT frame format, TFDL can be programmed to one of the Sa bits of the NOT-FAS frame time slot 0. Receive Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) Clock. 2.048 MHz, 4.096 MHz, 8.192 MHz, or 16.384 MHz. This clock must be free of jitter. Receive CHI Frame Sync. Receive CHI 8 kHz frame synchronization pulse phase-locked to RCHICK. Receive CHI Data. Serial input system data at 2.048 Mbits/s, 4.096 Mbits/s, or 8.192 Mbits/s. Receive CHI Data B. Serial input system data at 2.048 Mbits/s, 4.096 Mbits/s, or 8.192 Mbits/s. C1 C2 124 * IU indicates an internal pull-up. Agere Systems Inc. 23 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Pin Information (continued) Table 1. Pin Descriptions (continued) * † ‡ Pin Symbol Type* Description 74 MPMODE Iu MPMODE. Strap to ground to enable the Motorola 68360 microprocessor protocol (MODE1 or MODE2). Strapped to VDD to enable the Intel 80X86/88 microprocessor protocol (MODE3 or MODE4). 75 RD_R/W I Read (Active-Low). In the Intel interface mode, the T7633 drives the data bus with the contents of the addressed register while RD is low. Read/Write. In the Motorola interface mode, this signal is asserted high for read accesses; this pin is asserted low for write accesses. 76 MPMUX Iu MPMUX. Strap to VSS to enable the demultiplexed address and data bus mode. Strap to VDD to enable the multiplexed address and data bus mode. 77 CS‡ I Chip Select (Active-Low). In the Intel interface mode, this pin must be asserted low to initiate a read or write access and kept low for the duration of the access; asserting CS low forces RDY out of its high-impedance state into a 0 state. 78 ALE_AS I Address Latch Enable/Address Strobe. In the address/data bus multiplex mode of the microprocessor, when this signal transitions from high to low, the state of the address bus is latched into internal address registers. In the demultiplexed address mode, the address is transparent through the T7633 and is latched on the rising edge of the ALE_AS signal. Alternatively, in the demultiplex mode, this pin may be connected to ground to make the address transparent through the T7633. 79—86 AD0—AD7 I/O 87—98 A0—A11 I Microprocessor Address Bus. Address bus used to access the internal registers. 99 INTERRUPT O Interrupt. INTERRUPT is asserted indicating an internal interrupt condition/event has been generated. This pin is deasserted after the generating register is read. As a default, interrupt assertion is a logic one. Interrupt events/conditions are maskable through the control registers. Interrupt assertion may be inverted (active-low) or programmed for wired OR or AND operation by setting register GREG 4 bit 4 and bit 6. Microprocessor Address_Data Bus. Multiplexed address and bidirectional data bus used for read and write accesses. Highimpedance output. IU indicates an internal pull-up. After RESET is deasserted, the channel is in the default framing mode, as a function of the DS1/CEPT pin. Asserting this pin low will initially force RDY to a low state. 24 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Pin Information (continued) Table 1. Pin Descriptions (continued) Pin Symbol Type* Description 100 RDY_DTACK O Ready. In the Intel interface mode, this pin is asserted high to indicate the completion of a read or write access; this pin is forced into a high-impedance state while CS is high. Data Transfer Acknowledge (Active-Low). In the Motorola interface mode, DTACK is asserted low to indicate the completion of a read or write access; DTACK is 1 otherwise. 101 MPCK Iu Microprocessor Clock. Microprocessor clock used in the Intel mode to generate the READY signal. 102 JTAGTDO O JTAG Data Output. Serial output data sampled on the falling edge of TCK from the boundary-scan test circuitry. 103 JTAGTDI Iu JTAG Data Input. Serial input data sampled on the rising edge of TCK for the boundary-scan test circuitry. 104 JTAGTCK Iu JTAG Clock Input. TCK provides the clock for the boundary-scan test logic. 105 JTAGTMS Iu JTAG Mode Select (Active-Low). The signal values received at TMS are sampled on the rising edge of TCK and decoded by the boundary-scan TAP controller to control boundary-scan test operations. 106 JTAGTRST Id JTAG Reset Input (Active-Low). Assert this pin low to asynchronously initialize/reset the boundary-scan test logic. 107 WR_DS I Write (Active-Low). In the Intel mode, the value present on the data bus is latched into the addressed register on the positive edge of the signal applied to WR. Data Strobe (Active-Low). In the Motorola mode, when AS is low and R/W is low (write), the value present on the data bus is latched into the addressed register on the positive edge of the signal applied to DS; when AS is low and R/W is high (read), the T7633 drives the data bus with the contents of the addressed register while DS is low. 110 SECOND O Second Pulse. A one second timer with an active-high pulse. The duration of the pulse is one RLCK cycle. The receive line clock of FRAMER1 (RLCK1) is the default clock source for the internal second pulse timer. When LOFRMCLK1 is active, the receive line clock of FRAMER2 is used as the clock signal source for the internal second pulse timer. The second pulse is used for performance monitoring. * IU indicates an internal pull-up; Id indicates an internal pull-down. Agere Systems Inc. 25 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Block Diagram The T7633 LIU diagram is shown in Figure 5. Only a single transceiver is shown here for illustration purposes. RDLOS RALOS RND_BPV RTIP RRING EQUALIZER SLICERS DECODER JITTER ATTENUATOR (RECEIVE PATH) CLOCK AND DATA RECOVERY RPD TO RECEIVE FRAMER RLCK FLLOOP (DURING LIU AIS) FLLOOP (NO LIU AIS) INTSYSCK* TDM DLLOOP RLOOP (CLOCK) LOTC PULSEWIDTH CONTROLLER TLCK-LIU JITTER ATTENUATOR TTIP TRANSMIT DRIVER PULSE EQUALIZER (TRANSMIT PATH) (DATA) TND-LIU ENCODER TRING TPD-LIU FROM TRANSMIT FRAMER ALARM INDICATION SIGNAL (AIS) LOSS OF TLCK 16x CLOCK MULTIPLIER INTSYSCK* DIVIDE BY 16 LOSS OF SYSCK MONITOR SYSCK CKSEL 5-4556(F).cr.4 * INTSYSCK always runs at 16 times the primary line rate. If CKSEL = 1, INTSYSCK is equal to SYSCK. If CKSEL = 0, INTSYSCK is sourced from the internal 16x clock multiplier. Figure 5. Block Diagram of Line Interface Unit: Single Channel Line Interface Unit: Receive Data Recovery The receive line-interface unit (RLIU) transmission format is bipolar alternate mark inversion (AMI). The RLIU accepts input data with a data rate tolerance of ±130 ppm (DS1) or ±80 ppm (E1). The RLIU first restores the incoming data and detects analog loss of signal. Subsequent processing is optional and depends on the programmable LIU configuration established within the microprocessor interface registers. The RLIU utilizes an equalizer to operate on line length with typically up to 15 dB of loss at 772 kHz (DS1) or 13 dB loss at 1.024 MHz (E1). The signal is then peak-detected and sliced to produce digital representations of the data. Selectable digital loss of signal, jitter attenuation, and data decoding are performed. The clock is recovered by a digital phase-locked loop that uses SYSCK as a reference to lock to the data rate component. Because the reference clock is a multiple of the received data rate, the internal RLCK (RLCK-LIU) output will always be a valid DS1/CEPT clock that eliminates false lock conditions. During periods with no receive input signal from the line, the free-run frequency of RLCK-LIU is defined to be either SYSCK/16 or SYSCK depending on the state of CKSEL. RLCK-LIU is always active with a duty cycle centered at 50%, deviating by no more than ±5%. Valid data is recovered within the first few bit periods after the application of SYSCK. 26 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Receive (continued) Jitter Accommodation and Jitter Transfer Without the Jitter Attenuator The RLIU is designed to accommodate large amounts of input jitter. The RLIU’s jitter performance exceeds the requirements shown in the RLIU Specification Table 4 and Table 5. Typical receiver performance without the jitter attenuator in the path is shown in Figures 6—9. Typical receiver performance with the jitter attenuator is given in Figures 12—15. Jitter transfer is independent of input ones density on the line interface. Receive Line Interface Configuration Modes Zero Substitution Decoding (CODE) When single-rail operation is selected with DUAL = 0 (register LIU_REG3, bit 3), the LIU B8ZS/HDB3 zero substitution decoding can be selected via the CODE bit (register LIU_REG3, bit 2). If CODE = 1, the B8ZS/HDB3 decoding function is enabled in the receive path. Decoded receive data appears at the internal LIU-to-framer RPD interface (RPD-LIU). Code violations, including BPVs, appear at the internal LIU-to-framer RND_BPV interface (RND-LIU). If CODE = 0, the receive data is passed unaltered to RPD-LIU, and all bipolar violations (such as two consecutive 1s if the same polarity) appear at RND-LIU. The default configuration is single-rail, DUAL = 0, with the decoding active, CODE = 1. If DUAL = 0, the receive framer must be programmed to the single-rail mode and the receive framer’s interval LIUto-framer RPD input will be the receive data port. If DUAL = 0, then the receive framer’s bipolar violation count will increment by 1 whenever the internal LIU-to-framer RND_BPV signal is one. The bipolar violation count is incremented on the rising edge of the receive framer’s RLCK clock signal. Agere Systems Inc. 27 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Line Interface Unit: Receive (continued) Receive Line Interface Configuration Modes (continued) Receive Line Interface Unit (RLIU) Alarms Analog Loss of Signal (ALOS) Alarm. An analog signal detector monitors the receive signal amplitude and reports its status in the analog loss of signal alarm bit ALOS (register LIU_REG0, bit 0). Analog loss of signal is indicated (ALOS = 1) if the amplitude at the RRING and RTIP inputs drops below a voltage approximately 18 dB below the nominal signal amplitude. The ALOS alarm condition will clear when the receive signal amplitude returns to a level greater than 14 dB below normal. The ALOS alarm status bit will latch the alarm and remain set until being cleared by a read (clear on read). Upon the transition from ALOS = 0 to ALOS = 1, a microprocessor interrupt will be generated if the ALOS interrupt enable bit ALOSIE (register LIU_REG1, bit 0) is set. The reset default is ALOSIE = 0. The ALOS circuitry provides 4 dB of hysteresis to prevent alarm chattering. The time required to detect ALOS is selectable. When ALTIMER = 0 (register LIU_REG4, bit 0), ALOS is declared between 1 ms and 2.6 ms after losing signal as required by I.431(3/93) and ETS-300-233 (5/94). If ALTIMER = 1, ALOS is declared between 10-bit and 255-bit symbol periods after losing signal as required by G.775 (11/95). The timing is derived from the SYSCK clock. The detection time is independent of signal amplitude before the loss condition occurs. Normally, ALTIMER = 1 would be used only in E1 mode since no T1/DS1 standards require this mode. In T1/DS1 mode, this bit should normally be zero. The reset default is ALTIMER = 0. The behavior of the receiver RLIU outputs under ALOS conditions is dependent on the loss shutdown (LOSSD) control bit (register LIU_REG3, bit 4) in conjunction with the receive alarm indication select (RCVAIS) control bit (register LIU_REG4, bit 1) as described in the Loss Shutdown (LOSSD) and Receiver AIS (RCVAIS) section on page 29. Digital Loss of Signal (DLOS) Alarm. A digital loss of signal (DLOS) detector guarantees the received signal quality as defined in the appropriate ANSI, Telcordia Technologies, and ITU standards. The digital loss of signal alarm is reported in the RLIU alarm status register (register LIU_REG0, bit 1). For DS1 operation, digital loss of signal (DLOS = 1) is indicated if 100 or more consecutive 0s occur in the receive data stream. The DLOS condition is deactivated when the average ones density of at least 12.5% is received in 100 contiguous pulse positions. The DLOS alarm status bit will latch the alarm and remain set until being cleared by a read (clear on read). The LOSSTD control bit (register LIU_REG2, bit 2) selects the conformance protocols for the DLOS alarm indication per Table 2. Setting LOSSTD = 1 adds an additional constraint that there are less than 15 consecutive zeros in the DS1 data stream before DLOS is deactivated. The reset default is LOSSTD = 0. For E1 operation, DLOS is indicated when 255 or more consecutive 0s occur in the receive data stream. The DLOS indication is deactivated when the average ones density of at least 12.5% is received in 255 contiguous pulse positions. LOSSTD has no effect in E1 mode. Upon the transition from DLOS = 0 to DLOS = 1, a microprocessor interrupt will be generated if the DLOS interrupt enable bit DLOSIE (register LIU_REG1, bit 1) is set. The reset default is DLOSIE = 0. The DLOS alarm may occur when FLLOOP is activated (See “Line Interface Unit: Loopbacks” on page 44.) due to the abrupt change in signal level at the receiver input. Setting the FLLOOP alarm prevention PFLALM = 1 (register LIU_REG 4, bit 2) prevents the DLOS alarm from occurring when FLLOOP is activated by quickly resetting the receiver’s internal peak detector. It will not prevent the DLOS alarm during the FLLOOP period but only avoids the alarm created by the signal amplitude transient. The reset default is PFLALM = 0. Table 2. Digital Loss of Signal Standard Select LOSSTD DS1 Mode CEPT Mode 0 1 T1M1.3/93-005, ITU-T G.775 TR-TSY-000009 ITU-T G.775 ITU-T G.775 28 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Receive (continued) Receive Line Interface Configuration Modes (continued) Loss Shutdown (LOSSD) and Receiver AIS (RCVAIS). The loss shutdown (LOSSD) control bit (register LIU_REG3, bit 4) acts in conjunction with the receive alarm indication select (RCVAIS) control bit (register LIU_REG4, bit 1) to place the digital RLIU signals (RPD-LIU, RND-LIU, RLCK-LIU) in a predetermined state when a digital loss of signal (DLOS) or analog loss of signal (ALOS) alarm occurs. If LOSSD = 0 and RCVAIS = 0, the RND-LIU, RPD-LIU, and RLCK-LIU signals will be unaffected by the DLOS alarm condition. However, when an ALOS alarm condition is indicated in the LIU alarm status register (register LIU_REG0, bit 0), the RPD-LIU and RND-LIU signals are forced to 0 state and the RLCK-LIU free runs (at the INTSYSCK/16 frequency). If LOSSD = 1, RCVAIS = 0, and a DLOS alarm condition is indicated in the LIU alarm status register (register LIU_REG0, bit 1) or an ALOS alarm condition is indicated, the RPD-LIU and RND-LIU signals are forced to the 0 state and the RLCK-LIU free runs (at the INTSYSCK/16 frequency). If LOSSD = 0, RCVAIS = 1, and a DLOS or an ALOS alarm condition is indicated in the LIU alarm status register (register LIU_REG0, bits 0 or 1), the RPD-LIU and RND-LIU signals will present an alarm indication signal (AIS, all ones) based on the free-running INTSYSCK/16 frequency. If LOSSD = 1, RCVAIS = 1, and a DLOS or an ALOS alarm condition is indicated in LIU alarm status register (register LIU_REG0, bits 0 or 1), the RPD-LIU and RND-LIU signals are forced to 0 state and the RLCK-LIU free runs at the INTSYSCK/16 frequency. The RND-LIU, RPD-LIU, and RLCK-LIU signals will be remain unaffected if any loopback (FLLOOP, RLOOP, DLLOOP) is activated independent of LOSSD and RCVAIS settings. The default reset state is LOSSD = 0 and RCVAIS = 0. The LOSSD and RCVAIS behavior is summarized in Table 3. Table 3. LOSSD and RCVAIS Control Configurations (Not Valid During Loopback Modes) LOSSD RCVAIS ALARM RPD/RND RLCK 0 0 ALOS 0 Free Runs 0 0 DLOS Normal Data Recovered Clock 1 0 ALOS 0 Free Runs 1 0 DLOS 0 Free Runs 0 1 ALOS AIS (all ones) Free Runs 0 1 DLOS AIS (all ones) Free Runs 1 1 ALOS 0 Free Runs 1 1 DLOS 0 Free Runs LIU Receiver Bipolar Violation (BPV) Alarm. The receiver LIU bipolar violation (BPV) alarm is used only in the single-rail mode. When B8ZS(DS1)/HDB3(E1) coding is not used (i.e., CODE = 0), any violations in the receive data (such as two or more consecutive 1s on a rail) are indicated on the RND-LIU output. When B8ZS(DS1)/ HDB3(E1) coding is used (i.e., CODE = 1), the HDB3/B8ZS code violations, including BPVs, are reflected on the RND-LIU output. Agere Systems Inc. 29 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Receive (continued) T1/DS1 LIU Receiver Specifications During T1/DS1 operation, the LIU receiver will perform as specified in Table 4. Table 4. DS1 LIU Receiver Specifications Parameter Analog Loss of Signal: Threshold to Assert Threshold to Clear Hysteresis Time to Assert (ALTIMER = 0) Receiver Sensitivity2 Jitter Transfer: 3 dB Bandwidth Peaking Generated Jitter Jitter Accommodation Return Loss:3 51 kHz to 102 kHz 102 kHz to 1.544 MHz 1.544 MHz to 2.316 MHz Digital Loss of Signal: Flag Asserted When Consecutive Bit Positions Contain Flag Deasserted when Data Density Is and Maximum Consecutive Zeros Are Min Typ Max Unit Spec 23 17.5 — 1.0 11 18 14 4 15 16.5 12.5 — 2.6 — dB1 dB1 dB ms dB I.431 — — I.431 — — — — 3.84 — 0.04 — 0.1 0.05 kHz dB UIpk-pk — — — — Figure 7 on page 32 Figure 13 on page 42 TR-TSY-000499, ITU-T G.824 Figure 6 on page 32 Figure 12 on page 42 14 20 16 — — — — — — dB dB dB — — — 100 — — zeros ITU-T G.775, T1M1.3/93-005 12.5 — — %ones — — — 15 zeros TR-TRY-000009 — — 99 zeros ITU-T G.775, T1M1.3/ 93-005 1. Below the nominal pulse amplitude of 3.0 V with the line interface circuitry specified in the Line Interface Unit: Line Interface Networks on page 48. 2. Cable loss at 772 kHz. 3. Using Agere transformer 2795L and components listed in Table 13. 30 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Receive (continued) CEPT LIU Receiver Specifications During E1 operation, the LIU receiver will perform as specified in Table 5. Table 5. CEPT LIU Receiver Specifications Parameter Analog Loss of Signal: Threshold to Assert Threshold to Clear Hysteresis Time to Assert (ALTIMER = 0) Time to Assert (ALTIMER = 1) Receiver Sensitivity2 Interference Immunity:3 Jitter Transfer: 3 dB Bandwidth, Single-pole Roll Off Peaking Generated Jitter Jitter Accommodation Return Loss:4 51 kHz to 102 kHz 102 kHz to 2.048 MHz 2.048 MHz to 3.072 MHz Digital Loss of Signal: Flag Asserted When Consecutive Bit Positions Contain Flag Deasserted When Data Density Is (LOSSTD = 1) Min Typ Max Unit Spec 23 17.5 — 1.0 10 11 9 18 14 4 — — 13.5 12 16.5 12.5 — 2.6 255 — — dB1 dB1 dB ms UI dB dB I.431, ETSI 300 233 — — I.431, ETSI 300 233 G.775 — ITU-T G.703 — — — — 5.1 — 0.04 — — 0.5 0.05 — kHz dB UIpk-pk — Figure 9 on page 33 Figure 15 on page 43 ITU-T G.823, I.431 Figure 8 on page 33 Figure 14 on page 43 14 20 16 — — — — — — dB dB dB 255 — — zeros — 12.5 — — %ones ITU-T G.775 ITU-T G.703 1.Below the nominal pulse amplitude of 3.0 V for 120 Ω and 2.37 V for 75 Ω applications with the line circuitry specified in the Line Interface Unit: Line Interface Networks on page 48. 2.Cable loss at 1.024 MHz. 3.Amount of cable loss for which the receiver will operate error-free in the presence of a –18 dB interference signal summing with the intended signal source. 4.Using Agere transformer 2795K or 2795J and components listed in Table 13. Agere Systems Inc. 31 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Receive (continued) 100 UI TYPICAL (SUBJECT TO DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION) 28 UI T1.408/I.431(DS1)/G.824(DS1) 10 UI GR-499-CORE (NON-SONET CAT II INTERFACES) I.431(DS1), G.824(DS1) 1.0 UI TR-TSY-000009 (DS1, MUXES) GR-499/1244-CORE (CAT I INTERFACES) 0.1 UI 1 10 100 1k 100 k 10 k FREQUENCY (Hz) 5-5260(F)r.4 Figure 6. T1/DS1 Receiver Jitter Accommodation Without Jitter Attenuator GR-499-CORE (NON-SONET CAT II TO CAT II) 0 TYPICAL (SUBJECT TO DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION) JITTER OUT/JITTER IN (dB) 10 20 30 40 50 60 1 10 100 1k 10 k 100 k FREQUENCY (Hz) 5-5261(F) Figure 7. T1/DS1 Receiver Jitter Transfer Without Jitter Attenuator 32 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Receive (continued) 100 UI G.823 37 UI I.431(CEPT)/ETS-300-011 20.5 UI 12e-6 Hz TYPICAL (SUBJECT TO DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION) 10 UI G.823,ETSI-300-011A1 I.431(CEPT)/ETS-300-011 1.0 UI 0.1 UI 1 10 100 1k 100 k 10 k FREQUENCY (Hz) 5-5262(F)r.3 Figure 8. CEPT/E1 Receiver Jitter Accommodation Without Jitter Attenuator G.735-9 W/O JITTER REDUCER 0 JITTER OUT/JITTER IN (dB) 10 TYPICAL (SUBJECT TO DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION) 20 30 40 50 60 1 10 100 1k 10 k 100 k FREQUENCY (HZ) 5-5263(F) Figure 9. CEPT/E1 Receiver Jitter Transfer Without Jitter Attenuator Agere Systems Inc. 33 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Transmit Output Pulse Generation The line interface transmitter accepts a line rate clock and NRZ data in single-rail mode (DUAL = 0) or positive and negative NRZ data in dual-rail mode (DUAL = 1) from the transmit framer unit or, optionally, the system interface. The line interface transmitter converts this data to a balanced bipolar signal (AMI format) with optional B8ZS(DS1)/ HDB3(E1) encoding and optional jitter attenuation. Low-impedance output drivers produce the line transmit pulses. Positive 1s are output as positive pulses on TTIP, and negative 1s are output as positive pulses on TRING. Binary 0s are converted to null pulses. In DSX-1 applications, transmit pulse shaping is controlled by the on-chip pulse-width controller and pulse equalizer. The pulse-width controller produces high-speed timing signals to accurately control the transmit pulse widths. This eliminates the need for a tightly controlled transmit clock duty cycle that is usually required in discrete implementations. The pulse equalizer controls the amplitudes and shapes of the pulses. Different pulse equalizations are selected through settings of EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 bits (register LIU_REG6, bits 0 to 2) as described in Table 6, Transmit Line Interface Short-Haul Equalizer/Rate Control, below. The reset default state of the equalization bits EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 can be predetermined by setting the DS1_CEPT pin. The default transmit equalization is EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 = 000 (0 dB T1/DS1) when DS1_CEPT = 1; EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 = 110 (CEPT 120 Ω/75 Ω) when DS1_CEPT = 0. This feature aids in transmitting AIS at the correct rate upon completion of hardware reset; See “LIU Transmitter Alarm Indication Signal Generator (XLAIS)” on page 35. Table 6. Transmit Line Interface Short-Haul Equalizer/Rate Control Short-Haul Applications EQ2 EQ1 EQ0 Service Clock Rate Transmitter Equalization1,2 Feet 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 DSX-1 1.544 MHz CEPT4 2.048 MHz Meters 0 to 131 0 to 40 131 to 262 40 to 80 262 to 393 80 to 120 393 to 524 120 to 160 524 to 655 160 to 200 75 Ω (Option 2) 120 Ω or 75 Ω (Option 1) Not Used Maximum Cable Loss to DSX3 dB 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.0 — 1.In DS1 mode, the distance to the DSX for 22-Gauge PIC (ABAM) cable is specified. Use the maximum cable loss figures for other cable types. In CEPT mode, equalization is specified for coaxial or twisted-pair cable. 2.Reset default state is EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 = 000 when pin DS1_CEPT = 1 and EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 = 110 when pin DS1_CEPT = 0. 3.Loss measured at 772 kHz. 4.In 75 Ω applications, Option 1 is recommended over Option 2 for lower LIU power dissipation. Option 2 allows for the use of the same transformer as in CEPT 120 Ω applications (see the Line Interface Unit: Line Interface Networks on page 48). 34 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Transmit (continued) LIU Transmitter Configuration Modes LIU Transmitter Zero Substitution Encoding (CODE) LIU transmitter zero substitution (B8ZS/HDB3) encoding can be activated only in the single-rail (DUAL = 0) system/framer interface mode. It is activated by setting CODE = 1 (register LIU_REG3, bit 2). Data transmitted from the framer interface on TPD-LIU will be B8ZS/HDB3 encoded before appearing on TTIP and TRING at the line interface. LIU Transmitter Alarm Indication Signal Generator (XLAIS) When the transmit alarm indication signal control is set (XLAIS = 1) for a given channel (see register LIU_REG5, bit 1), a continuous stream of bipolar 1s is transmitted to the line interface. The internal LIU to framer TPD interface (TPD) and internal LIU to framer TND interface (TND) signals are ignored during this mode. The XLAIS control is ignored when a remote loopback (RLOOP) is selected using loopback control bits LOOPA and LOOPB (register LIU_REG5, bits 2 to 3). The clock source used for the alarm indication signal is TLCK if present or INTSYSCK if TLCK is not present. The clock tolerance must meet the nominal transmission specifications of 1.544 MHz ± 32 ppm for DS1 (T1), or 2.048 MHz ± 50 ppm CEPT (E1). The XLAIS bit is defaulted to 1 on hardware reset allowing the transmitter to send AIS as soon as clocks are available, without needing to write the LIU registers1. Because the transmit equalization bits are needed to determine the correct system rate (DS1/E1), the reset default state of the equalization bits EQ2, EQ1, EQ0 (register LIU_REG6, bits 0—2) can be predetermined by setting the DS1_CEPT pin (see Table 6 on page 34). The default transmit equalization is EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 = 000 (0 dB T1/DS1) when DS1_CEPT = 1, and EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 = 110 (CEPT 120 Ω/75 Ω) when DS1_CEPT = 0. The transmit equalization bits can be subsequently programmed to any state by writing the LIU register regardless of the state of the DS1_CEPT pin. The DS1_CEPT pin is only used to determine the reset default state of the equalization bits. 1. If TLCK from the framer is present, automatic transmission of AIS upon reset will occur only if the CHI common control register FRM_PR45 bit 0 = 0, the default, or low-frequency PLLCK mode. In this case, PLLCK will be equal to the line transmit rate, either 1.544 MHz for DS1 or 2.048 MHz for CEPT. LIU Transmitter Alarms Loss of LIU Transmit Clock (LOTC) Alarm A loss of LIU transmit clock alarm (LOTC = 1, see register LIU_REG0, bit 3) is indicated if any of the clocks used in the LIU transmitter paths are absent. This includes loss of TLCK-LIU input, loss of RLCK-LIU during remote loopback, loss of jitter attenuator output clock (when enabled in transmit path), or the internal loss of clock from the pulse-width controller. For all of these conditions, the LIU transmitter timing clock is lost and no data can be driven onto the line. Output drivers TTIP and TRING are placed in a high-impedance state when this alarm is active. The LOTC alarm asserts between 3 µs and 16 µs after the clock is lost, and deasserts immediately after detecting the first clock edge. The LOTC alarm status bit will latch the alarm and remain set until being cleared by a read (clear on read). Upon the transition from LOTC = 0 to LOTC = 1, an interrupt will be generated if the LOTC interrupt enable bit LOTCIE (register LIU_REG1, bit 3) is set. The reset default is LOTCIE = 0. An LOTC alarm may occur when RLOOP is activated and deactivated due to the phase transient that occurs as TLCK-LIU switches its source to and from RLCK-LIU. Setting the RLOOP alarm prevention PRLALM = 1 (register LIU_REG4, bit 3) prevents the LOTC alarm from occurring at the activation and deactivation of RLOOP but allows the alarm to operate normally during the RLOOP active period. The reset default is PRLALM = 0. Agere Systems Inc. 35 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Line Interface Unit: Transmit (continued) LIU Transmitter Alarms (continued) LIU Transmitter Driver Monitor (TDM) Alarm The transmit driver monitor detects two conditions: a nonfunctional link due to faults on the primary of the transmit line transformer, and periods of no data transmission. The TDM alarm (register LIU_REG0, bit 2) is the OR’d function of both faults and provides information about the integrity of the LIU transmitter signal path. The first monitoring function is provided to detect nonfunctional links and protect the LIU transmitter from damage. The alarm is set (TDM = 1) when one of the LIU transmitter line drivers (TTIP or TRING) is shorted to power supply or ground, or TTIP and TRING are shorted together. Under these conditions, internal circuitry protects the LIU transmitter from damage and excessive power supply current consumption by forcing the TTIP and TRING output drivers into a high-impedance state. The monitor detects faults on the transformer primary side, but the transformer secondary faults may not be detected. The monitor operates by comparing the line pulses with the transmit inputs. After 32 transmit clock cycles, the LIU transmitter is powered up in its normal operating mode. The LIU transmitter drivers attempt to correctly transmit the next data bit. If the error persists, TDM remains active to eliminate alarm chatter and the transmitter is again internally protected for another 32 transmit clock cycles. This process is repeated until the error condition is removed, and then the TDM alarm is deactivated. The TDM alarm status bit will latch the alarm and remain set until being cleared by a read (clear on read). The second monitoring function is to indicate periods of no data transmission. The alarm is set (TDM = 1) when 33 consecutive zeros have been transmitted. The alarm is cleared (TDM = 0) on the detection of a single pulse. This alarm condition does not alter the functionality of the signal path. Upon the transition from TDM = 0 to TDM = 1, a microprocessor interrupt will be generated if the TDM interrupt enable bit TDMIE (register LIU_REG1, bit 2) is set. The reset default is TDMIE = 0. A TDM alarm may occur when RLOOP is activated and deactivated. If the PRLALM bit is not set, then RLOOP may activate an LOTC alarm, which will put the output drivers TTIP and TRING in a high-impedance state as described in Loss of LIU Transmit Clock (LOTC) Alarm on page 35. The high-impedance state of the drivers may in turn generate a TDM alarm. Setting the HIGHZ alarm prevention PHIZALM = 1 (register LIU_REG4, bit 4) prevents the TDM alarm from occurring when the drivers are in a high-impedance state. The reset default is PHIZALM = 0. 36 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Transmit (continued) DSX-1 Transmitter Pulse Template and Specifications NORMALIZED AMPLITUDE (A) The DS1 pulse shape template is specified at the DSX (defined by CB119 and ANSI T1.102) and is illustrated in Figure 10. The LIU transmitter also meets the pulse template specified by ITU-T G.703 (not shown). 1.0 0.5 0 –0.5 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 TIME (ns) 5-1160(C)r.4 Figure 10. DSX-1 Isolated Pulse Template Table 7. DSX-1 Pulse Template Corner Points (from CB119, T1.102) Maximum Curve UI ns Normalized Amplitude –0.77 –0.39 –0.27 –0.27 –0.12 0.0 0.27 0.25 0.93 1.16 0 250 325 325 425 500 675 725 1100 1250 0.05 0.05 0.80 1.15 1.15 1.05 1.05 –0.07 0.05 0.05 Agere Systems Inc. Minimum Curve UI ns Normalized Amplitude –0.77 –0.23 –0.23 –0.15 0.0 0.15 0.23 0.23 0.46 0.66 0.93 1.16 0 350 350 400 500 600 650 650 800 925 1100 1250 –0.05 –0.05 0.50 0.95 0.95 0.90 0.50 –0.45 –0.45 –0.20 –0.05 –0.05 37 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Transmit (continued) DSX-1 Transmitter Pulse Template and Specifications (continued) During DS1 operation, the LIU transmitter TTIP and TRING pins will perform as specified in Table 8. Table 8. DS1 Transmitter Specifications Parameter 1 Output Pulse Amplitude at DSX Output Pulse Width at Line Side of Transformer1 Output Pulse Width at Device Pins TTIP and TRING1 Positive/Negative Pulse Imbalance2 Power Levels:3,4 772 kHz 1.544 MHz5 Min Typ Max Unit 2.5 325 3.0 350 3.5 375 V ns 330 350 370 ns — 0.1 0.4 dB 12.6 29 — 39 17.9 — dBm dB Spec AT&T CB119, ANSI T1.102 1. With the line circuitry specified in Table 13. 2.Total power difference. 3.Measured in a 2 kHz band around the specified frequency. 4.Using Agere transformer 2795L and components in Table 13. 5.Below the power at 772 kHz. CEPT Transmitter Pulse Template and Specifications CEPT pulse shape template is specified at the system output (defined by ITU-T G.703) and is illustrated in Figure 11. 269 ns (244 + 25) 20% 10% V = 100% 194 ns (244 – 50) 10% NOMINAL PULSE 20% 50% 244 ns 219 ns (244 – 25) 10% 10% 0% 10% 10% 20% 488 ns (244 + 244) 5-3145(C)r.3 Figure 11. ITU-T G.703 Pulse Template 38 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Transmit (continued) CEPT Transmitter Pulse Template and Specifications (continued) During E1 operation, the LIU transmitter TTIP and TRING pins will perform as specified in Table 9. Table 9. CEPT Transmitter Specifications Parameter Min Typ Max Unit 2.13 2.7 2.37 3.0 2.61 3.3 V V Output Pulse Width at Line Side of Transformer1 219 244 269 ns Output Pulse Width at Device Pins TTIP and TRING1 224 244 264 ns –4 –4 ±1.5 ±1 4 4 % % –5 0 5 % 9 15 11 — — — — — — dB dB dB 7 9 — — — — dB dB Output Pulse Amplitude1: 75 Ω 120 Ω Positive/Negative Pulse Imbalance: Pulse Amplitude Pulse Width Zero Level (percentage of pulse amplitude) Return Loss:2 120 Ω 51 kHz to 102 kHz 102 kHz to 2.048 MHz 2.048 MHz to 3.072 MHz Return Loss:2 75 Ω 51 kHz to 102 kHz 102 kHz to 3.072 MHz Spec ITU-T G.703 CH-PTT ETS 300 166: 1993 1.With the line circuitry specified in Table 13, measured at the transformer secondary. 2.Using Agere transformer 2795K or 2795J and components in Table 13. Agere Systems Inc. 39 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Line Interface Unit: Jitter Attenuator A selectable jitter attenuator is provided for narrow-bandwidth jitter transfer function applications. When placed in the LIU receive path, the jitter attenuator provides narrow-bandwidth jitter filtering for line-synchronization. The jitter attenuator can also be placed in the LIU transmit path to provide clock smoothing for applications such as synchronous/asynchronous demultiplexers. In these applications, TLCK-LIU will have an instantaneous frequency that is higher than the data rate and some TLCK-LIU periods are suppressed (gapped) in order to set the average longterm TLCK-LIU frequency to within the transmit line rate specification. The jitter attenuator will smooth the gapped clock. Generated (Intrinsic) Jitter Generated jitter is the amount of jitter appearing on the output port when the applied input signal has no jitter. The jitter attenuator outputs a maximum of 0.04 UI peak-to-peak intrinsic jitter. Jitter Transfer Function The jitter transfer function describes the amount of jitter that is transferred from the input to the output over a range of frequencies. The jitter attenuator exhibits a single-pole roll-off (20 dB/decade) jitter transfer characteristic that has no peaking and a nominal filter corner frequency (3 dB bandwidth) of less than 4 Hz for DS1 operation and approximately 10 Hz for CEPT operation. Optionally, a lower bandwidth of approximately 1.25 Hz can be selected in CEPT operation by setting JABW0 = 1 (register LIU_REG4, bit 5) for systems desiring compliance with ETSITBR12 and TBR13 jitter attenuation requirements. The reset default is JABW0 = 0. For a given frequency, different jitter amplitudes will cause a slight variation in attenuation because of finite quantization effects. Jitter amplitudes of less than approximately 0.2 UI will have greater attenuation than the single-pole roll-off characteristic. The jitter transfer curve is independent of data patterns. Typical jitter transfer curves of the jitter attenuator are given in Figure 13 and Figure 15. 40 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Jitter Attenuator (continued) Jitter Accommodation The minimum jitter accommodation of the jitter attenuator occurs when the SYSCK frequency and the input clock’s long-term average frequency are at their extreme frequency tolerances. When the jitter attenuator is used in the LIU transmit path, the minimum accommodation is 28 UI peak-to-peak at the highest jitter frequency of 15 kHz. Typical receiver jitter accommodation curves including the jitter attenuator in the LIU receive path are given in Figure 12 and Figure 14. When the jitter attenuator is placed in the data path, a difference between the SYSCK/16 frequency and the incoming line rate for receive applications, or the TCLK rate for transmit applications will result in degraded lowfrequency jitter accommodation performance. The peak-to-peak jitter accommodation (JApp) for frequencies from above the corner frequency of the jitter attenuator (Fc) to approximately 100 Hz is given by the following equation 2 ( ∆fsysclk – ∆f data )f data JApp = 64 – ------------------------------------------------------------------ UI 2πfc where: fdata = 1.544 MHz for DS1 or 2.048 MHz for E1, for JABW0 = 0, fc = 3.8 Hz for DS1 or 10 Hz for E1, and for JABW0 = 1, fc = 1.25 Hz for E1, ýfsysclk = SYSCK tolerance in ppm, ýfdata = data tolerance in ppm. Note that for lower corner frequencies the jitter accommodation is more sensitive to clock tolerance than for higher corner frequencies. When JABW0 = 1 and the jitter attenuator is used in the receive data path, the tolerance on SYSCK should be tightened to ±20 ppm in order to meet the jitter accommodation requirements of TBR12/13 as given in G.823 for line data rates of ±50 ppm. Jitter Attenuator Enable (Transmit or Receive Path) The jitter attenuator is placed in the LIU receive path by setting JAR = 1 (register LIU_REG3, bit 0). The jitter attenuator is selected in the LIU transmit path by setting JAT = 1 (register LIU_REG3, bit 1). When JAR = 1 and JAT = 1 or when JAR = 0 and JAT = 0, the jitter attenuator is disabled. Note that the power consumption increases slightly on a per-channel basis when the jitter attenuator is active. The reset default case is JAR = JAT = 0. Agere Systems Inc. 41 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Jitter Attenuator (continued) 100 UI TYPICAL (SUBJECT TO DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION) 28 UI T1.408/I.431(DS1)/G.824(DS1) 10 UI GR-499-CORE (NON-SONET CAT II INTERFACES) I.431(DS1), G.824(DS1) 1.0 UI TR-TSY-000009 (DS1, MUXES) GR-499/1244-CORE (CAT I INTERFACES) 0.1 UI 1 10 100 1k 100 k 10 k FREQUENCY (Hz) 5-5264(F)r.4 Figure 12. T1/DS1 Receiver Jitter Accommodation with Jitter Attenuator 0 GR-253-CORE TR-TSY-000009 JITTER OUT/JITTER IN (dB) 10 20 30 40 TYPICAL (SUBJECT TO DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION) 50 60 1 10 100 1k 10 k 100 k FREQUENCY (Hz) 5-5265(F)r.1 Figure 13. T1/DS1 Jitter Transfer of the Jitter Attenuator 42 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Jitter Attenuator (continued) JABW0 = 0 JABW0 = 1 100 UI G.823 37 UI I.431(CEPT)/ETS-300-011 TYPICAL (SUBJECT TO DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION) 20.5 UI 12e-6 Hz 10 UI G.823,ETSI-300-011A1 I.431(CEPT)/ETS-300-011 1.0 UI 0.1 UI 1 10 100 1k 100 k 10 k FREQUENCY (Hz) 5-5266(F)r.2 Figure 14. CEPT/E1 Receiver Jitter Accommodation with Jitter Attenuator G.735-9 AT NATIONAL BOUNDARIES 0 I.431, G.735-9 WITH JITTER REDUCER JITTER OUT/JITTER IN (dB) 10 ETSI-300-011 ETSI TBR12/13 20 30 JABW0 = 1 JABW0 = 0 TYPICAL (SUBJECT TO DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION) 40 50 60 1 10 100 1k 10 k 100 k FREQUENCY (Hz) 5-5267(Fr.1 Figure 15. CEPT/E1 Jitter Transfer of the Jitter Attenuator Agere Systems Inc. 43 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Line Interface Unit: Loopbacks The LIU has independent loopback paths that are activated using LOOPA and LOOPB control bits (register LIU_REG5, bits 2 to 3) as shown in Table 10. The locations of these loopbacks are illustrated in Figure 5, Block Diagram of Line Interface Unit: Single Channel, on page 26. Full Local Loopback (FLLOOP) A full local loopback (FLLOOP) connects the LIU transmit driver input to the receive analog front-end circuitry. Valid transmit output data continues to be sent to the network. If the LIU transmitter AIS signal (all-1s signal) is sent to the network, by setting the XLAIS bit (register LIU_REG5, bit 1), the looped data is not affected. The ALOS alarm continues to monitor the receive line interface signal (RTIP and RRING) while the DLOS alarm monitors the looped data. See Digital Loss of Signal (DLOS) Alarm section on page 28 regarding the behavior of the DLOS alarm upon activation of FLLOOP. Remote Loopback (RLOOP) A remote loopback (RLOOP) connects the recovered clock and retimed data to the LIU transmitter at the framer interface and sends the data back to the line. The LIU receiver front end, clock/data recovery, encoder/decoder (if enabled), jitter attenuator (if enabled), and LIU transmitter driver circuitry are all exercised during this loopback. The transmit clock, transmit data, and the transmit AIS inputs are ignored. Valid receive output data continues to be sent to RPD-LIU and RND-LIU. This loopback mode is very helpful in isolating failures between systems. See Loss of LIU Transmit Clock (LOTC) Alarm section on page 35 and LIU Transmitter Driver Monitor (TDM) Alarm on page 36 regarding the behavior of the LOTC and TDM alarms upon activation and deactivation of RLOOP. Digital Local Loopback (DLLOOP) A digital local loopback (DLLOOP) connects the transmit clock and data through the encoder/decoder pair to the receive clock and data output pins. This loopback is operational regardless of whether the encoder/decoder pair is enabled or disabled. The alarm indication signal can be transmitted (XLAIS = 1) without any effect on the looped signal. Table 10. Loopback Control Operation 1 Normal Full Local Loopback Remote Loopback Digital Local Loopback Symbol LOOPA LOOPB — FLLOOP2 RLOOP3 DLLOOP 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1. The reset default condition is LOOPA = LOOPB = 0 (no loopback). 2. During the transmit AIS condition, the looped data will be the transmitted data from the framer or system interface and not the all 1s signal. 3. Transmit AIS request is ignored. 44 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Other Features LIU Powerdown (PWRDN) Each LIU channel has an independent powerdown mode controlled by PWRDN (register LIU_REG5, bit 0). This provides power savings for systems which use backup channels. If PWRDN = 1, the corresponding LIU channel will be in a standby mode consuming only a small amount of power. It is recommended that the alarm registers for the powered down LIU channel be disabled by setting ALOSIE = DLOSIE = TDMIE = LOTCIE = 0 (register LIU_REG1, bits 0—3). If an LIU channel in powerdown mode needs to be placed back into service, the channel should be turned on (PWRDN = 0) approximately 5 ms before data is applied. Loss of Framer Receive Line Clock (LOFRMRLCK Pin) The LOFRMRLCK (pin 2/38) is set when the internal framer receive line clock is absent. During this alarm condition, the clock recovery and jitter attenuator functions are automatically disabled. If JAR = 1, the RLCK-LIU, RPDLIU, RND-LIU, and DLOS signals will be unknown. In-Circuit Testing and Driver High-Impedance State (3-STATE) If 3-STATE (pin 42/140) is activated (3-STATE = 0), the outputs TTIP, TRING, RDY_DTACK, INTERRUPT, and AD[7:0] are placed in a high-impedance state. The TTIP and TRING outputs have a limiting high-impedance capability of approximately 8 kΩ. LIU Delay Values The transmit coder has 5 UI delay whether it is in the path or not and whether it is B8ZS or HDB3. Its delay is only removed when in single-rail mode. The remainder of the transmit path has 4.6 UI delay. The receive decoder has 5 UI delay whether it is in the path or not and whether it is B8ZS or HDB3. Its delay is only removed when in singlerail mode or CDR = 0. The equalizer plus slicer delay is nearly 0 UI delay. The jitter attenuator delay is nominally 33 UI but can be 2 UI—64 UI depending on state. The digital phase-locked loop used for timing recovery has 8 UI delay. Agere Systems Inc. 45 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 SYSCK Reference Clock The LIU requires an externally applied clock, SYSCK pins 3 and 35, for the clock and data recovery function and the jitter attenuation option. SYSCK must be a continuously active (i.e., ungapped, unjittered, and unswitched) and an independent reference clock such as from an external system oscillator or system clock for proper operation. It must not be derived from any recovered line clock (i.e., from RLCK or any synthesized frequency of RLCK). SYSCK may be supplied in one of two formats. The format is selected for each channel by CKSEL pins 48 and 133. For CKSEL = 1, a clock at 16x the primary line data rate clock (24.704 MHz for DS1 and 32.768 MHz for CEPT) is applied to SYSCK. For CKSEL = 0, a primary line data rate clock (1.544 MHz for DS1 and 2.048 MHz for CEPT) is applied to SYSCK. The CKSEL pin has an internal pull-up resistor allowing the pin to be left open, i.e., a no connect, in applications using a 16x reference clock and pulled down to ground for applications using a primary line data rate clock. 16x SYSCK Reference Clock The specifications for SYSCK using a 16x reference clock are defined in Table 11. The 16x reference clock is selected when CKSEL = 1. Table 11. SYSCK (16x, CKSEL = 1) Timing Specifications Parameter Frequency DS1 CEPT Range*,† Duty Cycle Value Min Typ Max — — –100 40 24.704 32.768 — — — — 100 60 Unit MHz MHz ppm % * When JABW0 = 1 and the jitter attenuator is used in the receive data path, the tolerance on SYSCK should be tightened to ±20 ppm in order to meet the jitter accommodation requirements of TBR12/13 as given in G.823 for line data rates of ±50 ppm. † If SYSCK is used as the source for AIS (see LIU Transmitter Alarm Indication Signal Generator (XLAIS) on page 35), it must meet the nominal transmission specifications of 1.544 MHz ± 32 ppm for DS1 (T1), or 2.048 MHz ± 50 ppm for CEPT (E1). Primary Line Rate SYSCK Reference Clock and Internal Reference Clock Synthesizer In some applications, it is more desirable to provide a reference clock at the primary data rate. In such cases, the LIU can utilize an internal 16x clock synthesizer allowing the SYSCK pin to accept a primary data rate clock. The specifications for SYSCK using a primary rate reference clock are defined in Table 12. Table 12. SYSCK (1x, CKSEL = 0) Timing Specifications Parameter Frequency DS1 CEPT Range*,† Duty Cycle Rise and Fall Times (10%—90%) Value Min Typ Max — — –100 40 — 1.544 2.048 — — — — — 100 60 5 Unit MHz MHz ppm % ns * When JABW0 = 1 and the jitter attenuator is used in the receive data path, the tolerance on SYSCK should be tightened to ±20 ppm in order to meet the jitter accommodation requirements of TBR12/13 as given in G.823 for line data rates of ±50 ppm. † If SYSCK is used as the source for AIS (see LIU Transmitter Alarm Indication Signal Generator (XLAIS) on page 35), it must meet the nominal transmission specifications of 1.544 MHz ± 32 ppm for DS1 (T1), or 2.048 MHz ± 50 ppm for CEPT (E1). 46 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator SYSCK Reference Clock (continued) The data rate reference clock and the internal clock synthesizer is selected when CKSEL = 0. In this mode, a valid and stable data rate reference clock must be applied to the SYSCK pin before and during the time a hardware reset is activated (RESET = 0). The reset must be held active for a minimum of two data rate clock periods to ensure proper resetting of the clock synthesizer circuit. Upon the deactivation of the reset pin (RESET = 1), the LIU will extend the reset condition internally for approximately 1/2(212 – 1) line clock periods, or 1.3 ms for DS1 and 1 ms for CEPT after the hardware reset pin has become inactive allowing the clock synthesizer additional time to settle. No activity such as microprocessor read/write should be performed during this period. The device will be operational 2.7 ms after the deactivation of the hardware reset pin. Issuing an LIU software restart (LIU_REG2 bit 5 (RESTART) = 1) does not impact the clock synthesizer circuit. Agere Systems Inc. 47 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Line Interface Networks The transmit and receive tip and ring connections provide a matched interface to the line cable when used with a proper matching network. The diagram in Figure 16 shows the appropriate external components to interface to the cable for a single transmit/receive channel. The component values are summarized in Table 13, based on the specific application. EQUIPMENT INTERFACE RECEIVE DATA TRANSFORMER ZEQ RR RTIP CC RP RS RR RRING 1:N DEVICE (1 CHANNEL) TRANSMIT DATA RL RT CP TTIP RT TRING N:1 5-3693(C).e Figure 16. Line Termination Circuitry Table 13. Termination Components by Application1 Symbol Cable Type Name 2 CC CP RP RR RS ZEQ RT RL N Center Tap Capacitor Line Shunt Capacitor Receive Primary Impedance Receive Series Impedance Receive Secondary Impedance Equivalent Line Termination Tolerance Transmit Series Impedance Transmit Load Termination6 Transformer Turns Ratio Unit CEPT 75 Ω3 Coaxial DS1 Twisted Pair Option 1 0.1 — 200 332 210 100 ±4 0 100 2.1 0.1 150 200 143 147 75 ±4 7.5 75 1.93 4 Option 0.1 150 200 261 182 75 ±4 5.36 75 2.45 25 CEPT 120 Ω5 Twisted Pair 0.1 150 200 698 365 120 ±4 7.5 120 2.45 µF Ω % Ω — 1. Resistor tolerances are ±1%. Transformer turns ratio tolerances are ±2%. 2. Use Agere 2795L transformer. 3. For CEPT 75 Ω applications, Option 1 is recommended over Option 2 for lower device power dissipation. Option 2 increases power dissipation by 13 mW per channel when driving 50% ones data. Option 2 allows for the use of the same transformer as in CEPT 120 Ω applications. 4. Use Agere 2795K transformer. 5. Use Agere 2795J transformer. 6. A ±5% tolerance is allowed for the transmit load termination. 48 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit: Line Interface Networks (continued) The transmit and receive tip and ring connections should be provided with a matched and protected interface to the line (i.e., terminating impedance to match the characteristic impedance of the line cable and secondary line protection). For the purpose of line protection and matching network design, the equivalent input impedance of the receiver and the equivalent output circuit of the transmitter can be assumed to be as shown in Figure 17. 20 kΩ 3 pF RECEIVER INPUT* 47 kΩ 2 pF 3 pF 20 kΩ GRNDA A. Receiver Input Approximate Equivalent Circuit 1 Ω—1.5 Ω TRANSMITTER OUTPUT 1 Ω—1.5 Ω PULSE VOLTAGE SOURCE† B. Transmitter Output Approximate Equivalent Circuit 5-6232(F).b * Approximately 0.3 V—2.0 V peak. † Approximate pulse voltage source (peak). Mode DS1 CEPT: 75 Ω: Option 1 Option 2 120 Ω Peak 1.6 Unit V 2.3 2.1 2.3 V V V Figure 17. T7633 Line Interface Unit Approximate Equivalent Analog I/O Circuits Agere Systems Inc. 49 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator LIU-Framer Interface LIU-Framer Physical Interface The transmit framer-LIU interface for the T7633 consists of the TND, TPD, and TLCK pins. In normal operations, TND, TPD, and TLCK are directly connected to the transmit line interface and the TPD, TND, and TLCK pins are driven from the transmit framer. The receive framer-LIU interface for the T7633 consists of the RPD, RND_BPV, and RLCK internal signals. In normal operations, RND, RPD, and RLCK are directly sourced from the internal receive line interface unit. In the framer mode, FRAMER = 0, the RPD, RND, and RLCK pins are directly connected to the receive framer (the internal receive line interface unit is bypassed). Figure 18 illustrates the interfaces of the transmit and receive framer units. TRANSMIT HDLC FACILITY DATA LINK INTERFACE TLCK TPD TND TFDLCK TFDL TTIP TRING TRANSMIT LINE INTERFACE UNIT (XLIU) TLCK TND TPD TRANSMIT FRAMER (XFRMR) RECEIVE CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY INTERFACE (RCHI) RCHIDATA RCHIFS RCHICK PLLCK RECEIVE HDLC FACILITY DATA LINK INTERFACE RLCK SYSTEM INTERFACE LINE INTERFACE RFDLCK RFDL RND_BPV 0 RPD RTIP RRING FRM_RLCK LIU_RLCK RECEIVE LINE LIU_RND/BPV INTERFACE LIU_RPD UNIT (RLIU) FRM_RND RECEIVE FRAMER FRM_RPD (RFRMR) 1 TRANSMIT CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY INTERFACE (XCHI) TCHIDATA TCHICK TCHIFS RFRMCK FRAMER 5-4557(F).br.2 Figure 18. Block Diagram of Framer Line Interface 50 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator LIU-Framer Interface (continued) LIU-Framer Physical Interface (continued) Figure 19 shows the timing requirements for the transmit and receive framer interfaces in the LIU-bypass mode. FRM_PR45 t1 t1-DS1 t1-CEPT PLLCK t2f-r t2r-f t3 HFLF = 0 648 ns 488 ns BIT 0 (HFLF) HFLF = 1 162 ns 122 ns t2r-f: t2f-r: PLLCK TO TLCK DELAY = 50 ns t3-DS1 = 648 ns t3-CEPT = 488 ns TLCK t4 t4 = TLCK TO VALID TPD, TND = 30 ns TND, TPD t5 t5-DS1 = 648 ns t5-CEPT = 488 ns RLCK t6 = RPD, RND SETUP TO RISING RLCK = 40 ns t6 t7 t7 = RPD, RND HOLD FROM RISING RLCK = 40 ns RND, RPD t8 t8r-f: t8f-r: RLCK TO RFRMCK DELAY = 50 ns RFRMCK 5-4558(F).cr.3 Figure 19. Transmit Framer TLCK to TND, TPD and Receive Framer RND, RPD to RLCK Timing Agere Systems Inc. 51 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator LIU-Framer Interface (continued) Interface Mode and Line Encoding Single Rail The default mode for the LIU-framer interface is single-rail, register LIU_REG3 bit 3 (DUAL) = 0 and register FRM_PR8 bit 7 = 1, bit 6 = 1, and bit 5 = 0. In the single-rail terminator mode (FRAMER = 1), the LIU bipolar encoder and decoder may be enabled by setting register LIU_REG3 bit 2 (CODE) to 1. Signals passed on the internal LIU-framer interface are data (LIU_RPD and TPD), clock (LIU_RLCK and TLCK), and received bipolar violations (LIU_RND/BPV). When LIU_RND/BPV = 1, the BPV counter increments by one on the rising edge of LIU_RLCK. In the single-rail framer mode (FRAMER = 0), external signals to and from the framer are data (RTIP_RPD, pin 11/ 27 and TPD, pin 44/138), clock (RLCK, pin 47/135, and TLCK, pin 46/136), and received bipolar violations (RRING_RND, pin 10/28). When RRING_RND = 1, the BPV counter increments by one on the rising edge of RLCK. In this mode, TND (pin 45/137) is forced to the 0 state. Dual Rail Dual-rail LIU-framer interface mode is selected by setting LIU_REG3 bit 3 (DUAL) = 1 and by selecting one of the dual-rail framer modes of FRM_PR8 bit 5—bit 7. In the dual-rail terminator mode (FRAMER = 1), the framer bipolar encoder and decoder are enabled. Signals passed on the internal LIU-framer interface are data (LIU_RPD, LIU_RND, TPD, and TND), and clock (LIU_RLCK and TLCK). When bipolar violations are detected by the framer, the BPV counter increments by one on the rising edge of LIU_RLCK. In the dual-rail framer mode (FRAMER = 0), external signals to and from the framer are data (RTIP_RPD, pin 11/ 27, RRING_RND, pin 10/28, TPD, pin 44/138, and TND, pin 45/137) and clock (RLCK, pin 47/135, and TLCK, pin 46/136). When bipolar violations are detected by the framer, the BPV counter increments by one on the rising edge of RLCK. DS1: Alternate Mark Inversion (AMI) The default line code used for T1 is alternate mark inversion (AMI). The coding scheme represents a 1 with a pulse (mark) on the positive or negative rail and a 0 with no pulse on either rail. This scheme is shown in Table 14. Table 14. AMI Encoding Input Bit Stream 1011 0000 0111 1010 AMI Data –0+– 0000 0+–+ –0+0 The T1 “ones density rule” states that: In every 24 bits of information to be transmitted, there must be at least three pulses, and no more than 15 zeros may be transmitted consecutively [AT&T TR62411 (1988), ANSI T1.231 (1997)]. Receive ones density is monitored by the receive line interface as per T1M1.3/93-005, ITU G.775, or TR-TSY000009. The receive framer indicates excessive zeros upon detecting any zero string length greater than fifteen contiguous zeros (no pulses on either RPD or RND). Both excessive zeros and coding violations are indicated as bipolar violations. 52 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator LIU-Framer Interface (continued) DS1: Zero Code Suppression (ZCS) Zero code suppression is a technique known as pulse stuffing in which the seventh bit of each time slot is stuffed with a one. The line format (shown in Table 15) limits the data rate of each time slot from 64 kbits/s to 56 kbits/s. The default ZCS format stuffs the seventh bit of those ALL-ZERO time slots programmed for robbed-bit signaling (as defined in the signaling control registers with the F and G bits). The receive framer indicates excessive zeros upon detecting any zero string length greater than fifteen contiguous zeros (no pulses on either RPD or RND). Both excessive zeros and coding violations are indicated as bipolar violations. Table 15. DS1 ZCS Encoding Input Bit Stream 00000000 01010000 00000000 00000000 ZCS Data (Framer Mode) 00000010 01010010 00000010 00000010 T7633 Default ZCS 00000010 01010000 00000000 (data time slot remains clear) 00000010 DS1: Binary 8 Zero Code Suppression (B8ZS) Clear channel transmission can be accomplished using Binary 8 Zero Code Suppression (B8ZS). Eight consecutive 0s are replaced with the B8ZS code. This code consists of two bipolar violations in bit positions 4 and 7 and valid bipolar marks in bit positions 5 and 8. The receiving end recognizes this code and replaces it with the original string of eight 0s. The receive framer indicates excessive zeros upon detecting a block of eight (8) or more consecutive 0s (no pulses on either RPD or RND). Both excessive zeros and coding violations are indicated as bipolar violations. Table 16 shows the encoding of a string of 0s using B8ZS. B8ZS is recommended when ESF format is used. V represents a violation of the bipolar rule, and B represents an inserted pulse conforming to the AMI rule. Table 16. DS1 B8ZS Encoding Bit Positions 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 — — — 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Before B8ZS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 After B8ZS 0 0 0 V B 0 V B B 0 B 0 0 0 V B 0 V B Agere Systems Inc. 53 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator LIU-Framer Interface (continued) CEPT: High-Density Bipolar of Order 3 (HDB3) The line code used for CEPT is described in ITU Rec. G.703 Section 6.1 as high-density bipolar of order 3 (HDB3). HDB3 uses a substitution code that acts on strings of four 0s. The substitute HDB3 codes are 000V and B00V, where V represents a violation of the bipolar rule and B represents an inserted pulse conforming to the AMI rule defined in ITU Rec. G.701, item 9004. The choice of the B00V or 000V is made so that the number of B pulses between consecutive V pulses is odd. In other words, successive V pulses are of alternate polarity so that no direct current (dc) component is introduced. The substitute codes follow each other if the string of 0s continues. The choice of the first substitute code is arbitrary. A line code error consists of two pulses of the same polarity that is not defined as one of the two substitute codes. Excessive zeros consist of any zero string length greater than four contiguous zeros. Both excessive zeros and coding violations are indicated as bipolar violations. An example is shown in Table 17. Table 17. ITU HDB3 Coding Input Bit Stream 1011 0000 01 0000 0000 0000 0000 HDB3-coded Data 1011 000V 01 000V B00V B00V B00V HDB3-coded Levels –0+– 000– 0+ 000+ –00– +00+ –00– HDB3 with 5 Double BPVs –0+– –000 0+ +00+ 0–– – +00+ –00– 3-BPV 5-BPV 1-BPV 54 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats The supported North American T1 framing formats are superframe (D4, SLC-96, and digital data service-DDS) and extended superframe (ESF). The device can be programmed to support the ITU-CEPT-E1 basic format with and without CRC-4 multiframe formatting. This section describes these framing formats. T1 Framing Structures T1 is a digital transmission system which multiplexes twenty-four 64 kbits/s time slots (DS0) onto a serial link. The T1 system is the lowest level of hierarchy on the North American T-carrier system, as shown in Figure 20. Table 18. T-Carrier Hierarchy T Carrier DS0 Channels Bit Rate (Mbits/s) Digital Signal Level T1 T1-C T2 T3 T4 24 48 96 672 4032 1.544 3.152 6.312 44.736 274.176 DS1 DS1C DS2 DS3 DS4 Frame, Superframe, and Extended Superframe Definitions Each time slot (DS0) is an assembly of 8 bits sampled every 125 µs. The data rate is 64 kbits/s and the sample rate is 8 kHz. Time-division multiplexing 24 DS0 time slots together produces a 192-bit (24 DS0s) frame. A framing bit is added to the beginning of each frame to allow for detection of frame boundaries and the transport of additional maintenance information. This 193-bit frame, also referred to as a DS1 frame, is repeated every 125 µs to yield the 1.544 Mbits/s T1 data rate. DS1 frames are bundled together to form superframes or extended superframes. FRAME 1 FRAME 2 FRAME 1 F BIT FRAME 3 FRAME 23 FRAME 2 TIME SLOT 1 1 FRAME 11 3 4 5 FRAME 12 TIME SLOT 24 TIME SLOT 2 2 FRAME 24 6 7 8 24-FRAME EXTENDED SUPERFRAME ESF = 3.0 ms 12-FRAME SUPERFRAME SF = 1.5 ms 193-bit FRAME DS1 = 125 µs 8-bit TIME SLOT DS0 = 5.19 µs 5-4559(F).br.1 Figure 20. T1 Frame Structure Agere Systems Inc. 55 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) T1 Framing Structures (continued) Transparent Framing Format The transmit framer can be programmed to transparently transmit 193 bits of system data to the line. The system interface must be programmed such that the stuffed time slots are 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, and 29 (FRM_PR43 bits 2—0 must be set to 000) and either transparent framing mode 1 or transparent framing mode 2 is enabled (FRM_PR26 bit 3 or bit 4 must be set to 1). In transparent mode 1 or mode 2, the transmit framer extracts from the receive system data bit 8 of time slot 1 and inserts this bit into the framing bit position of the transmit line data. The other 7 bits of the receive system time slot 1 are ignored by the transmit framer. The receive framer will extract the f-bit (or 193rd bit) of the receive line data and insert it into bit 8 of time slot 1 of the system data; the other bits of time slot 1 are set to 0. Frame integrity is maintained in both the transmit and receive framer sections. TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 2 TIME SLOT 3 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 32 32 TIME-SLOT CHI FRAME (STUFF TIME SLOT) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F BIT F BIT TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 2 TIME SLOT 24 TRAMSMIT FRAMER’S 193-bit FRAME DS1 = 125 µs 5-5989(F).ar.1 Figure 21. T1 Transparent Frame Structure In transparent framing mode 1, the receive framer is forced not to reframe on the receive line data. Other than bipolar violations and unframed AIS monitoring, there is no processing of the receive line data. The receive framer will insert the 193rd bit of the receive line data into bit 8 of time slot 1 of the transmit system data. In transparent framing mode 2, the receive framer functions normally on receive line data. All normal monitoring of receive line data is performed and data is passed to the transmit CHI as programmed. The receive framer will insert the extracted framing bit of the receive line data into bit 8 of time slot 1 of the transmit system data. The remaining bits in time slot 1 are set to 0. 56 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) T1 Framing Structures (continued) D4 Frame Format D4 superframe format consists of 12 DS1 frames. Table 19 shows the structure of the D4 superframe. Table 19. D4 Superframe Format Frame Number1 Framing Bits Terminal Bit Number2 Frame FT 1 2 3 4 5 65 7 8 9 10 11 125 0 193 386 579 772 965 1158 1351 1544 1737 1930 2123 1 — 0 — 1 — 0 — 1 — 0 — Bit Used in Each Time Slot Signal Frame FS — 0 — 0 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 0 Traffic (All Channels) 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—7 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—7 Signaling Options Remote Alarm3 Signaling None 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 — — — — — 8 — — — — — 8 — — — — — — — — — — — — 2-State 4-State — — — — — A — — — — — A — — — — — A — — — — — B 4 1. Frame 1 is transmitted first. 2. Following ANSI T1.403, the bits are numbered 0—2315. Bit 0 is transmitted first. Bits in each DS0 time slot are numbered 1 through 8, and bit 1 of each DS0 is transmitted first. 3. The remote alarm forces bit 2 of each time slot to a 0-state when enabled. The Japanese remote alarm forces framing bit 12 (bit number 2123) to a 1-state when enabled. 4. Signaling option none uses bit 8 for traffic data. 5. Frames 6 and 12 contain the robbed-bit signaling information in bit 8 of each voice channel, when enabled. The receive framer uses both the FT and FS framing bits during its frame alignment procedure. Agere Systems Inc. 57 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) T1 Framing Structures (continued) Digital Data Service (DDS) Frame Format The superframe format for DDS is the same as that given for D4. DDS is intended to be used for data-only traffic, and as such, the system should ensure that the framer is in the nonsignaling mode. DDS uses time slot 24 (FAS channel) to transmit the remote frame alarm and data link bits. The format for time slot 24 is shown in Table 20. The facility data link timing is shown in Figure 22 below. Table 20. DDS Channel-24 Format Time Slot 24 = 10111YD0 Y = (bit 6) Remote frame alarm: 1 = no alarm state; 0 = alarm state D = (bit 7) Data link bits (8 kbits/s) t8 t8: TFDLCK CYCLE = 125 µs (DDS) 250 µs (ALL OTHER MODES) TFDLCK t9 t9 t9: TFDL TO TFDLCK SETUP/HOLD = 40 ns TFDL t10 t10: RFDLCK CYCLE = 125 µs (DDS) 250 µs (ALL OTHER MODES) RFDLCK t11: RFDLCK TO RFDL DELAY = 40 ns t11 RFDL 5-3910(F).cr.1 Figure 22. T7633 Facility Data Link Access Timing of the Transmit and Receive Framer Sections SLC-96 Frame Format SLC-96 superframe format consists of 12 DS1 frames similar to D4. The FT pattern is exactly the same as D4. The FS pattern uses that same structure as D4 but also incorporates a 24-bit data link word as shown below. SLC-96 24-bit DATA LINK WORD Fs = . . . 000111000111D1DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD24000111000111DDD . . . FRAME N –1 FRAME FRAME N N+1 FRAME N+2 FRAME N+3 FRAME N+4 FRAME N+5 FRAME FRAME FRAME N+6 N+7 N+8 SLC-96 36-FRAME D-bit SUPERFRAME INTERVAL (72 DS1 FRAMES) 5-6421(F)r.1 58 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) T1 Framing Structures (continued) External TFDL Source. Data may be inserted and extracted from the SLC-96 data link from either the external facility data link (TFDL) ports or the SLC-96 data stack. Source selection is controlled by FRM_PR21 bit 6 and FRM_PR29 bit 5—bit 7. The transmit framer synchronizes on TFDL = 000111000111 . . . and forces a superframe boundary based on this pattern. When sourcing an external bit stream, it is the system’s responsibility to ensure that TFDL data contain the pattern of 000111000111 . . . . The D pattern sequence is shown in Table 21. Table 22 shows the encoding for the line switch field. Table 21. SLC-96 Data Link Block Format Data Link Block Bit Definition Bit Value D1 (leftmost bit) D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 (rightmost bit) C1 — concentrator bit C2 — concentrator bit C3 — concentrator bit C4 — concentrator bit C5 — concentrator bit C6 — concentrator bit C7 — concentrator bit C8 — concentrator bit C9 — concentrator bit C10 — concentrator bit C11 — concentrator bit Spoiler bit 1 Spoiler bit 2 Spoiler bit 3 M1 — maintenance bit M2 — maintenance bit M3 — maintenance bit A1 — alarm bit A2 — alarm bit S1 — line-switch bit S2 — line-switch bit S3 — line-switch bit S4 — line-switch bit Spoiler bit 4 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 1 0 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 0 or 1 Defined in Table 22 Defined in Table 22 Defined in Table 22 Defined in Table 22 1 Agere Systems Inc. 59 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) T1 Framing Structures (continued) Table 22. SLC-96 Line Switch Message Codes S1 S2 S3 S4 Code Definition 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 Idle Switch line A receive Switch line B transmit Switch line C transmit Switch line D transmit Switch line B transmit and receive Switch line B transmit and receive Switch line B transmit and receive Internal SLC-96 Stack Source. Optionally, a SLC-96 FDL stack may be used to insert and correspondingly extract the FDL information in the SLC-96 frame format. The transmit SLC-96 FDL bits are sourced from the transmit framer SLC-96 FDL stack. The SLC-96 FDL stack (see FRM_PR31—FRM_PR35) consists of five 8-bit registers that contain the SLC-96 FS and D-bit information as shown in Table 23. The transmit stack data is transmitted to the line when the stack enable mode is active in the parameter registers FRM_PR21 bit 6 = 1 and FRM_PR29 bit 5—bit 7 = x10 (binary). The receive SLC-96 stack data is received when the receive framer is in the superframe alignment state. In the SLC-96 mode, while in the loss of superframe alignment (LSFA) state, updating of the receive framer SLC-96 stack is halted and neither the receive stack interrupt nor receive stack flag are asserted. Table 23. Transmit and Receive SLC-96 Stack Structure Register Number 1 (LSR) 2 3 4 5 Bit 7 (MSB) 0 0 C1 C9 M3 Bit 6 Bit 5 0 0 C2 C10 A1 0 0 C3 C11 A2 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 0 0 1 0 0 1 C4 C5 C6 SPB1 = 0 SPB2 = 1 SPB3 = 0 S1 S2 S3 Bit 1 1 1 C7 M1 S4 Bit 0 (LSB) 1 1 C8 M2 SPB4 = 1 Bit 5—bit 0 of the first 2 bytes of the SLC-96 FDL stack in Table 23 are transmitted to the line as the SLC-96 FS sequence. Bit 7 of the third stack register is transmitted as the C1 bit of the SLC-96 D sequence. The spoiler bits (SPB1, SPB2, SPB3, and SPB4) are taken directly from the transmit stack. The protocol for accessing the SLC-96 stack information for the transmit and receive framer is described below. The transmit SLC-96 stack must be written with valid data when transmitting stack data. The device indicates that it is ready for an update of its transmit stack by setting register FRM_SR4 bit 5 ( SLC-96 transmit FDL stack ready) high. At this time, the system has about 9 ms to update the stack. Data written to the stack during this interval will be transmitted during the next SLC-96 superframe D-bit interval. By reading bit 5 in register SR4, the system clears this bit so that it can indicate the next time the transmit stack is ready. If the transmit stack is not updated, then the content of the stack is retransmitted to the line. The start of the SLC-96 36-frame FS interval of the transmit framer is a function of the first 2 bytes of the SLC-96 transmit stack registers. These bytes must be programmed as shown in Table 23. Programming any other state into these two registers disables the proper transmission of the SLC-96 D bits. Once programmed correctly, the transmit SLC-96 D-bit stack is transmitted synchronous to the transmit SLC-96 superframe structure. On the receive side, the device indicates that it has received data in the receive FDL stack (registers FRM_SR54— FRM_SR58) by setting bit 4 in register FRM_SR4 ( SLC-96 receive FDL stack ready) high. The system then has about 9 ms to read the content of the stack before it is updated again (old data lost). By reading bit 4 in register FRM_SR4, the system clears this bit so that it can indicate the next time the receive stack is ready. As explained above, the SLC-96 receive stack is not updated when superframe alignment is lost. 60 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) T1 Framing Structures (continued) Extended Superframe Format The extended superframe format consists of 24 DS1 frames. The F bits are used for frame alignment, superframe alignment, error checking, and facility data link transport. Table 24 shows the ESF frame format. Table 24. Extended Superframe (ESF) Structure Frame Number1 1 2 3 4 5 66 7 8 9 10 11 126 13 14 15 16 17 186 19 20 21 22 23 246 Bit Number3 0 193 386 579 772 965 1158 1351 1544 1737 1930 2123 2316 2509 2702 2895 3088 3281 3474 3667 3860 4053 4246 4439 Signaling Option2 Bit Use in Each Time Slot Frame Bit FE DL CRC-64 Traffic — — — 0 — — — 0 — — — 1 — — — 0 — — — 1 — — — 1 D — D — D — D — D — D — D — D — D — D — D — D — — C1 — — — C2 — — — C3 — — — C4 — — — C5 — — — C6 — — 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—7 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—7 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—7 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—8 1—7 Signaling None5 — — — — — 8 — — — — — 8 — — — — — 8 — — — — — 8 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2-State 4-State 16-State — — — — — A — — — — — A — — — — — A — — — — — A — — — — — A — — — — — B — — — — — A — — — — — B — — — — — A — — — — — B — — — — — C — — — — — D 1. Frame 1 is transmitted first. 2. The remote alarm is a repeated 1111111100000000 pattern in the DL when enabled. 3. Following ANSI T1.403, the bits are numbered 0—4361. Bit 0 is transmitted first. Bits in each DS0 time slot are numbered 1 through 8, and bit 1 of each DS0 is transmitted first. 4. The C1 to C6 bits are the cyclic redundancy check-6 (CRC-6) checksum bits calculated over the previous extended superframe. 5. Signaling option none uses bit 8 for traffic data. 6. Frames 6, 12, 18, and 24 contain the robbed-bit signaling information in bit 8 of each voice channel, when enabled. The ESF format allows for in-service error detection and diagnostics on T1 circuits. ESF format consist of 24 framing bits: 6 for framing synchronization (2 kbits/s); 6 for error detection (2 kbits/s); and 12 for in-service monitoring and diagnostics (4 kbits/s). Agere Systems Inc. 61 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Frame Formats (continued) T1 Framing Structures (continued) Cyclic redundancy checking is performed over the entire ESF data payload (4,608 data bits, with all 24 framing bits (FE, DL, CRC-6) set to 1 during calculations). The CRC-6 bits transmitted in ESF will be determined as follows: ■ The check bits, c1 through c6, contained in ESF(n + 1) will always be those associated with the contents of ESF(n), the immediately preceding ESF. When there is no ESF immediately preceding, the check bits may be assigned any value. ■ For the purpose of CRC-6 calculation only, every F bit in ESF(n) is set to 1. ESF(n) is altered in no other way. ■ The resulting 4632 bits of ESF(n) are used, in order of occurrence, to construct a polynomial in x such that the first bit of ESF(n) is the coefficient of the term x4631 and the last bit of ESF(n) is the coefficient of the term x0. ■ The polynomial is multiplied by the factor x6, and the result is divided, modulo 2, by the generator polynomial x6 + x + 1. The coefficients of the remainder polynomial are used, in order of occurrence, as the ordered set of check bits, c1 through c6, that are transmitted in ESF(n + 1). The ordering is such that the coefficient of the term x5 in the remainder polynomial is check bit c1 and the coefficient of the term x0 in the remainder polynomial is check bit c6. The ESF remote frame alarm consists of a repeated eight 1s followed by eight 0s transmitted in the data link position of the framing bits. T1 Loss of Frame Alignment (LFA) Loss of frame alignment condition for the superframe or the extended superframe formats is caused by the inability of the receive framer to maintain the proper sequence of frame bits. The number of errored framing bits required to detect a loss of frame alignment is given is Table 25. Table 25. T1 Loss of Frame Alignment Criteria Format Number of Errored Framing Bits That Will Cause a Loss of Frame Alignment Condition D4 2 errored frame bits (FT or FS) out of 4 consecutive frame bits if FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 1. 2 errored FT bits out of 4 consecutive FT bits if PRM_PR10 bit 2 = 0. SLC-96 2 errored frame bits (FT or FS) out of 4 consecutive frame bits if FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 1. 2 errored FT bits out of 4 consecutive FT bits if FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 0. DDS: Frame 3 errored frame bits (FT or FS) or channel 24 FAS pattern out of 12 consecutive frame bits. ESF 2 errored FE bits out of 4 consecutive FE bits or optionally 320 or more CRC-6 errored checksums within a one second interval if loss of frame alignment due to excessive CRC-6 errors is enabled in FRM_PR9. The receive framer indicates the loss of frame and superframe conditions by setting the LFA and LSFA bits (FRM_SR1 bit 0 and bit 1), respectively, in the status registers for the duration of the conditions. The local system may give indication of its LFA state to the remote end by transmitting a remote frame alarm (RFA). In addition, in the LFA state, the system may transmit an alarm indication signal (AIS) to the system interface. 62 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) T1 Frame Recovery Alignment Algorithms When in a loss of frame alignment state, the receive framer searches for a new frame alignment and forces its internal circuitry to this new alignment. The receive framer’s synchronization circuit inhibits realignment in T1 framing formats when repetitive data patterns emulate the T1 frame alignment patterns. T1 frame synchronization will not occur until all frame sequence emulating patterns disappear and only one valid pattern exists. The loss of frame alignment state will always force a loss of superframe alignment state. Superframe alignment is established only after frame alignment has been determined in the D4 and SLC-96 frame format. Table 26 gives the requirements for establishing T1 frame and superframe alignment. Table 26. T1 Frame Alignment Procedures Frame Format D4: Frame D4: Superframe SLC-96: Frame SLC-96: Superframe DDS: Frame ESF Agere Systems Inc. Alignment Procedure Using the FT frame position as the starting point, frame alignment is established when 24 consecutive FT and FS frame bits, excluding the twelfth FS bit, (48 total frames) are received error-free. Once frame alignment is established, then superframe alignment is determined. After frame alignment is determined, two valid superframe bit sequences using the FS bits must be received error-free to establish superframe alignment. Using the FT frame position as the starting point, frame alignment is established when 24 consecutive FT frame bits (48 total frames) are received error-free. Once frame alignment is established, then superframe alignment is determined. After frame alignment is determined, superframe alignment is established on the first valid superframe bit sequence 000111000111. Using the FT frame position as the starting point, frame alignment is established when six consecutive FT/FS frame bits and the DDS FAS in time slot 24 are received errorfree. In the DDS format, there is no search for a superframe structure. Frame and superframe alignment is established simultaneously using the FE framing bit. Alignment is established when 24 consecutive FE bits are received error-free. Once frame/superframe alignment is established, the CRC-6 receive monitor is enabled. 63 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) T1 Robbed-Bit Signaling To enable signaling, register FRM_PR44 bit 0 (TSIG) must be set to 0. Robbed-bit signaling, used in either ESF or SF framing formats, “robs” the eighth bit of the voice channels of every sixth (6th) frame. The signaling bits are designated A, B, C, and D, depending on the signaling format used. The robbed-bit signaling format used is defined by the state of the F and G bits in the signaling registers (see DS1: Robbed-Bit Signaling on page 85). The received channel robbed-bit signaling format is defined by the corresponding transmit signaling F and G bits. Table 27 shows the state of the transmitted signaling bits as a function of the F and G bits. Table 27. Robbed-Bit Signaling Options G F 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 Robbed-Bit Signaling Format ESF: 16-State SLC*: 9-State, 16-State 4-State Data channel (no signaling) 2-State Frame 6 12 18 24 A B C D A B A B PAYLOAD DATA A A A A * See register FRM_PR43 bit 3 and bit 4. The robbed-bit signaling format for each of the 24 T1 transmit channels is programmed on a per-channel basis by setting the F and G bits in the transmit signaling direction. SLC-96 9-State Signaling SLC-96 9-state signaling state is enabled by setting both the F and G bits in the signaling registers to the 0 state, setting the SLC-96 signaling control register FRM_PR43 bit 3 to 1, and setting register FRM_PR44 bit 0 to 0.Table 28 shows the state of the transmitted signaling bits to the line as a function of the A, B, C and D bit settings in the transmit signaling registers. In Table 28 below, X indicates either a 1 or a 0 state, and T indicates a toggle, transition from either 0 to 1 or 1 to 0, of the transmitted signaling bit. In the line receive direction, this signaling mode functions identically to the preceding transmit path description. Table 28. SLC-96 9-State Signaling Format Transmit Signaling Register Settings Transmit to the Line Signal Bits SLC-96 Signaling States A B C D A = f(A,C) B = f(B,D) State 1 State 2 State 3 State 4 State 5 State 6 State 7 State 8 State 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 X X X 0 1 X 0 1 X 0 1 X 0 0 0 T T T 1 1 1 0 T 1 0 T 1 0 T 1 64 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) T1 Robbed-Bit Signaling (continued) 16-State Signaling The default signaling mode while in SLC-96 framing is 16-state signaling. SLC-96 16-state signaling is enabled by setting both the F and G bits in the signaling registers to the 0 state, setting the SLC-96 signaling control register FRM_PR43 bit 3 and bit 4 to 0, and setting register FRM_PR44 bit 0 to 0. Table 29 shows the state of the transmitted signaling bits to the line as a function of the A, B, C, and D bit settings in the transmit signaling registers. In Table 29 below, under Transmit to the Line Signal Bits, A and B are transmitted into one SLC-96 12-frame signaling superframe, while A’ and B’ are transmitted into the next successive SLC-96 12-frame signaling superframe. In the line receive direction, this signaling mode functions identically to the preceding transmit path description. The signaling mapping of this 16-state signaling mode is equivalent to the mapping of the SLC-96 9-state signaling mode. Table 29. 16-State Signaling Format Transmit Signaling Register Settings Transmit to the Line Signal Bits SLC-96 Signaling States A B C D A B A’ B’ State 0 State 1 State 2 State 3 State 4 State 5 State 6 State 7 State 8 State 9 State 10 State 11 State 12 State 13 State 14 State 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Agere Systems Inc. 65 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) CEPT 2.048 Basic Frame, CRC-4 Time Slot 0, and Signaling Time Slot 16 Multiframe Structures As defined in ITU Rec. G.704, the CEPT 2.048 frame, CRC-4 multiframe, and channel associated signaling multiframe structures are illustrated in Figure 23. CRC-4 MULTIFRAME IN TIME SLOT 0 0 0 0 0 X0 YM X1 X2 A1 B1 C1 D1 A16 B16 C16 D16 C1 0 0 1 C2 0 0 1 C3 0 1 1 C4 0 0 1 C1 0 1 1 C2 0 1 1 C3 0 E 1 C4 0 E 1 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 1 1 0 1 1 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 1 1 0 1 1 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 1 1 0 1 1 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 1 1 0 1 1 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 1 1 0 1 1 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 1 1 0 1 1 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 1 1 0 1 1 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 1 1 0 1 1 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 A2 B2 C2 D2 A17 B17 C17 D17 FRAME 0 OF CRC-4 MULTIFRAME TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 31 FRAME 0 TIME SLOT 16 MULTIFRAME A3 B3 C3 D3 A18 B18 C18 D18 A4 B4 C4 D4 A19 B19 C19 D19 A5 B5 C5 D5 A20 B20 C20 D20 A6 B6 C6 D6 A21 B21 C21 D21 A7 B7 C7 D7 A22 B22 C22 D22 A8 B8 C8 D8 A23 B23 C23 D23 A9 B9 C9 D9 A24 B24 C24 D24 A10 B10 C10 D10 A25 B25 C25 D25 A11 B11 C11 D11 A26 B26 C26 D26 A12 B12 C12 D12 A27 B27 C27 D27 A13 B13 C13 D13 A28 B28 C28 D28 FRAME 15 OF CRC-4 MULTIFRAME A14 B14 C14 D14 A29 B29 C29 D29 A15 B15 C15 D15 A30 B30 C30 D30 FRAME 15 TIME SLOT 16 MULTIFRAME CHANNEL ASSOCIATED SIGNALING MULTIFRAME IN TIME SLOT 16 CHANNEL NUMBERS REFER TO TELEPHONE CHANNEL NUMBERS. TIME SLOTS 1 TO 15 AND 17 TO 31 ARE ASSIGNED TO TELEPHONE CHANNELS NUMBERED FROM 1 TO 30. Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 31 FAS FRAME PRIMARY BASIC FRAME STRUCTURE Si 1 A SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 TIME SLOT 0 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 16 8 NOT FAS FRAME TIME SLOT 31 256-bit FRAME = 125 µs 8-bit TIME SLOT = 3.90625 µs 5-4548(F).cr.1 Figure 23. ITU 2.048 Basic Frame, CRC-4 Multiframe, and Channel Associated Signaling Multiframe Structures 66 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) CEPT 2.048 Basic Frame Structure The ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.1 defined frame length is 256 bits, numbered 1 to 256. The frame repetition rate is 8 kHz. The allocation of bits numbered 1 to 8 of the frame is shown in Table 30. Table 30. Allocation of Bits 1 to 8 of the FAS Frame and the NOT FAS Frame Basic Frames Bit 1 (MSB) Frame Alignment Signal (FAS) Si Not Frame Alignment Signal (NOT FAS) Si Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 0 1 0 A 1 Sa4 1 Sa5 0 Sa6 1 Sa7 Bit 8 (LSB) 1 Sa8 The function of each bit in Table 30 is described below: 1. The Si bits are reserved for international use. A specific use for these bits is described in Table 31, ITU CRC-4 Multiframe Structure on page 70. If no use is realized, these bits should be fixed at 1 on digital paths crossing an international border. 2. Bit 2 of the NOT FAS frames is fixed to 1 to assist in avoiding simulations of the frame alignment signal. 3. Bit 3 of the NOT FAS is the remote alarm indication (A bit). In undisturbed operation, this bit is set to 0; in alarm condition, set to 1. 4. Bits 4—8 of the NOT FAS (Sa4—Sa8) may be recommended by ITU for use in specific point-to-point applications. Bit Sa4 may be used as a message-based data link for operations, maintenance, and performance monitoring. If the data link is accessed at intermediate points with consequent alterations to the Sa4 bit, the CRC-4 bits must be updated to retain the correct end-to-end path termination functions associated with the CRC-4 procedure. The receive framer does not implement the CRC-4 modifying algorithm described in ITU Rec. G.706 Annex C. Bits Sa4—Sa8, where these are not used, should be set to 1 on links crossing an international border. 5. MSB = most significant bit and is transmitted first. 6. LSB = least significant bit and is transmitted last. Agere Systems Inc. 67 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Frame Formats (continued) CEPT 2.048 Basic Frame Structure (continued) Transparent Framing Format The transmit framer can be programmed to transparently transmit 256 bits of system data to the line. The transmit framer must be programmed to either transparent framing mode 1 or transparent framing mode 2 (see Framer Reset and Transparent Mode Control Register (FRM_PR26) on page 192). In transparent mode 1 or mode 2, the transmit framer transmits all 256 bits of the RCHI payload unmodified to the line. Time slot 1 of the RCHI, determined by the RCHIFS signal, is inserted into the FAS/NOTFAS time slot of the transmit line interface. Frame integrity is maintained in both the transmit and receive framer sections. TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 2 TIME SLOT 3 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT 2 TIME SLOT 3 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 32 TIME SLOT 31 TIME SLOT 32 32 TIME-SLOT CHI FRAME 32 TIME-SLOT LINE FRAME 5-5988(F) Figure 24. CEPT Transparent Frame Structure In transparent framing mode 1, the receive framer is forced not to reframe on the receive line data. Other than bipolar violations and unframed AIS monitoring, there is no processing of the receive line data. The entire receive line payload is transmitted unmodified to the CHI. In transparent framing mode 2, the receive framer functions normally on the receive line data. All normal monitoring of receive line data is performed and data is transmitted to the CHI as programmed. 68 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Loss of Basic Frame Alignment (LFA) Frame alignment is assumed to be lost when: 1. As described in ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.1.1, three consecutive incorrect frame alignment signals have been received. 2. So as to limit the effect of spurious frame alignment signals, when bit 2 in time slot 0 in NOT FAS frames have been received with an error on three consecutive occasions. 3. Optionally, as described in ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.3.2, by exceeding a count of >914 errored CRC-4 blocks out of 1000, with the understanding that a count of ≥915 errored CRC blocks indicates false frame alignment. 4. On demand via the control registers. In the LFA state: 1. No additional FAS or NOT FAS errors are processed. 2. The received remote frame alarm (received A bit) is deactivated. 3. All NOT-FAS bit (Si bit, A bit, and Sa4 to Sa8 bits) processing is halted. 4. Receive Sa6 status bits are set to 0. 5. Receive Sa6 code monitoring and counting is halted. 6. All receive Sa stack data updates are halted. The receive Sa stack ready, register FRM_SR4 bit 6 and bit 7, is set to 0. If enabled, the receive Sa stack interrupt bit is set to 0. 7. Receive data link (RFDL) is set to 1 and RFDCLK maintains previous alignment. 8. Optionally, the remote alarm indication (A = 1) may be automatically transmitted to the line if register FRM_PR27 bit 0 is set to 1. 9. Optionally, the alarm indication signal (AIS) may be automatically transmitted to the system if register FRM_PR19 bit 0 is set to 1. 10. If CRC-4 is enabled, loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment is forced. 11. If CRC-4 is enabled, the monitoring and processing of CRC-4 checksum errors is halted. 12. If CRC-4 is enabled, all monitoring and processing of received E-bit information is halted. 13. If CRC-4 is enabled, the receive continuous E-bit alarm is deactivated. 14. If CRC-4 is enabled, optionally, E bit = 0 is transmitted to the line for the duration of loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment if register FRM_PR28 bit 4 is set to 1. 15. If time slot 16 signaling is enabled, loss of the signaling multiframe alignment is forced. 16. If time slot 16 signaling is enabled, updating of the signaling data is halted. CEPT Loss of Frame Alignment Recovery Algorithm The receive framer begins the search for basic frame alignment one bit position beyond the position where the LFA state was detected. As defined in ITU Rec. G.706.4.1.2, frame alignment will be assumed to have been recovered when the following sequence is detected: 1. For the first time, the presence of the correct frame alignment signal in frame n. 2. The absence of the frame alignment signal in the following frame detected by verifying that bit 2 of the basic frame is a 1 in frame n + 1. 3. For the second time, the presence of the correct frame alignment in the next frame, n + 2. Failure to meet 2 or 3 above will initiate a new basic frame search in frame n + 2. Agere Systems Inc. 69 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Time Slot 0 CRC-4 Multiframe Structure The CRC-4 multiframe is in bit 1 of each NOT FAS frame. As described in ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.1, where there is a need to provide additional protection against simulation of the frame alignment signal, and/or where there is a need for an enhanced error monitoring capability, then bit 1 of each frame may be used for a cyclic redundancy check-4 (CRC-4) procedure as detailed below. The allocation of bits 1—8 of time slot 0 of every frame is shown in Table 31 for the complete CRC-4 multiframe. Table 31. ITU CRC-4 Multiframe Structure Submultiframe (SMF) Frame Number I 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Multiframe II Bits 1 C1 0 C2 0 C3 1 C4 0 C1 1 C2 1 C3 E C4 E 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 3 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 0 A 4 1 Sa4 1 Sa4 1 Sa4 1 Sa4 1 Sa4 1 Sa4 1 Sa4 1 Sa4 5 1 Sa5 1 Sa5 1 Sa5 1 Sa5 1 Sa5 1 Sa5 1 Sa5 1 Sa5 6 0 Sa6 0 Sa6 0 Sa6 0 Sa6 0 Sa6 0 Sa6 0 Sa6 0 Sa6 7 1 Sa7 1 Sa7 1 Sa7 1 Sa7 1 Sa7 1 Sa7 1 Sa7 1 Sa7 8 1 Sa8 1 Sa8 1 Sa8 1 Sa8 1 Sa8 1 Sa8 1 Sa8 1 Sa8 Notes: C1 to C4 = cyclic redundancy check-4 (CRC-4) bits. E = CRC-4 error indication bits. Sa4 to Sa8 = spare bits. A = remote frame alarm (RFA) bit (active-high); referred to as the A bit. The CRC-4 multiframe consists of 16 frames numbered 0 to 15 and is divided into two eight-frame submultiframes (SMF), designated SMF-I and SMF-II that signifies their respective order of occurrence within the CRC-4 multiframe structure. The SMF is the CRC-4 block size (2048 bits). In those frames containing the frame alignment signal (FAS), bit 1 is used to transmit the CRC-4 bits. There are four CRC-4 bits, designated C1, C2, C3, and C4 in each SMF. In those frames not containing the frame alignment signal (NOT FAS), bit 1 is used to transmit the 6-bit CRC-4 multiframe alignment signal and two CRC-4 error indication bits (E). The multiframe alignment signal is defined in ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.4, as 001011. Transmitted E bits should be set to 0 until both basic frame and CRC-4 multiframe alignment are established. Thereafter, the E bits should be used to indicate received errored submultiframes by setting the binary state of one E bit from 1 to 0 for each errored submultiframe. The received E bits will always be taken into account, by the receive E-bit processor1, even when the SMF that contains them is found to be errored. In the case where there exists equipment that does not use the E bits, the state of the E bits should be set to a binary 1 state. 1. The receive E-bit processor will halt the monitoring of the received E bit during the loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment. 70 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Time Slot 0 CRC-4 Multiframe Structure (continued) The CRC-4 word, located in submultiframe N, is the remainder after multiplication by x4 and then division (modulo 2) by the generator polynomial x4 + x + 1, of the polynomial representation of the submultiframe N – 1. Representing the contents of the submultiframe check block as a polynomial, the first bit in the block, i.e., frame 0, bit 1 or frame 8, bit 1, is taken as being the most significant bit and the least significant bit in the check block is frame 7 or frame 15, bit 256. Similarly, C1 is defined to be the most significant bit of the remainder and C4 the least significant bit of the remainder. The encoding procedure, as described in ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.5.2, follows: 1. The CRC-4 bits in the SMF are replaced by binary 0s. 2. The SMF is then acted upon the multiplication/division process referred to above. 3. The remainder resulting from the multiplication/division process is stored, ready for insertion into the respective CRC-4 locations of the next SMF. The decoding procedure, as described in ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.5.3, follows: 1. A received SMF is acted upon by the multiplication/division process referred to above, after having its CRC-4 bits extracted and replaced by 0s. 2. The remainder resulting from this division process is then stored and subsequently compared on a bit-by-bit basis with the CRC bits received in the next SMF. 3. If the remainder calculated in the decoder exactly corresponds to the CRC-4 bits received in the next SMF, it is assumed that the checked SMF is error-free. CEPT Loss of CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment (LTS0MFA) Loss of basic frame alignment forces the receive framer into a loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment state. This state is reported by way of the status registers FRM_SR1 bit 2. Once basic frame alignment is achieved, a new search for CRC-4 multiframe alignment is initiated. During a loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment state: 1. The CRC-4 error counter is halted. 2. The CRC-4 error monitoring circuit for errored seconds and severely errored seconds is halted. 3. The received E-bit counter is halted. 4. The received E-bit monitoring circuit for errored seconds and severely errored seconds at the remote end interface is halted. 5. Receive continuous E-bit monitoring is halted. 6. All receive Sa6 code monitoring and counting functions are halted. 7. The updating of the receive Sa stack is halted and the receive Sa stack interrupt is deactivated. 8. Optionally, A = 1 may be automatically transmitted to the line if register FRM_PR27 bit 2 is set to 1. 9. Optionally, E = 0 may be automatically transmitted to the line if register FRM_PR28 bit 4 is set to 1. 10. Optionally, if LTS0MFA monitoring in the performance counters is enabled, by setting registers FRM_PR14 through FRM_PR17 bit 1 to 1, then these counts are incremented once per second for the duration of the LTS0MFA state. Agere Systems Inc. 71 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Loss of CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Recovery Algorithms Several optional algorithms exist in the receive framer. These are selected through programming of register FRM_PR9. CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Algorithm with 8 ms Timer The default algorithm is as described in ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.2. The recommendation states that if a condition of assumed frame alignment has been achieved, CRC-4 multiframe alignment is deemed to have occurred if at least two valid CRC-4 multiframe alignment signals can be located within 8 ms, the time separating two CRC-4 multiframe signals being 2 ms or a multiple of 2 ms. The search for the CRC-4 multiframe alignment signal is made only in bit 1 of NOT FAS frames. If multiframe alignment cannot be achieved within 8 ms, it is assumed that frame alignment is due to a spurious frame alignment signal and a new parallel search for basic frame alignment is initiated. The new search for the basic frame alignment is started at the point just after the location of the assumed spurious frame alignment signal. During this parallel search for basic frame alignment, there is no indication to the system of a receive loss of frame alignment (RLFA) state. During the parallel search for basic frame alignment and while in primary basic frame alignment, data will flow through the receive framer to the system interface as defined by the current primary frame alignment. The receive framer will continuously search for CRC-4 multiframe alignment. CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Algorithm with 100 ms Timer The CRC-4 multiframe alignment with 100 ms timer mode is enabled by setting FRM_PR9 to 0XXXX1X1 (binary). This CRC-4 multiframe reframe mode starts a 100 ms timer upon detection of basic frame alignment. This is a parallel timer to the 8 ms timer. If CRC-4 multiframe alignment cannot be achieved within the time limit of 100 ms due to the CRC-4 procedure not being implemented at the transmitting side, then an indication is given, and actions are taken equivalent to those specified for loss of basic frame alignment, namely: 1. Optional automatic transmission of A = 1 to the line if register FRM_PR27 bit 3 is set to 1. 2. Optional automatic transmission of E = 0 to the line if register FRM_PR28 bit 5 is set to 1. 3. Optional automatic transmission of AIS to the system if register FRM_PR19 bit 1 is set to 1. 72 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Loss of CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Recovery Algorithms (continued) OUT OF PRIMARY BFA: • OPTIONALLY DISABLE TRAFFIC BY TRANSMITTING AIS TO THE SYSTEM • OPTIONALLY TRANSMIT A = 1 AND E = 0 TO LINE • INHIBIT INCOMING CRC-4 PERFORMANCE MONITORING PRIMARY BFA SEARCH? NO YES IN PRIMARY BFA: • ENABLE TRAFFIC TO THE SYSTEM • TRANSMIT A = 0 AND OPTIONALLY E = 0 TO THE LINE • START 8 ms AND 100 ms TIMERS • ENABLE PRIMARY BFA LOSS CHECKING PROCESS YES CRC-4 MFA SEARCH (ITU REC. G.706, SECTION 4.2 - NOTE 2) NO YES YES CAN CRC-4 MFA BE FOUND IN 8 ms? NO IS INTERNAL 100 ms TRX = 1 ? PARALLEL BFA SEARCH GOOD? NO NO 100 ms TIMER ELAPSED? YES ASSUME CRC-4 MULTIFRAME ALIGNMENT: • CONFIRM PRIMARY BFA ASSOCIATED WITH CRC-4 MFA • ADJUST PRIMARY BFA IF NECESSARY YES SET 100 ms TIMER EXPIRATION STATUS BIT TO THE 1 STATE: SET INTERNAL 100 ms TIMER EXPIRATION STATUS BIT TO 1: • OPTIONALLY TRANSMIT A BIT = 1 TO THE LINE INTERFACE FOR THE DURATION OF LTS0MFA = 1 • OPTIONALLY TRANSMIT AIS TO THE SYSTEM INTERFACE FOR THE DURATION OF LTS0MFA = 1 • OPTIONALLY TRANSMIT E BIT = 0 TO THE LINE INTERFACE FOR THE DURATION OF LTSOMFA = 1 IS 100 ms TRX = 1 ? NO SET INTERNAL 100 ms TIMER EXPIRATION STATUS BIT TO 0: • IF TRANSMITTING A BIT = 1 TO THE LINE INTERFACE, TRANSMIT A BIT = 0 • IF TRANSMITTING AIS TO THE SYSTEM INTERFACE, ENABLE DATA TRANSMISSION TO THE SYSTEM INTERFACE • IF TRANSMITTING E = 0 TO THE LINE INTERFACE, TRANSMIT E BIT = 1 START CRC-4 PERFORMANCE MONITORING: • SET E BITS ACCORDING TO ITU REC. G.704, SECTION 2.3.3.4 YES CRC-4 COUNT > 914 IN 1 SECOND OR LFA = 1? NO CONTINUE CRC-4 PERFORMANCE MONITORING: • SET E BITS ACCORDING TO ITU REC. G.704, SECTION 2.3.3.4 5-3909(F).er.2 Figure 25. Receive CRC-4 Multiframe Search Algorithm Using the 100 ms Internal Timer Agere Systems Inc. 73 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Loss of CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Recovery Algorithms (continued) CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Search Algorithm with 400 ms Timer The CRC-4 multiframe alignment with 400 ms timer mode is enabled by setting FRM_PR9 to 0XXX1XX1 (binary). This receive CRC-4 multiframe reframe mode is the modified CRC-4 multiframe alignment algorithm described in ITU Rec. 706 Annex B, where it is referred to as CRC-4-to-Non-CRC-4 equipment interworking. A flow diagram of this algorithm is illustrated in Figure 26 on page 75. When the interworking algorithm is enabled, it supersedes the 100 ms algorithm described on page 72 and in Figure 25 on page 73. This algorithm assumes that a valid basic frame alignment signal is consistently present but the CRC-4 multiframe alignment cannot be achieved by the end of the total CRC-4 multiframe alignment search period of 400 ms, if the distant end is a non-CRC-4 equipment. In this mode, the following consequent actions are taken: 1. An indication that there is no incoming CRC-4 multiframe alignment signal. 2. All CRC-4 processing on the receive 2.048 Mbits/s signal is inhibited. 3. CRC-4 data is transmitted to the distant end with both E bits set to zero. This algorithm allows the identification of failure of CRC-4 multiframe alignment generation/detection, but with correct basic framing, when interworking between each piece of equipment having the modified CRC-4 multiframe alignment algorithm. As described in ITU Rec. G.706 Section B.2.3: 1. A 400 ms timer is triggered on the initial recovery of the primary basic frame alignment. 2. The 400 ms timer reset if and only if: A. The criteria for loss of basic frame alignment as described in ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.1.1 is achieved. B. If 915 out of 1000 errored CRC-4 blocks are detected resulting in a loss of basic frame alignment as described in ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.3.2. C. On-demand reframe is requested. D. The receive framer is programmed to the non-CRC-4 mode. 3. The loss of basic frame alignment checking process runs continuously, irrespective of the state of the CRC-4 multiframe alignment process below it. 4. A new search for frame alignment is initiated if CRC-4 multiframe alignment cannot be achieved in 8 ms, as described in ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.2. This new search for basic frame alignment will not reset the 400 ms timer or invoke consequent actions associated with loss of the primary basic frame alignment. In particular, all searches for basic frame alignment are carried out in parallel with, and independent of, the primary basic frame loss checking process. All subsequent searches for CRC-4 multiframe alignment are associated with each basic framing sequence found during the parallel search. 5. During the search for CRC-4 multiframe alignment, traffic is allowed through, upon, and to be synchronized to, the initially determined primary basic frame alignment. 6. Upon detection of the CRC-4 multiframe before the 400 ms timer elapsing, the basic frame alignment associated with the CRC-4 multiframe alignment replaces, if necessary, the initially determined basic frame alignment. 7. If CRC-4 multiframe alignment is not found before the 400 ms timer elapses, it is assumed that a condition of interworking between equipment with and without CRC-4 capability exists and the actions described above are taken. 8. If the 2.048 Mbits/s path is reconfigured at any time, then it is assumed that the (new) pair of path terminating equipment will need to re-establish the complete framing process, and the algorithm is reset. 74 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Loss of CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Recovery Algorithms (continued) OUT OF PRIMARY BFA: • OPTIONALLY DISABLE TRAFFIC BY TRANSMITTING AIS TO THE SYSTEM • OPTIONALLY TRANSMIT A BIT = 1 AND E BIT = 0 TO LINE • INHIBIT INCOMING CRC-4 PERFORMANCE MONITORING PRIMARY BFA SEARCH? NO YES IN PRIMARY BFA: • ENABLE TRAFFIC NOT TRANSMITTING AIS TO THE SYSTEM • TRANSMIT A = 0 AND OPTIONALLY E = 0 TO THE LINE • START 400 ms TIMER • ENABLE PRIMARY BFA LOSS CHECKING PROCESS YES CRC-4 MFA SEARCH (ITU REC. G.706, SECTION 4.2) NO PARALLEL BFA SEARCH ? NO YES CAN CRC-4 MFA BE FOUND IN 8 ms? NO 400 ms TIMER ELAPSED? YES ASSUME CRC-4-TO-CRC-4 INTERWORKING: • CONFIRM PRIMARY BFA ASSOCIATED WITH CRC-4 MFA • ADJUST PRIMARY BFA IF NECESSARY • KEEP A = 0 IN OUTGOING CRC-4 DATA ASSUME CRC-4-TO-NON-CRC-4 INTERWORKING: • CONFIRM PRIMARY BFA • TRANSMIT A BIT = 0 TO THE LINE INTERFACE • TRANSMIT E BIT = 0 TO THE LINE INTERFACE • STOP INCOMING CRC-4 PROCESSING • INDICATE “NO CRC-4 MFA” START CRC-4 PERFORMANCE MONITORING: • SET E BITS ACCORDING TO ITU REC. G.704, SECTION 2.3.3.4 YES CRC-4 COUNT > 914 IN 1 SECOND OR LFA = 1? NO CONTINUE CRC-4 PERFORMANCE MONITORING: • SET E BITS ACCORDING TO ITU REC. G.704, SECTION 2.3.3.4 5-3909(F).fr.3 Figure 26. Receive CRC-4 Multiframe Search Algorithm for Automatic, CRC-4/Non-CRC-4 Equipment Interworking as Defined by ITU (From ITU Rec. G.706, Annex B.2.2 - 1991) Agere Systems Inc. 75 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Time Slot 16 Multiframe Structure The T7633 supports three CEPT signaling modes: channel associated signaling (CAS) or per-channel signaling (PSC0 and PSC1); common channel signaling (CCS) (T7230A mode)1; and international remote switching module (IRSM) signaling. 1. See Agere Systems T7230A Primary Access Framer/Controller Preliminary Data Sheet (DS96-007TIC) pages 49—50. Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) The channel associated signaling (CAS) mode utilizes time slot 16 of the FAS and NOT FAS frames. The CAS format is a multiframe consisting of 16 frames where frame 0 of the multiframe contains the multiframe alignment pattern of four zeros in bits 1 through 4. Table 32 illustrates the CAS multiframe of time slot 16. The T7633 can be programmed to force the transmitted line CAS multiframe alignment pattern to be transmitted in the FAS frame by selecting the PCS0 option or in the NOT FAS frame by selecting the PCS1 option. Alignment of the transmitted line CAS multiframe to the CRC-4 multiframe is arbitrary. Table 32. ITU CEPT Time Slot 16 Channel Associated Signaling Multiframe Structure Time Slot 16 Channel Associated Signaling Multiframe Frame Number Bit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 X0 YM X1 X2 1 A1 B1 C1 D1 A16 B16 C16 D16 2 A2 B2 C2 D2 A17 B17 C17 D17 3 A3 B3 C3 D3 A18 B18 C18 D18 4 A4 B4 C4 D4 A19 B19 C19 D19 5 A5 B5 C5 D5 A20 B20 C20 D20 6 A6 B6 C6 D6 A21 B21 C21 D21 7 A7 B7 C7 D7 A22 B22 C22 D22 8 A8 B8 C8 D8 A23 B23 C23 D23 9 A9 B9 C9 D9 A24 B24 C24 D24 10 A10 B10 C10 D10 A25 B25 C25 D25 11 A11 B11 C11 D11 A26 B26 C26 D26 12 A12 B12 C12 D12 A27 B27 C27 D27 13 A13 B13 C13 D13 A28 B28 C28 D28 14 A14 B14 C14 D14 A29 B29 C29 D29 15 A15 B15 C15 D15 A30 B30 C30 D30 Notes: Frame 0 bits 1—4 define the time slot 16 multiframe alignment. X0—X2 = time slot 16 spare bits defined in FRM_PR41 bit 0—bit 2. YM = yellow alarm, time slot 16 remote multiframe alarm (RMA) bit (1 = alarm condition). Common Channel Signaling (T7230A Mode) (CCS) In the common channel signaling mode, selected if FRM_PR44 bit 4 = 1, data contained in the transmit signaling registers, FRM_TSR0—FRM_TSR31, is written transparently into time slot 16 of the transmit line bit stream. The received signaling data from time slot 16 is stored transparently in receive signaling registers FRM_RSR0— FRM_RSR31. 76 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Time Slot 16 Multiframe Structure (continued) International Remote Switching Module (IRSM) Signaling This signaling mode is similar to the channel associated signaling mode, i.e., time slot 16 contains the signaling multiframe information (ABCD signaling bits). In addition, time slot 0 Sa5 to Sa8 bit positions of the NOT FAS frame contains per-channel control information. The format of the time slot 0 per-channel control information is illustrated in Table 33. The IRSM mode forces the transmit framer to align the time slot 16 multiframe to the FAS frame (PCS0 mode). Table 33. CEPT IRSM Signaling Multiframe Structure Frame Number IRSM Bits in Time Slot 0 Bits in Time Slot 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 X0 YM X1 X2 1 Si 1 A D E0 E1 E16 E17 A1 B1 C1 D1 A16 B16 C16 D16 2 Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 A2 B2 C2 D2 A17 B17 C17 D17 3 Si 1 A D E2 E3 E18 E19 A3 B3 C3 D3 A18 B18 C18 D18 4 Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 A4 B4 C4 D4 A19 B19 C19 D19 5 Si 1 A D E4 E5 E20 E21 A5 B5 C5 D5 A20 B20 C20 D20 6 Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 A6 B6 C6 D6 A21 B21 C21 D21 7 Si 1 A D E6 E7 E22 E23 A7 B7 C7 D7 A22 B22 C22 D22 8 Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 A8 B8 C8 D8 A23 B23 C23 D23 9 Si 1 A D E8 E9 E24 E25 A9 B9 C9 D9 A24 B24 C24 D24 10 Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 A10 B10 C10 D10 A25 B25 C25 D25 11 Si 1 A D E10 E11 E26 E27 A11 B11 C11 D11 A26 B26 C26 D26 12 Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 A12 B12 C12 D12 A27 B27 C27 D27 13 Si 1 A D E12 E13 E28 E29 A13 B13 C13 D13 A28 B28 C28 D28 14 Si 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 A14 B14 C14 D14 A29 B29 C29 D29 15 Si 1 A D E14 E15 E30 E31 A15 B15 C15 D15 A30 B30 C30 D30 Notes: Si = time slot 0 control bits. If programmed for CRC-4 mode, then these bits contain the CRC-4 multiframe pattern, checksum, and E-bit information. Ei = IRSM per-channel control bits. X0—X2 = time slot 16 spare bits defined in FRM_PR41 bit 0—bit 2. Ai—Di = time slot 16 channel associated signaling bits. YM = yellow alarm, time slot 16 remote multiframe alarm (RMA) bit (1 = alarm condition). Agere Systems Inc. 77 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Frame Formats (continued) CEPT Loss of Time Slot 16 Multiframe Alignment (LTS16MFA) Loss of basic frame alignment forces the receive framer into a loss of time slot 16 signaling multiframe alignment state. In addition, as defined in ITU Rec. G.732 Section 5.2, time slot 16 signaling multiframe is assumed lost when two consecutive time slot 16 multiframe 4-bit all-zero patterns is received with an error. In addition, the time slot 16 multiframe is assumed lost when, for a period of two multiframes, all bits in time slot 16 are in state 0. This state is reported by way of the status registers FRM_SR1 bit 1. Once basic frame alignment is achieved, the receive framer will initiate a search for the time slot 16 multiframe alignment. During a loss of time slot 16 multiframe alignment state: 1. The updating of the signaling data is halted. 2. The received control bits forced to the binary 1 state. 3. The received remote multiframe alarm indication status bit is forced to the binary 0 state. 4. Optionally, the transmit framer can transmit to the line the time slot 16 signaling remote multiframe alarm if register FRM_PR41 bit 4 is set to 1. 5. Optionally, the transmit framer can transmit the alarm indication signal (AIS) in the system transmit time slot 16 data if register FRM_PR44 bit 6 is set to 1. CEPT Loss of Time Slot 16 Multiframe Alignment Recovery Algorithm The time slot 16 multiframe alignment recovery algorithm is as described in ITU Rec. G.732 Section 5.2. The recommendation states that if a condition of assumed frame alignment has been achieved, time slot 16 multiframe alignment is deemed to have occurred when the 4-bit time slot 16 multiframe pattern of 0000 is found in time slot 16 for the first time, and the preceding time slot 16 contained at least one bit in the binary 1 state. 78 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator CEPT Time Slot 0 FAS/NOT FAS Control Bits FAS/NOT FAS Si- and E-Bit Source The Si bit can be used as an 8 kbits/s data link to and from the remote end, or in the CRC-4 mode, it can be used to provide added protection against false frame alignment. The sources for the Si bits that are transmitted to the line are the following: 1. CEPT with no CRC-4 and FRM_PR28 bit 0 = 1: the TSiF control bit (FRM_PR28 bit 1) is transmitted in bit 1 of all FAS frames and the TSiNF control bit (FRM_PR28 bit 2) is transmitted in bit 1 of all NOT FAS frames. 2. The CHI system interface (CEPT with no CRC-4 and FRM_PR28 bit 0 = 0)1. This option requires the received system data (RCHIDATA) to maintain a biframe alignment pattern where frames containing Si bit information for the NOT FAS frames have bit 2 of time slot 0 in the binary 1 state followed by frames containing Si bit information for the FAS frames that have bit 2 of time slot 0 in the binary 0 state. This ensures the proper alignment of the Si received system data to the transmit line Si data. Whenever this requirement is not met by the system, the transmit framer will enter a loss of biframe alignment condition (indication is given in the status registers) and then search for the pattern; in the loss of biframe alignment state, transmitted line data is corrupted (only when the system interface is sourcing Sa or Si data). When the transmit framer locates a new biframe alignment pattern, an indication is given in the status registers and the transmit framer resumes normal operations. 3. CEPT with CRC-42: manual transmission of E bit = 0: A. If FRM_PR28 bit 0 = 0, then the TSiF bit (FRM_PR28 bit 1) is transmitted in bit 1 of frame 13 (E bit) and the TSiNF bit (FRM_PR28 bit 2) is transmitted in bit 1 of frame 15 (E bit). B. If FRM_PR28 bit 0 = 1, then each time 0 is written into TSiF (FRM_PR28 bit 1) one E bit = 0 is transmitted in frame 13, and each time 0 is written into TSiNF (FRM_PR28 bit 2) one E bit = 0 is transmitted in frame 15. 4. CEPT with CRC-42, automatic transmission of E bit = 0: A. Optionally, one transmitted E bit is set to 0 by the transmit framer, as described in ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.4, for each received errored CRC-4 submultiframe detected by the receive framer if FRM_PR28 bit 3 = 1. B. Optionally, as described in ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.4, both E bits are set to 0 while in a received loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment state3 if FRM_PR28 bit 4 = 1. C. Optionally, when the 100 ms or 400 ms timer is enabled and the timer has expired, as described in ITU Rec. G.706 Section B.2.2, both E bits are set to 0 for the duration of the loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment state3 if FRM_PR28 bit 5 = 1. Otherwise, the E bits are transmitted to the line in the 1 state. 1.Whenever bits (e.g., Si, Sa, etc.) are transmitted from the system transparently, FRM_PR29 must first be momentarily written to 001xxxxx (binary). Otherwise, the transmit framer will not be able to locate the biframe alignment. 2.The receive E-bit processor will halt the monitoring of received E bits during loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment. 3.Whenever loss of frame alignment occurs, then loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment is forced. Once frame alignment is established, then and only then, is the search for CRC-4 multiframe alignment initiated. The receive framer unit, when programmed for CRC-4, can be in a state of LFA and LTS0MFA or in a state of LTS0MFA only, but cannot be in a state of LFA only. Agere Systems Inc. 79 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 CEPT Time Slot 0 FAS/NOT FAS Control Bits (continued) NOT FAS A-Bit (CEPT Remote Frame Alarm) Sources The A bit, as described in ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.2 Table 4a/G.704, is the remote alarm indication bit. In undisturbed conditions, this bit is set to 0 and transmitted to the line. In the loss of frame alignment (LFA) state, this bit may be set to 1 and transmitted to the line as determined by register FRM_PR27. The A bit is set to 1 and transmitted to the line for the following conditions: 1. Setting the transmit A bit = 1 control bit by setting register FRM_PR27 bit 7 to 1. 2. Optionally for the following alarm conditions as selected through programming register FRM_PR27. A. The duration of loss of basic frame alignment as described in ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.1.11, or ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.3.22 if register FRM_PR27 bit 0 = 1. B. The duration of loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment if register FRM_PR27 bit 2 = 1. C. The duration of loss of signaling time slot 16 multiframe alignment if register FRM_PR27 bit 1 = 1. D. The duration of loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment after either the 100 ms or 400 ms timer expires if register FRM_PR27 bit 3 = 1. E. The duration of receive Sa6_8hex3 if register FRM_PR27 bit 4 = 1. F. The duration of receive Sa6_Chex3 if register FRM_PR27 bit 5 = 1. 1. LFA is due to framing bit errors. 2. LFA is due to detecting 915 out of 1000 received CRC-4 errored blocks. 3. See Table 41, Sa6 Bit Coding Recognized by the Receive Framer on page 95, for a definition of this Sa6 pattern. NOT FAS Sa-Bit Sources* The Sa bits, Sa4—Sa8, in the NOT FAS frame can be a 4 kbits/s data link to and from the remote end. The sources and value for the Sa bits are: 1. The Sa source register FRM_PR29 bit 0—bit 4 if FRM_PR29 bit 7—bit 5 = 000 (binary) and FRM_PR30 bit 4— bit 0 = 11111 (binary). 2. The facility data link external input (TFDL) if register FRM_PR29 bit 7 = 1 and register FRM_PR21 bit 6 = 1. 3. The internal FDL-HDLC if register FRM_PR29 bit 7 = 1 and register FRM_PR21 bit 6 = 0. 4. The Sa transmit stack if register FRM_PR29 bit 7—bit 5 are set to 01x (binary). 5. The CHI system interface if register FRM_PR29 bit 7—bit 5 are set to 001 (binary). This option requires the received system data (RCHIDATA) to maintain a biframe alignment pattern where (1) frames containing Sa bit information have bit 2 of time slot 0 in the binary 1 state and (2) these NOT FAS frames are followed by frames not containing Sa bit information, the FAS frames, which have bit 2 of time slot 0 in the binary 0 state. This ensures the proper alignment of the Sa received system data to the transmit line Sa data. Whenever this requirement is not met by the system, the transmit framer will enter a loss of biframe alignment condition indicated in the status register, FRM_SR1 bit 4, and then search for the pattern. In the loss of biframe alignment state, transmitted line data is corrupted (only when the system interface is sourcing Sa or Si data). When the transmit framer locates a new biframe alignment pattern, an indication is given in the status registers and the transmit framer resumes normal operations. The receive Sa data is present at: A. The Sa received stack, registers FRM_SR54—FRM_SR63, if the T7633 is programmed in the Sa stack mode. B. The system transmit interface. The status of the received Sa bits and the received Sa stack is available in status register FRM_SR4. The transmit and receive Sa bit for the FDL can be selected by setting register FRM_PR43 bit 0—bit 2 as shown in Table 167. * Whenever bits (e.g., Si, Sa, etc.) are transmitted from the system transparently, FRM_PR29 must first be momentarily written to 001xxxxx (binary). Otherwise, the transmit framer will not be able to locate the biframe alignment. 80 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator CEPT Time Slot 0 FAS/NOT FAS Control Bits (continued) Sa Facility Data Link Access The data link interface may be used to source one of the Sa bits. Access is controlled by registers FRM_PR29, FRM_PR30, and FRM_PR43, see NOT FAS Sa-Bit Sources on page 80. The receive Sa data is always present at the receive facility data link output pin, RFDL, along with a valid clock signal at the receive facility clock output pin, RFDLCK. During a loss of frame alignment (LFA) state, the RFDL signal is forced to a 1 state while RFDLCK continues to toggle on the previous frame alignment. When basic frame alignment is found, RFDL is as received from the selected receive Sa bit position and RFDLCK is forced (if necessary) to the new alignment. The data rate for this access mode is 4 kHz. The access timing for the transmit and receive facility data is illustrated in Figure 27 below. During loss of receive clock (LOFRMRLCK), RFDL and RFDLCK are frozen in a state at the point of the LOFRMRLCK being asserted. t8 t8: TFDLCK CYCLE = 250 µs TFDLCK t9 t9 t9: TFDL TO TFDLCK SETUP/HOLD = 40 ns TFDL t10 t10: RFDLCK CYCLE = 250 µs RFDLCK t11 t11: RFDLCK TO RFDL DELAY = 40 ns RFDL 5-3910(F).dr.1 Figure 27. Facility Data Link Access Timing of the Transmit and Receive Framer Sections in the CEPT Mode Agere Systems Inc. 81 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator CEPT Time Slot 0 FAS/NOT FAS Control Bits (continued) NOT FAS Sa Stack Source and Destination The transmit Sa4 to Sa8 bits may be sourced from the transmit Sa stack, registers FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40. The Sa stack consists of ten 8-bit registers that contain 16 NOT FAS frames of Sa information as shown in Table 23. The transmit stack data may be transmitted either in non-CRC-4 mode or in CRC-4 mode to the line. The receive stack data, registers FRM_SR54—FRM_SR63, is valid in both the non-CRC-4 mode and the CRC-4 mode. In the non-CRC-4 mode while in the loss of frame alignment (LFA) state, updating of the receive Sa stack is halted and the transmit and receive stack interrupts are deactivated. In the CRC-4 mode while in the loss of time slot 0 multiframe alignment (LTS0MFA) state, updating of the receive Sa stack is halted and the transmit and receive stack interrupts are deactivated. Table 34. Transmit and Receive Sa Stack Structure Register Number Bit 7 (MSB) Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 (LSB) 1 Sa4-1 Sa4-3 Sa4-5 Sa4-7 Sa4-9 Sa4-11 Sa4-13 Sa4-15 2 Sa4-17 Sa4-19 Sa4-21 Sa4-23 Sa4-25 Sa4-27 Sa4-29 Sa4-31 3 Sa5-1 Sa5-3 Sa5-5 Sa5-7 Sa5-9 Sa5-11 Sa5-13 Sa5-15 4 Sa5-17 Sa5-19 Sa5-21 Sa5-23 Sa5-25 Sa5-27 Sa5-29 Sa5-31 5 Sa6-1 Sa6-3 Sa6-5 Sa6-7 Sa6-9 Sa6-11 Sa6-13 Sa6-15 6 Sa6-17 Sa6-19 Sa6-21 Sa6-23 Sa6-25 Sa6-27 Sa6-29 Sa6-31 7 Sa7-1 Sa7-3 Sa7-5 Sa7-7 Sa7-9 Sa7-11 Sa7-13 Sa7-15 8 Sa7-17 Sa7-19 Sa7-21 Sa7-23 Sa7-25 Sa7-27 Sa7-29 Sa7-31 9 Sa8-1 Sa8-3 Sa8-5 Sa8-7 Sa8-9 Sa8-11 Sa8-13 Sa8-15 10 Sa8-17 Sa8-19 Sa8-21 Sa8-23 Sa8-25 Sa8-27 Sa8-29 Sa8-31 The most significant bit of the first byte is transmitted to the line in frame 1 of a double CRC-4 multiframe. The least significant bit of the second byte is transmitted to the line in frame 31 of the double CRC-4 multiframe. The protocol for accessing the Sa Stack information for the transmit and receive Sa4 to Sa8 bits is shown in Figure 28 and described briefly below. The device indicates that it is ready for an update of its transmit stack by setting register FRM_SR4 bit 7 (CEPT transmit Sa stack ready) high. At this time, the system has about 4 ms to update the stack. Data written to the stack during this interval will be transmitted during the next double CRC-4 multiframe. By reading register FRM_SR4 bit 7, the system clears this bit so that it can indicate the next time the transmit stack is ready. If the transmit stack is not updated, then the content of the stack is retransmitted to the line. The 32-frame interval of the transmit framer in the Non-CRC-4 mode is arbitrary. Enabling transmit CRC-4 mode forces the updating of the internal transmit stack at the end of the 32-frame CRC-4 double multiframe; the transmit Sa stack is then transmitted synchronous to the transmit CRC-4 multiframe structure. On the receive side, the T7633 indicates that it has received data in the receive Sa stack, register FRM_SR54— FRM_SR63, by setting register FRM_SR4 bit 6 (CEPT receive Sa stack ready) high. The system then has about 4 ms to read the contents of the stack before it is updated again (old data lost). By reading register FRM_SR4 bit 6, the system clears this bit so that it can indicate the next time the receive stack is ready. The receive framer always updates the content of the receive stack so unread data will be overwritten. The last 16 valid Sa4 to Sa8 bits are always stored in the receive Sa stack on a double-multiframe boundary. The 32-frame interval of the receive framer in the non-CRC-4 mode is arbitrary. Enabling the receive CRC-4 mode forces updating of the receive Sa stack at the end of the 32-frame CRC-4 double multiframe. The receive Sa stack is received synchronous to the CRC-4 multiframe structure. 82 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator CEPT Time Slot 0 FAS/NOT FAS Control Bits (continued) NOT FAS Sa Stack Source and Destination (continued) SYSTEM ACCESS Sa STACK (SASS) INTERVAL: 1) TRANSMIT FRAMER UNIT TRANSMITS TO THE LINE THE DATA IN THE TRANSMIT Sa STACK WRITTEN DURING THE PREVIOUS SASS INTERVAL. 2) THE SYSTEM CAN UPDATE THE TRANSMIT Sa STACK REGISTERS FOR TRANSMISSION IN THE NEXT CRC-4 DOUBLE MULTIFRAME. 3) THE SYSTEM CAN READ THE RECEIVE Sa STACK REGISTERS TO ACCESS THE Sa BITS EXTRACTED DURING THE PREVIOUS VALID (IN MULTIFRAME ALIGNMENT) DOUBLE CRC-4 MULTIFRAME. START OF CRC-4 DOUBLE MULTIFRAME: • BASIC FRAME ALIGNMENT FOUND, OR, • CRC-4 MULTIFRAME ALIGNMENT FOUND. SYSTEM ACCESS Sa STACK INTERVAL 1-FRAME INTERVAL 1 FRAME 31 FRAMES 31 FRAMES CRC-4 DOUBLE MULTIFRAME (DMF): 32 FRAMES START FRAME 1 OF 32 IN DMF. CRC-4 DOUBLE MULTIFRAME: 32 FRAMES INTERNAL Sa STACK UPDATE INTERVAL SYSTEM ACCESS IS DISABLED DURING THIS INTERVAL: 1) THE INTERNAL TRANSMIT Sa STACK IS UPDATED FROM THE FRAMER UNIT’S 10-byte TRANSMIT STACK CONTROL REGISTERS DURING THIS 1-FRAME INTERVAL. 2) ACCESS TO THE STACK CONTROL REGISTERS IS DISABLED DURING THIS 1-FRAME INTERVAL. 3) ONCE LOADED, THE INFORMATION IN THE INTERNAL TRANSMIT Sa STACK IS TRANSMITTED TO THE LINE DURING THE NEXT CRC-4 DOUBLE MULTIFRAME, ALIGNED TO THE CRC-4 MULTIFRAME. 4) IF THE TRANSMIT Sa STACK IS NOT UPDATED, THEN THE CONTENT OF THE TRANSMIT Sa STACKS IS RETRANSMITTED TO THE LINE. 5) THE SYSTEM READ-ONLY RECEIVE STACK IS UPDATED FROM THE INTERNAL RECEIVE STACK INFORMATION REGISTERS. 6) IN NON-CRC-4 MODE, THE RECEIVE Sa STACK EXTRACTING CIRCUITRY ASSUMES AN ARBITRARY DOUBLE 16-FRAME MULTIFRAME STRUCTURE (32 FRAMES), AND DATA IS EXTRACTED ONLY IN THE FRAME ALIGNED STATE. 7) IN CRC-4 MODE, THE RECEIVE Sa STACK INFORMATION IS ALIGNED TO A CRC-4 DOUBLE MULTIFRAME STRUCTURE (32 FRAMES), AND THE DATA IS EXTRACTED ONLY IN CRC-4 MULTIFRAME ALIGNED STATE. 5-3911(F).c Figure 28. Transmit and Receive Sa Stack Accessing Protocol Agere Systems Inc. 83 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 CEPT Time Slot 0 FAS/NOT FAS Control Bits (continued) NOT FAS Sa Stack Source and Destination (continued) Interrupts indicating the transmit Sa stack or the receive Sa stack are ready for system access are available, see register FRM_SR4 bit 6 and bit 7. CEPT Time Slot 16 X0—X2 Control Bits Each of the three X bits in frame 0 of the time slot 16 multiframe can be used as a 0.5 kbits/s data link to and from the remote end. The transmitted line X bits are sourced from control register FRM_PR41 bit 0—bit 2. In the loss of TS16 multiframe alignment (LTS16MFA) state, receive X bits are set to 1 in status register FRM_SR53. 84 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Signaling Access Signaling information can be accessed by three different methods: transparently through the CHI, via the control registers, or via the CHI associated signaling mode. Transparent Signaling This mode is enabled by setting register FRM_PR44 bit 0 to 1. Data at the received RCHIDATA interface passes through the framer undisturbed. The framer generates an arbitrary signaling multiframe in the transmit and receive directions to facilitate the access of signaling information at the system interface. DS1: Robbed-Bit Signaling Microprocessor Control Registers To enable signaling, register FRM_PR44 bit 0 must be set to 0 (default). The information written into the F and G bits of the transmit signaling registers, FRM_TSR0—FRM_TSR23, define the robbed-bit signaling mode for each channel for both the transmit and receive directions. The per-channel programming allows the system to combine voice channels with data channels within the same frame. The receive-channel robbed-bit signaling mode is always defined by the state of the F and G bits in the corresponding transmit signaling registers for that channel. The received signaling data is stored in the receive signaling registers, FRM_RSR0—FRM_RSR23, while receive framer is in both the frame and superframe alignment states. Updating the receive signaling registers can be inhibited on-demand, by setting register FRM_PR44 bit 3 to 1, or automatically when either a framing error event, a loss of frame, or superframe alignment state is detected or a controlled slip event occurs. The signaling inhibit state is valid for at least 32 frames after any one of the following: a framing errored event, a loss of frame and/or superframe alignment state, or a controlled slip event. In the common channel signaling mode, data written in the transmit signaling registers is transmitted in channel 24 of the transmit line bit stream. The F and G bits are ignored in this mode. The received signaling data from channel 24 is stored in receive signaling registers FRM_RSR0—FRM_RSR23 for T1. Associated Signaling Mode This mode is enabled by setting register FRM_PR44 bit 2 to 1. Signaling information in the associated signaling mode (ASM) is allocated an 8-bit system time slot in conjunction with the pay load data information for a particular channel. The default system data rate in the ASM mode is 4.096 Mbits/s. Each system channel consists of an 8-bit payload time slot followed by its corresponding 8-bit signaling time slot. The format of the signaling byte is identical to that of the signaling registers. In the ASM mode, writing the transmit signaling registers will corrupt the transmit signaling data. In the transmit signaling register ASM (TSR-ASM) format, enabled by setting register FRM_PR44 bit 2 and bit 5 to 1, the system must write into the F and G bit1 of the transmit signaling registers to program the robbed-bit signaling state mode of each DS0. The ABCD bits are sourced from the RCHI ports when TSR-ASM mode is enabled. 1. All other bits in the signaling registers are ignored, while the F and G bits in the received RCHIDATA stream are ignored. Agere Systems Inc. 85 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Signaling Access (continued) DS1: Robbed-Bit Signaling (continued) Table 35 illustrates the ASM time-slot format for valid channels. Table 35. Associated Signaling Mode CHI 2-Byte Time-Slot Format for DS1 Frames DS1: ASM CHI Time Slot 1 2 PAYLOAD DATA 3 4 5 6 7 8 A SIGNALING INFORMATION* B C D X F G P† * X indicates bits that are undefined by the framer. † The identical sense of the received system P bit in the transmitted signaling data is echoed back to the system in the received signaling information. The DS1 framing formats require rate adaptation from the line-interface 1.544 Mbits/s bit stream to the systeminterface 4.096 Mbits/s bit stream. The rate adaptation results in the need for stuffed time slots on the system interface. Table 36 illustrates the ASM format for T1 stuffed channels used by the T7633. The stuffed data byte contains the programmable idle code in register FRM_PR23 (default = 7F (hex)), while the signaling byte is ignored. Table 36. Associated Signaling Mode CHI 2-Byte Time-Slot Format for Stuffed Channels ASM CHI Time Slot 0 1 PAYLOAD DATA 1 1 1 1 1 SIGNALING INFORMATION* X X X X X X X X 1 * X indicates bits which are undefined by the framer. CEPT: Time Slot 16 Signaling Microprocessor Control Registers To enable signaling, register FRM_PR44 bit 0 must be set to 0 (default). The information written into transmit signaling control registers FRM_TSR0—FRM_TSR31 define the state of the ABCD bits of time slot 16 transmitted to the line. The received signaling data from time slot 16 is stored in receive signaling registers FRM_RSR0—FRM_RSR31. Associated Signaling Mode Signaling information in the associated signaling mode (ASM), register FRM_PR44 bit 2 = 1, is allocated an 8-bit system time slot in conjunction with the data information for a particular channel. The default system data rate in the ASM mode is 4.096 Mbits/s. Each system channel consists of an 8-bit payload time slot followed by its associated 8-bit signaling time slot. The format of the signaling byte is identical to the signaling registers. Table 37 illustrates the ASM time-slot format for valid CEPT E1 time slots. Table 37. Associated Signaling Mode CHI 2-Byte Time-Slot Format for CEPT CEPT ASM CHI Time Slot 1 2 PAYLOAD DATA 3 4 5 6 7 8 SIGNALING INFORMATION A B C D E* X† X† P‡ * In the CEPT IRSM format, this bit position contains the per-channel E0-31 control information. In all other formats, this bit is ignored. † In the CEPT formats, these bits are undefined. ‡ The P bit is the parity-sense bit calculated over the 8 data bits, the ABCD (and E) bits, and the P bit. The identical sense of the received system P bit in the transmitted signaling data is echoed back to the system in the received signaling information. 86 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Auxiliary Framer I/O Timing Transmit and receive clock and data signals are provided by terminals RFRMCK (receive framer clock), RFRMDATA (receive framer data), RFS (receive frame sync), RSSFS (receive framer signaling superframe sync), RCRCMFS (receive frame CRC-4 multiframe sync), TFS (transmit framer frame sync), TSSFS (transmit framer signaling superframe sync), and TCRCMFS (transmit framer CRC-4 multiframe sync). The receive signals are synchronized to the internal recovered receive line clock, RFRMCK, and the transmit signals are synchronized to the transmit line clock, TLCK. Note that TLCK is derived from the external PLLCK which must be phase-locked to the system (CHI) clock, RCHICK, see Table 1, Pin Descriptions on page 20, pin 7 and pin 31. Detailed timing specifications for these signals are given in Figure 29—Figure 36. RFRMCK 125 µs RFS BIT 8 RFRMDATA BIT 0 BIT 1 TIME SLOT 24 TIME SLOT 1 DATA VALID 5-6290(F)r.5 Figure 29. Timing Specification for RFRMCK, RFRMDATA, and RFS in DS1 Mode TLCK 125 µs TFS TPD (SINGLE RAIL) TS1 TS2 TS24 TS1 5-6292(F)r.6 Figure 30. Timing Specification for TFS, TLCK, and TPD in DS1 Mode Agere Systems Inc. 87 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Auxiliary Framer I/O Timing (continued) RFRMCK 125 µs RFS RFRMDATA BIT 8 BIT 0 TIME SLOT 31 BIT 1 FAS/NFAS: TIME SLOT 0 DATA VALID 5-6294(F)r.5 Figure 31. Timing Specification for RFRMCK, RFRMDATA, and RFS in CEPT Mode RFRMCK 125 µs RFS 2 ms RSSFS RFRMDATA TS0 OF THE FRAME AFTER THE FRAME CONTAINING THE SIGNALING MULTIFRAME PATTERN (0000) TS0 OF THE FRAME AFTER THE FRAME CONTAINING THE SIGNALING MULTIFRAME PATTERN (0000) 5-6295(F)r.7 Figure 32. Timing Specification for RFRMCK, RFRMDATA, RFS, and RSSFS in CEPT Mode 88 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Auxiliary Framer I/O Timing (continued) RFRMCLK RFS 2 ms RCRCMFS RFRMDATA TS0 OF FRAME #0 OF MULTIFRAME TS0 OF FRAME #0 OF MULTIFRAME 5-6296(F)r.5 Figure 33. Timing Specification for RCRCMFS in CEPT Mode TLCK 125 µs TFS TPD (SINGLE RAIL) TS0 OF FRAME X TS0 OF FRAME X + 1 5-6297(F)r.5 Figure 34. Timing Specification for TFS, TLCK, and TPD in CEPT Mode Agere Systems Inc. 89 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Auxiliary Framer I/O Timing (continued) TFS 11 CLOCK CYCLES TLCK 2 ms TSSFS TPD (SINGLE RAIL) TS0 OF THE FRAME CONTAINING THE SIGNALING MULTIFRAME PATTERN (0000) 5-6298(F)r.5 Figure 35. Timing Specification for TFS, TLCK, TPD, and TSSFS in CEPT Mode TLCK TFS 1 ms 1 ms TCRCMFS TPD (SINGLE RAIL) TS0 OF FRAME #0 OF MULTIFRAME TS0 OF FRAME #8 OF MULTIFRAME TS0 OF FRAME #0 OF MULTIFRAME 5-6299(F)r.5 Figure 36. Timing Specification for TFS, TLCK, TPD, and TCRCMFS in CEPT Mode 90 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring Interrupt Generation A global interrupt (pin 99) may be generated if enabled by register GREG1. This interrupt is clocked using channel 1 framer receive line clock (RLCK1). If RLCK1 is absent, the interrupt is clocked using RLCK2, the receive line clock of channel 2. If both RLCK1 and RLCK2 are absent, clocking of interrupts is controlled by an interval 2.048 MHz clock generated from the CHI clock. Timing of the interrupt is shown in Figure 37. There is no relation between MPCK (pin 101) and the interrupt, i.e., MPCK maybe asynchronous with any of the other terminator clocks. RLCK1 INTERRUPT (PIN 99) 5-6563(F) Figure 37. Relation Between RLCK1 and Interrupt (Pin 99) Alarm Definition The receive framer monitors the receive line data for alarm conditions and errored events, and then presents this information to the system through the microprocessor interface status registers. The transmit framer, to a lesser degree, monitors the receive system data and presents the information to the system through the microprocessor interface status registers. Updating of the status registers is controlled by the receive line clock signal. When the receive loss of clock monitor determines that the receive line clock signal is lost, the system clock is used to clock the status registers and all status information should be considered corrupted. Although the precise method of detecting or generating alarm and error signals differs between framing modes, the functions are essentially the same. The alarm conditions monitored on the received line interface are: 1. Red alarm or the loss of frame alignment indication (FRM_SR1 bit 0). The red alarm indicates that the receive frame alignment for the line has been lost and the data cannot be properly extracted. The red alarm is indicated by the loss of frame condition for the various framing formats as defined in Table 38. Agere Systems Inc. 91 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Alarm Definition (continued) Table 38. Red Alarm or Loss of Frame Alignment Conditions Framing Format Number of Errored Framing Bits That Will Cause a Red Alarm (Loss of Frame Alignment) Condition D4 2 errored frame bits (FT or FS) out of 4 consecutive frame bits if FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 1. 2 errored FT bits out of 4 consecutive FT bits if PRM_PR10 bit 2 = 0. SLC-96 2 errored frame bits (FT or FS) out of 4 consecutive frame bits if FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 1. 2 errored FT bits out of 4 consecutive FT bits if FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 0. DDS: Frame 3 errored frame bits (FT or FS) or channel 24 FAS pattern out of 12 consecutive frame bits. ESF 2 errored FE bits out of 4 consecutive FE bits or, optionally, 320 or more CRC6 errored checksums within a one second interval if loss of frame alignment due to excessive CRC-6 errors is enabled in FRM_PR9. CEPT Three consecutive incorrect FAS patterns or three consecutive incorrect NOT FAS patterns; or optionally, greater than 914 received CRC-4 checksum errors in a one second interval if loss of frame alignment due to excessive CRC-6 errors is enabled in FRM_PR9. 2. Yellow alarm or the remote frame alarm (FRM_SR1 bit 0). This alarm is an indication that the line remote end is in a loss of frame alignment state. Indication of remote frame alarm (commonly referred to as a yellow alarm) as for the different framing formats is shown in Table 39. Table 39. Remote Frame Alarm Conditions Framing Format Remote Frame Alarm Format Superframe: D4 Bit 2 of all time slots in the 0 state. Superframe: D4-Japanese The twelfth (12th) framing bit in the 1 state in two out of three consecutive superframes. Superframe: DDS Bit 6 of time slot 24 in the 0 state. Extended Superframe (ESF) An alternating pattern of eight 1s followed by eight 0s in the ESF data link. CEPT: Basic Frame Bit 3 of the NOT FAS frame in the 1 state in three consecutive frames. CEPT: Signaling Multiframe Bit 6 of the time slot 16 signaling frame in the 1 state. 3. Blue alarm or the alarm indication signal (AIS). The alarm indication signal (AIS), sometimes referred to as the blue alarm, is an indication that the remote end is out-of-service. Detection of an incoming alarm indication signal is defined in Table 40. 92 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Alarm Definition (continued) Table 40. Alarm Indication Signal Conditions Framing Format Remote Frame Alarm Format T1 Loss of frame alignment occurs and the incoming signal has two (2) or fewer zeros in each of two consecutive double frame periods (386 bits). CEPT ETSI As described in Draft prETS 300 233:1992 Section 8.2.2.4, loss of frame alignment occurs and the framer receives a 512 bit period containing two or less binary zeros. This is enabled by setting register FRM_PR10 bit 1 to 0. CEPT ITU As described in ITU Rec. G.775, the incoming signal has two or fewer zeros in each of two consecutive double frame periods (512 bits). AIS is cleared if each of two consecutive double frame periods contains three or more zeros or frame alignment signal (FAS) has been found. This is enabled by setting register FRM_PR10 bit 1 to 1. 4. The SLIP condition (FRM_SR3 bit 6 and bit 7). SLIP is defined as the state in which the receive elastic store buffer’s write address pointer from the receive framer and the read address pointer from the transmit concentration highway interface are equal 1. A. B. The negative slip (Slip-N) alarm indicates that the receive line clock (RLCK) - transmit CHI clock (TCHICK) monitoring circuit detects a state of overflow caused by RLCK and TCHICK being out of phase-lock and the period of the received frame being less than that of the system frame. One system frame is deleted. The positive slip (Slip-P) alarm indicates the line clock (RLCK) - transmit CHI clock (TCHICK) monitoring circuit detects a state of underflow caused by RLCK and TCHICK being out of phase-lock and the period of the received frame being greater than that of the system frame. One system frame is repeated. 5. The loss of framer receive clock (LOFRMRLCK, pins 2 and 38). In the framer mode, FRAMER = 0 (pin 41/141), LOFRMRLCK alarm is asserted high when an interval of 250 µs has expired with no transition of RLCK (pin 135/47) detected. The alarm is disabled on the first transition of RLCK. In the terminator mode, FRAMER = 1 (pin 41/141), LOFRMRLCK is asserted high when SYSCK (pin 3/35) does not toggle for 250 µs. The alarm is disabled on the first transition of SYSCK. 6. The loss of PLL clock (LOPLLCK, pins 39 and 143). LOPLLCK alarm is asserted high when an interval of 250 µs has expired with no transition of PLLCK detected. The alarm is disabled 250 µs after the first transition of PLLCK. Timing for LOPLLCK is shown in Figure 38. 1. After a reset, the read and write pointers of the receive path elastic store will be set to a known state. PLLCK 250 µs 250 µs LOPLLCK RCHICK 5-6564(F)r.2 Figure 38. Timing for Generation of LOPLLCK (Pin 39/143) Agere Systems Inc. 93 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Alarm Definition (continued) 7. Received bipolar violation errors alarm, FRM_SR3 bit 0. This alarm indicates any bipolar decoding error or detection of excessive zeros. 8. Received excessive CRC errors alarm, FRM_SR3 bit 3. In ESF, this alarm is asserted when 320 or more CRC-6 checksum errors are detected within a one second interval. In CEPT, this alarm is asserted when 915 or more CRC-4 checksum errors are detected within a one second interval. 9. The CEPT continuous E-bit alarm (CREBIT) (FRM_SR2 bit 2). CREBIT is asserted when the receive framer detects: A. B. C. D. Five consecutive seconds where each 1 second interval contains ≥991 received E bits = 0 events. Simultaneously no LFA occurred. Optionally, no remote frame alarm (A bit = 1) was detected if register FRM_PR9 bit 0, bit 4, and bit 5 are set to 1. Optionally, neither Sa6-Fhex nor Sa6-Ehex codes were detected if register FRM_PR9 bit 0, bit 4, and bit 6 are set to 1. The five second timer is started when: E. CRC-4 multiframe alignment is achieved. F. And optionally, A = 0 is detected if register FRM_PR9 bit 0, bit 4, and bit 5 are set to 1. G. And optionally, neither Sa6_Fhex1 nor Sa6_Ehex1 is detected if register FRM_PR9 bit 0, bit 4, and bit 6 are set to 1. The five second counter is restarted when: H. I. J. K. LFA occurs, or ð990 E bit = 0 events occur in 1 second, or Optionally, an A bit = 1 is detected if register FRM_PR9 bit 0, bit 4, and bit 5 are set to 1. Optionally, a valid Sa6 pattern 1111 (binary) or Sa6 pattern 1110 (binary) code was detected if register FRM_PR9 bit 0, bit 4, and bit 6 are set to 1. This alarm is disabled during loss of frame alignment (LFA) or loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment (LTS0MFA). 1. See Table 41, Sa6 Bit Coding Recognized by the Receive Framer on page 95, for the definition of this Sa6 pattern. 94 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Alarm Definition (continued) 10. Failed state alarm or the unavailable state alarm, FRM_SR5 bit 3 and bit 7 and FRM_SR6 bit 3 and bit 7. This alarm is defined as the unavailable state at the onset of ten consecutive severely errored seconds. In this state, the receive framer inhibits incrementing of the severely errored and errored second counters for the duration of the unavailable state. The receive framer deasserts the unavailable state condition at the onset of ten consecutive errored seconds which were not severely errored. 11. The 4-bit Sa6 codes (FRM_SR2 bit 3—bit 7). Sa6 codes are asserted if three consecutive 4-bit patterns have been detected. The alarms are disabled when three consecutive 4-bit Sa6 codes have been detected that are different from the pattern previously detected. The receive framer monitors the Sa6 bits for special codes described in ETS Draft prETS 300 233:1992 Section 9.2. The Sa6 codes are defined in Table 41 and Table 42. The Sa6 codes in Table 41 may be recognized as an asynchronous bit stream in either non-CRC-4 or CRC-4 modes as long as the receive framer is in the basic frame alignment state. In the CRC-4 mode, the receive framer can optionally recognize the received Sa6 codes in Table 41 synchronously to the CRC-4 submultiframe structure as long as the receive framer is in the CRC-4 multiframe alignment state (synchronous Sa6 monitoring can be enabled by setting register FRM_PR10 bit 1 to 1). The Sa6 codes in Table 42 are only recognized synchronously to the CRC-4 submultiframe and when the receive framer is in CRC-4 multiframe alignment. The detection of three (3) consecutive 4bit patterns are required to indicate a valid received Sa6 code. The detection of Sa6 codes is indicated in status register FRM_SR2 bit 3—bit 7. Once set, any three-nibble (12-bit) interval that contains any other Sa6 code will clear the current Sa6 status bit. Interrupts may be generated by the Sa6 codes given in Table 41. Table 41. Sa6 Bit Coding Recognized by the Receive Framer Code First Receive Bit (MSB) Sa6_8hex 1 0 0 0 Sa6_Ahex 1 0 1 0 Sa6_Chex 1 1 0 0 Sa6_Ehex 1 1 1 0 Sa6_Fhex 1 1 1 1 Agere Systems Inc. Last Received Bit (LSB) 95 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Alarm Definition (continued) Table 42 defines the three 4-bit Sa6 codes that are always detected synchronously to the CRC-4 submultiframe structure, and are only used for counting NT1 events. Table 42. Sa6 Bit Coding of NT1 Interface Events Recognized by the Receive Framer Code First Receive Bit (MSB) Last Received Bit (LSB) Event at NT1 Counter Size (bits) Sa6_1hex 0 0 0 1 E=0 16 Sa6_2hex 0 0 1 0 CRC-4 Error 16 Sa6_3hex 0 0 1 1 CRC-4 Error & E = 0 This code will cause both counters to increment. — The reference points for receive CRC-4, E bit, and Sa6 decoding are illustrated in Figure 39. T REFERENCE POINT NT2 (NT1 REMOTE) CRC ERROR DETECTED V REFERENCE POINT NT1 E BIT = 0 E BIT = 0 ET CRC ERROR DETECTED CRC-4 ERRORS AT THE ET, E BIT = 0, ERROR EVENT AT THE ET REMOTE Sa6 CRC-4 ERRORS DETECTED FROM NT1 REMOTE, THEN SET Sa6 = 001X E = 0 DETECTED FROM NT1 REMOTE, THEN SET Sa6 = 00X1 CRC-4 ERRORS AT THE NT1 E BIT = 0, ERROR EVENT DETECTED AT THE NT1 REMOTE COUNT: 1) CRC ERRORS, 2) E = 0, 3) Sa6 = 001X, AND 4) Sa6 = 00X1 5-3913(F)r.8 Figure 39. The T and V Reference Points for a Typical CEPT E1 Application 12. CEPT auxiliary pattern alarm (AUXP) (FRM_SR1 bit 6). The received auxiliary alarm, register FRM_SR1 bit 6 (AUXP), is asserted when the receive framer is in the LFA state and has detected more than 253 10 (binary) patterns for 512 consecutive bits. In a 512-bit interval, only two 10 (binary) patterns are allowable for the alarm to be asserted and maintained. The 512-bit interval is a sliding window determined by the first 10 (binary) pattern detected. This alarm is disabled when three or more 10 (binary) patterns are detected in 512 consecutive bits. The search for AUXP is synchronized with the first alternating 10 (binary) pattern as shown in Table 43. Table 43. AUXP Synchronization and Clear Sychronization Process 00 — 96 10 sync 10 — 01 — 11 — 11 clear sync 00 — 00 — 0 — 10 sync 00 ... 10 ... Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Event Counters Definition The error events monitored in the receive framer’s status registers are defined in Table 44 for the hardwired (default) threshold values. The errored second and severely errored second threshold registers can be programmed through FRM_PR11—FRM_PR13 such that the errored and severely errored second counters function as required by system needs. Table 44. Event Counters Definition Error Event Bipolar Violations (BPVs) Frame Alignment Errors (FERs) Functional Mode Definition AMI Any bipolar violation or 16 or more consecutive zeros B8ZS Any BPV, code violation, or any 8-bit interval with no one pulse CEPT HDB3 Any BPV, code violation, or any 4-bit interval with no one pulse SF: D4 Any FT or FS bit errors (FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 1) or any FT bit errors (FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 0) SF: SLC-96 Any FT or FS bit errors (FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 1) or any FT bit errors (FRM_PR10 bit 2 = 0) SF: DDS Any FT, FS, or time slot 24 FAS bit error ESF Any FE bit error CEPT Any FAS (0011011) or NOT FAS (bit 2) bit error if register FRM_PR10, bit 2 = 0. Any FAS (0011011) bit error if register FRM_PR10, bit 2 = 1. Counter Size (bits) 16 8 CRC Checksum ESF or CEPT with CRC Errors Any received checksum in error 16 Excessive CRC Errors ESF ≥320 checksum errors in a one second interval CEPT with CRC ≥915 checksum errors in a one second interval Received E bits = 0 CEPT with CRC-4 E bits = 0 in frame 13 and frame 15 16 Errored Second Events All Any one of the relevant error conditions enabled in registers FRM_PR14—FRM_PR18 within a one second interval 16 DS1: non ESF Any framing bit errors within a one second interval DS1: ESF Any CRC-6 errors within a one second interval CEPT without CRC-4 Any framing errors within a one second interval NONE CEPT with CRC-4 (ET1) Any CRC-4 errors within a one second interval CEPT with CRC-4 (ET1 remote) Any E bit = 0 event within a one second interval CEPT with CRC-4 (NT1) Any Sa6 = 001x (binary) code event within a one second interval CEPT with CRC-4 (NT1 remote) Agere Systems Inc. Any Sa6 = 00x1 (binary) code event within a one second interval 97 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Event Counters Definition (continued) Table 44. Event Counters Definition (continued) Error Event Bursty Errored Second Events Functional Mode Counter Size (bits) Definition DS1: non ESF Greater than 1 but less than 8 framing bit errors within a one second interval 16 DS1: ESF Greater than 1 but less than 320 CRC-6 errors within a one second interval CEPT without CRC-4 Greater than 1 but less than 16 framing bit errors within a one second interval CEPT with CRC-4 (ET1) Greater than 1 but less than 915 CRC-4 errors within a one second interval CEPT with CRC-4 (ET1 remote) Greater than 1 but less than 915 E bit = 0 events within a one second interval CEPT with CRC-4 (NT1) Greater than 1 but less than 915 Sa6=001x (binary) code events within a one second interval CEPT with CRC-4 (NT1 remote) Severely Errored All Second Events Greater than 1 but less than 915 Sa6=00x1 (binary) code events within a one second interval Any one of the relevant error conditions enabled in registers FRM_PR14—FRM_PR18 within a one second interval DS1: non ESF 8 or more framing bit errors within a one second interval DS1: ESF 320 or more CRC-6 errors within a one second interval CEPT with no CRC-4 16 or more framing bit errors within a one second interval 16 CEPT with CRC-4 (ET1) 915 or more CRC-4 errors within a one second interval CEPT with CRC-4 (ET1 remote) 915 or more E bit = 0 events within a one second interval CEPT with CRC-4 (NT1) 915 or more Sa6=001x (binary) code events within a one second interval Unavailable Second Events CEPT with CRC-4 (NT1 remote) 915 or more Sa6=00x1 (binary) code events within a one second interval All A one second period in the unavailable state 16 The receive framer enters an unavailable state condition at the onset of ten consecutive severely errored second events. When in the unavailable state, the receive framer deasserts the unavailable state alarms at the onset of ten consecutive seconds which were not severely errored. 98 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Loopback and Transmission Modes Primary Loopback Modes Framer primary loopback mode is controlled by register FRM_PR24. There are seven primary loopback and transmission test modes supported: 1. Line loopback (LLB). 2. Board loopback (BLB). 3. Single time-slot system loopback (STSSLB). 4. Single time-slot line loopback (STSLLB). 5. CEPT nailed-up broadcast transmission (CNUBT). 6. Payload loopback (PLLB). 7. CEPT nailed-up connect loopback (CNUCLB). The loopback and transmission modes are described in detail below: 1. The LLB mode loops the receive line data and clock back to the transmit line. The received data is processed by the receive framer and transmitted to the system interface. This mode can be selected by setting register FRM_PR24 to 001xxxxx (binary). 2. The BLB mode loops the receive system data back to the system after: A. The transmit framer processes the data, and B. The receive framer processes the data. In the BLB mode, AIS is always transmitted to the line interface. This mode can be selected by setting register FRM_PR24 to 010xxxxx (binary). 3. The STSSLB mode loops one and only one received system time slot back to the transmit system interface. The selected looped back time-slot data is not processed by either the transmit framer or the receive framer. The selected time slot does not pass through the receive elastic store buffer and therefore will not be affected by system-AIS, RLFA conditions, or controlled slips events. Once selected, the desired time-slot position has the programmable idle code in register FRM_PR22 transmitted to the line interface one frame before implementing the loopback and for the duration of the loopback. This mode can be selected by setting register FRM_PR24 to 011A4A3A2A1A0, where A4A3A2A1A0 is the binary address of the selected time slot. 4. The STSLLB mode loops one and only one received line time slot back to the transmit line. The selected timeslot data is looped to the line after being processed by the receive framer, and it passes through the receive elastic store. The selected time slot has the programmable idle code in register FRM_PR22 transmitted to the system interface one frame before implementing the loopback and for the duration of the loopback. In CEPT, selecting time slot 0 has the effect of deactivating the current loopback mode while no other action will be taken (time slot 0 will not be looped back to the line and should not be chosen). This mode can be selected by setting register FRM_PR24 to 100A4A3A2A1A0, where A4A3A2A1A0 is the binary address of the selected time slot. 5. The CNUBT mode transmits received-line time slot X to the system in time slots X and time slot 0 (of the next frame). Any time slot can be broadcast. This mode can be selected by setting register FRM_PR24 to 101A4A3A2A1A0 where A4A3A2A1A0 is the binary address of the selected time slot. Agere Systems Inc. 99 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Loopback and Transmission Modes (continued) 6. The PLLB mode loops the received line data and clock back to the transmit line while inserting (replacing) the facility data link in the looped back data. Two variations of the payload loopback are available. In the pass through framing/CRC bit mode (chosen by setting register FRM_PR24 to 111xxxxx (binary)), the framing and CRC bits are looped back to the line transmit data. In the regenerated framing/CRC bit mode (chosen by setting register FRM_PR24 to 110xxxxx (binary) and register FRM_PR10 bit 3 to 0), the framing and CRC bits are regenerated by the transmit framer. The payload loopback is only available for ESF and CEPT modes. 7. The CNUCLB mode loops received system time slot X back to the system in time slot 0. The selected time slot is not routed through the receive elastic store buffer and therefore will not be affected by system-AIS, RLFA conditions, or controlled slips. Any time slot can be looped back to the system. Time slot X transmitted to the line is not affected by this loopback mode. Looping received system time slot 0 has no effect on time slot 0 transmitted to the line, i.e., the transmit framer will always overwrite the FAS and NOT FAS data in time slot 0 transmitted to the line. This mode can be selected by setting register FRM_PR24 to 110A 4A3A2A1A0 and register FRM_PR10 bit 3 to 1, where A4A3A2A1A0 is the binary address of the selected time slot. Secondary Loopback Modes There are two secondary loopback modes supported: 1. Secondary-single time-slot system loopback (S-STSSLB) 2. Secondary-single time-slot line loopback (S-STSLLB) The loopbacks are described in detail below: 1. The secondary-STSSLB mode loops one and only one received system time slot back to the transmit system interface. The selected time-slot data looped back is not processed by either the transmit framer or the receive framer. The selected time slot does not pass through the receive elastic store buffer and therefore will not be affected by system-AIS, RLFA conditions, or controlled slips events. Whenever the secondary loopback register is programmed to the same time slot as the primary register, the primary loopback mode will control that time slot. Once selected, the desired time-slot position has the programmable line idle code in register FRM_PR22 transmitted to the line interface one frame before implementing the loopback and for the duration of the loopback. 2. The secondary-STSLLB mode loops one and only one line time slot back to the line. The selected time slot data is looped to the line after being processed by the receive framer and it passes through the receive elastic store. The selected time slot has the programmable idle code in register FRM_PR22 transmitted to the system interface one frame before implementing the loopback and for the duration of the loopback. In CEPT, selecting time slot 0 has the effect of deactivating the current loopback mode while no other action will be taken (time slot 0 will not be looped back to the line and should not be chosen in this mode). Table 45 defines the deactivation of the two secondary loopback modes as a function of the activation of the primary loopback and test transmission modes. Table 45. Summary of the Deactivation of SSTSSLB and SSTSLLB Modes as a Function of Activating the Primary Loopback Modes Primary Loopback Mode STSSLB STSLLB BLB CNUBT LLB NUCLB PLLB 100 Deactivation of S-STSSLB If primary time slot = secondary If primary time slot = secondary Always If the secondary time slot is TS0 or if the primary time slot = secondary Always If the secondary time slot is TS0 or if the primary time slot = secondary Always Deactivation of S-STSLLB If primary time slot = secondary If primary time slot = secondary Always If primary time slot = secondary Always If primary time slot = secondary Always Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Loopback and Transmission Modes (continued) Figure 40 illustrates the various loopback modes implemented by each framer unit. AIS RECEIVE SYSTEM DATA IS IGNORED LINE FRAMER LINE SYSTEM SYSTEM ES (2) BOARD LOOPBACK (1) LINE LOOPBACK TRANSMIT PROGRAMMABLE LINE IDLE CODE IN REGISTER FRM_PR22 IN OUTGOING LINE TS-X FRAMER TRANSMIT PROGRAMMABLE IDLE CODE IN REGISTER FRM_PR22 IN OUTGOING SYSTEM TS-X SYSTEM LINE INSERT ONLY TIME SLOT X LINE LOOPBACK TS-X SYSTEM ES ES (3) SINGLE TIME-SLOT SYSTEM LOOPBACK (4) SINGLE TIME-SLOT LINE LOOPBACK TRANSMIT FRAMER FRAMER LINE ES LINE SYSTEM TRANSMIT LINE TS-X IN SYSTEM TS-X AND SYSTEM TS-0 (5) CEPT NAILED-UP BROADCAST TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (6) PAYLOAD LINE LOOPBACK FRAMER SYSTEM LINE ES LOOPBACK TS-X IN TS-0 (7) CEPT NAILED-UP CONNECT LOOPBACK 5-3914(F).cr.3 Figure 40. Loopback and Test Transmission Modes Agere Systems Inc. 101 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Line Test Patterns Test patterns may be transmitted to the line through either register FRM_PR20 or register FRM_PR29. Only one of these sources may be active at the same time. Signaling must be inhibited while sending these test patterns. Transmit Line Test Patterns—Using Register FRM_PR20 The transmit framer can be programmed through register FRM_PR20 to transmit various test patterns. These test patterns, when enabled, overwrite the received CHI data. The test patterns available using register FRM_PR20 are: 1. The unframed-AIS pattern which consists of a continuous bit stream of 1s (. . . 111111 . . .) enabled by setting register FRM_PR20 bit 0 to 1. 2. The unframed-auxiliary pattern which consists of a continuous bit stream of alternating 1s and 0s (. . . 10101010 . . .) enabled by setting register FRM_PR20 bit 1 to 1. 3. The quasi-random test signal, enabled by setting register FRM_PR20 bit 3 to 1, which consists of: A. A pattern produced by means of a twenty stage shift register with feedback taken from the 17th and 20th stages via an exclusive-OR gate to the first stage. The output is taken from the 20th stage and is forced to a 1 state whenever the next 14 stages (19 through 6) are all 0. The pattern length is 1,048,575 or 220 – 1 bits. This pattern is described in detail in AT&T Technical Reference 62411 [5] Appendix and illustrated in Figure 41. B. Valid framing bits. C. Valid transmit facility data link (TFDL) bit information. D. Valid CRC bits. A B C XOR D D #1 D #2 #17 D D #18 D #19 #20 D-TYPE FLIP-FLOPS #6 QUASI-RANDOM TEST OUTPUT #19 NOR OR #20 5-3915(F).dr.1 Figure 41. 20-Stage Shift Register Used to Generate the Quasi-Random Signal 4. The pseudorandom test pattern, enabled by setting register FRM_PR20 bit 2 to 1, which consists of: A. A 215– 1 pattern inserted in the entire payload (time slots 1—24 in DS1 and time slots 1—32 in CEPT), as described by ITU Rec. 0.151 and illustrated in Figure 42. B. Valid framing pattern. C. Valid transmit facility data link (TFDL) bit data. D. Valid CRC bits. 102 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Line Test Patterns (continued) A B C D D #1 XOR D #2 D #3 D #13 D #14 PSEUDORANDOM #15 TEST OUTPUT D-TYPE FLIP-FLOPS 5-3915(F).er.1 Figure 42. 15-Stage Shift Register Used to Generate the Pseudorandom Signal 5. The idle code test pattern, enabled by setting register FRM_PR20 bit 6 to 1, which consists of: A. The programmable idle code, programmed through register FRM_PR22, in time slots 1—24 in DS1 and 0—31 in CEPT. B. Valid framing pattern. C. Valid transmit facility data link (TFDL) bit data. D. Valid CRC bits. Transmit Line Test Patterns—Using Register FRM_PR69 Framed or unframed patterns indicated in Table 46 may be generated and sent to the line by register FRM_PR69 and by setting register FRM_PR20 to 00 (hex). Selection of transmission of either a framed or unframed test pattern is made through FRM_PR69 bit 3. If one of the test patterns of register FRM_PR69 is enabled, a single bit error can be inserted into the transmitted test pattern by toggling register FRM_PR69 bit 1 from 0 to 1. Table 46. Register FRM_PR69 Test Patterns Pattern Register FRM_PR69 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 MARK (all ones AIS) 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 QRSS (220 – 1 with zero suppression) 0 0 0 1 0 25 – 1 63 (26 – 1) 0 0 1 1 511 (29 – 1) (V.52) 0 1 0 0 29 – 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 211 – 1 (reversed) 0 1 1 1 215 – 1 (O.151) 1 0 0 0 220 – 1 (V.57) 1 0 0 1 220 – 1 (CB113/CB114) 1 0 1 0 223 – 1 (O.151) 1:1 (alternating) 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 11 2047 (2 – 1) (O.151) Agere Systems Inc. 103 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Line Test Patterns (continued) Receive Line Pattern Monitor—Using Register FRM_SR7 The receive framer pattern monitor continuously monitors the received line, detects the following fixed framed patterns, and indicates detection in register FRM_SR7 bit 6 and bit 7. 1. The pseudorandom test pattern as described by ITU Rec. O.151 and illustrated in Figure 42. Detection of the pattern is indicated by register FRM_SR7 bit 6 = 1. 2. The quasi-random test pattern described in AT&T Technical Reference 62411[5] Appendix and illustrated in Figure 41. Detection of the pattern is indicated by register FRM_SR7 bit 7 = 1. In DS1 mode, the received 193 bit frame must consist of 192 bits of pattern plus 1 bit of framing information. In CEPT mode, the received 256 bit frame must consist of 248 bits of pattern plus 8 bits (TS0) of framing information. No signaling, robbed bit in the case of T1 and TS16 signaling in the case of CEPT, may be present for successful detection of these two test patterns. To establish lock to the pattern, 256 sequential bits must be received without error. When lock to the pattern is achieved, the appropriate bit of register FRM_SR7 is set to a 1. Once pattern lock is established, the monitor can withstand up to 32 single bit errors per frame without a loss of lock. Lock will be lost if more than 32 errors occur within a single frame. When such a condition occurs, the appropriate bit of register FRM_SR7 is deasserted. The monitor then resumes scanning for pattern candidates. Receive Line Pattern Detector—Using Register FRM_PR70 Framed or unframed patterns indicated in Table 47 may be detected using register FRM_PR70. Detection of the selected test pattern is indicated when register FRM_PR7 bit 4 is set to 1. Selection of a framed or unframed test pattern is made through FRM_PR70 bit 3. Bit errors in the received test pattern are indicated when register FRM_SR7 bit 5 = 1. The bit errors are counted and reported in registers FRM_SR8 and FRM_SR9, which are normally the BPV counter registers. (In this test mode, the BPV counter registers do not count BPVs but count only bit errors in the received test pattern.) Table 47. Register FRM_PR70 Test Patterns Pattern Register FRM_PR70 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 MARK (all ones AIS) 0 0 0 0 20 0 0 1 QRSS (2 – 1 with zero suppression) 0 5 0 0 1 0 2 –1 63 (26 – 1) 0 0 1 1 511 (29 – 1) (V.52) 0 1 0 0 29 – 1 0 1 0 1 2047 (211 – 1) (O.151) 0 1 1 0 211 – 1 (reversed) 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 220 – 1 (V.57) 1 0 0 1 220 – 1 (CB113/CB114) 1 0 1 0 223 – 1 (O.151) 1:1 (alternating) 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 2 15 104 – 1 (O.151) Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Line Test Patterns (continued) The pattern detector continuously monitors the received line for the particular pattern selected in register FRM_PR70 bit 7—bit 4 (DPTRN). To establish detector lock to the pattern, 256 sequential bits must be detected. Once the detector has locked onto the selected pattern, it will remain locked and count all single bit errors until register FRM_PR70 bit 2 (DBLKSEL) is set to 0. If the lock to the selected pattern is lost, the detection indicator is deasserted (register FRM_SR7 bit 4) and the detector resumes monitoring for the selected pattern. To select a pattern or change the pattern to be detected, the following programming sequence must be followed. ■ DBLKSEL (register FRM_PR70 bit 2) is set to 0. ■ The new pattern to be detected is selected by setting register FRM_PR70 bit 7—bit 4 to the desired value. ■ DBLKSEL (register FRM_PR70 bit 2) is set to 1. Agere Systems Inc. 105 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Automatic and On-Demand Commands Various alarms can be transmitted either automatically as a result of various alarm conditions or on demand. After reset, all automatic transmissions are disabled. The user can enable the automatic or on-demand actions by setting the proper bits in the automatic and on-demand action registers as identified below in Table 48. Table 48 shows the programmable automatically transmitted signals and the triggering mechanisms for each. Table 49 shows the on-demand commands. Table 48. Automatic Enable Commands Action Transmit Remote Frame Alarm (RFA) Trigger Enabling Register Bit Loss of frame alignment (RLFA) FRM_PR27 bit 0 = 1 Loss of CEPT time slot 16 multiframe alignment (RTS16LMFA) FRM_PR27 bit 1 = 1 Loss of CEPT time slot 0 multiframe alignment (RTS0LMFA) FRM_PR27 bit 2 = 1 FRM_PR27 bit 3 = 1 Detection of the timer (100 ms or 400 ms) expiration due to loss of CEPT FRM_PR9 bit 7—bit 0 = 0xxxx1x1 or multiframe alignment 0xxx1xx1 Detection of the CEPT RSa6 = 8 (hex) FRM_PR27 bit 4 = 1 code Detection of the CEPT RSa6 = C (hex) FRM_PR27 bit 5 = 1 code Transmit CEPT E Bit = 0 Detection of CEPT CRC-4 error FRM_PR28 bit 3 = 1 RTS0LMFA FRM_PR28 bit 4 = 1 Detection of the timer (100 ms or FRM_PR28 bit 5 = 1 400 ms) expiration due to loss of CEPT FRM_PR9 bit 7—bit 0 = 0xxxx1x1 or multiframe alignment 0xxx1xx1 Transmit AIS to System RLFA FRM_PR19 bit 0 = 1 Detection of the timer (100 ms or FRM_PR19 bit 1 = 1 400 ms) expiration due to loss of CEPT FRM_PR9 bit 7—bit 0 = 0xxxx1x1 or multiframe alignment 0xxx1xx1 Transmit CEPT Time Slot 16 Remote Multiframe Alarm to Line RTS16LMFA FRM_PR41 bit 4 = 1 Transmit CEPT AIS in Time Slot RTS16LMFA 16 to System FRM_PR44 bit 6 = 1 Automatic Enabling of DS1 Line Line loopback on/off code Loopback On/Off FRM_PR19 bit 4 =1 Automatic Enabling of ESF FDL ESF line loopback on/off code Line Loopback On/Off FRM_PR19 bit 6 =1 Automatic Enabling of ESF FDL ESF payload loopback on/off code Payload Loopback On/Off FRM_PR19 bit 7 =1 106 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Alarms and Performance Monitoring (continued) Automatic and On-Demand Commands (continued) Table 49. On-Demand Commands Type Frame Format Action Transmit Remote Frame Alarm D4 (Japanese) FS bit in frame 12 = 1 D4 (US) Bit 2 of all time slots = 0 DDS Bit 6 in time slot 24 = 0 ESF Pattern of 1111111100000000 in the FDL F-bit position CEPT A bit = 1 Transmit Time Slot 16 Remote CEPT Multiframe Alarm to the Line Enabling Register Bit FRM_PR27 bit 6 = 1 FRM_PR27 bit 7 = 1 Time slot 16 remote alarm bit = 1 FRM_PR41 bit 5 = 1 Transmit Data Link AIS (Squelch) SLC-96, ESF Transmit data link bit = 1 FRM_PR21 bit 4 = 1 Transmit Line Test Patterns All Transmit test patterns to the line interface See Transmit Line Test Patterns—Using Register FRM_PR20 section on page 102 and Transmit Line Test Patterns—Using Register FRM_PR69 section on page 103. Transmit System AIS All Transmits AIS to the system FRM_PR19 bit 3 = 1 Transmit ABCD = 1111 to the system FRM_PR44 bit 1 = 1 Transmit System Signaling AIS T1 (Squelch) CEPT Transmit AIS in system time slot 16 FRM_PR44 bit 7 = 1 Receive Signaling Inhibit All Suspend the updating of the receive signaling registers Receive Framer Reframe All Force the receive framer to reframe FRM_PR26 bit 2 = 1 Transmit Line Time Slot 16 CEPT Transmit AIS in time slot 16 to the line Enable Loopback All Enables system and line loopbacks See Loopback and Transmission Modes section on page 99. Framer Software Reset All The framer and FDL are placed in FRM_PR26 bit 0 = 1 the reset state for four RCLK clock cycles. The framer parameter registers are forced to the default value. Framer Software Restart All The framer and FDL are placed in FRM_PR26 bit 1 = 1 the reset state as long as this bit is set to 1. The framer parameter registers are not changed from their programmed values. Agere Systems Inc. FRM_PR44 bit 3 = 1 FRM_PR41 bit 6 = 1 107 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Facility Data Link (FDL) Data may be extracted from and inserted into the facility data link in SLC-96, DDS, ESF, and CEPT framing formats. In CEPT, any one of the Sa bits can be declared as the facility data link by programming register FRM_PR43 bit 0—bit 2. Access to the FDL is made through: 1. The FDL pins (RFDL, RFDLCK, TFDL, and TFDLCK). Figure 27 shows the timing of these signals. 2. The 64-byte FIFO of the FDL HDLC block. FDL information passing through the FDL HDLC section may be framed in HDLC format or passed through transparently. t8 t8: TFDLCK CYCLE = 125 µs (DDS) 250 µs (ALL OTHER MODES) TFDLCK t9 t9 t9: TFDL TO TFDLCK SETUP/HOLD = 40 ns TFDL t10 RFDLCK t11 t10: RFDLCK CYCLE = 125 µs (DDS) 250 µs (ALL OTHER MODES) t11: RFDLCK TO RFDL DELAY = 40 ns RFDL 5-3910(F).cr.1 Figure 43. T7633 Facility Data Link Access Timing of the Transmit and Receive Framer Sections In the ESF frame format, automatic assembly and transmission of the performance report message (PRM) as defined in both ANSI T1.403-1995 and Telcordia Technologies TR-TSY-000194 Issue 1, 12—87 is managed by the receive framer and transmit FDL sections. The ANSI T1.403-1995 bit-oriented data link messages (BOM) can be transmitted by the transmit FDL section and recognized and stored by the receive FDL section. Receive Facility Data Link Interface Summary A brief summary of the receive facility data link functions is given below: 1. Bit-oriented message (BOM) operation. The ANSI T1.403-1995 bit-oriented data link messages are recognized and stored in register FDL_SR3. The number of times that an ANSI code must be received for detection can be programmed from 1 to 10 by writing to register FDL_PR0 bit 4— bit 7. When a valid ANSI code is detected, register FDL_SR0 bit 7 (FRANSI) is set. 2. HDLC operation. This is the default mode of operation when the FDL receiver is enabled (register FDL_PR1 bit 2 = 1). The HDLC framer detects the HDLC flags, checks the CRC bytes, and stores the data in the FDL receiver FIFO (register FDL_SR4) along with a status of frame (SF) byte. 3. HDLC operation with performance report messages (PRM). This mode is enabled by setting register FDL_PR1 bit 2 and bit 6 to 1. In this case, the receive FDL will store the 13 bytes of the PRM report field in the FDL receive FIFO (register FDL_SR4) along with a status of frame (SF) byte. 4. Transparent operation. Enabling the FDL and setting register FDL_PR9 bit 6 (FTM) to 1 disables the HDLC processing. Incoming data link bits are stored in the FDL receive FIFO (register FDL_SR4). 108 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Receive Facility Data Link Interface (continued) 5. Transparent operation with pattern match. Enabling the FDL and setting registers FDL_PR9 bit 5 (FMATCH) and FDL_PR9 bit 6 (FTM) to 1 forces the FDL to start storing data in the FDL receive FIFO (register FDL_SR4) only after the programmable match character defined in register FDL_PR8 bit 0—bit 7 has been detected. The match character and all subsequent bytes are placed into the FDL receive FIFO. The FDL interface to the receive framer is illustrated in Figure 44. RECEIVE LINE DATA LOSS OF FRAME ALIGNMENT RECEIVE FRAMER RECEIVE FDL DATA EXTRACTER RFDL RFDLCK RFDL RECEIVE FACILITY DATA RECEIVE FACILITY DATA LINK HDLC TRANSPARENT RFDLCK ANSI T1.403-1995 BIT-ORIENTED DATA LINK MESSAGES MONITOR ONE 8-bit REGISTER IDENTIFYING THE ESF BIT-ORIENTED CODE RECEIVE FACILITY DATA LINK FIFO 64 8-bit LOCATIONS MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE 5-4560(F).ar.1 Figure 44. Block Diagram for the Receive Facility Data Link Interface Receive ANSI T1.403 Bit-Oriented Messages (BOM) 1. The receive FDL monitor will detect any of the ANSI T1.403 ESF bit-oriented messages (BOMs) and generate an interrupt, enabled by register FDL_PR6 bit 7, upon detection. Register FDL_SR0 bit 7 (FRANSI) is set to 1 upon detection of a valid BOM and then cleared when read. 2. The received ESF FDL bit-oriented messages are received in the form 111111110X0X1X2X3X4X50 (the left-most bit is received first). The bits designated as X are the defined ANSI ESF FDL code bits. These code bits are written into the received ANSI FDL status register FDL_SR3 when the entire code is received. 3. The minimum number of times a valid code must be received before it is reported can be programmed from 1 to 10 using register FDL_PR0 bit 4—bit 7. Agere Systems Inc. 109 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Receive Facility Data Link Interface (continued) The received ANSI FDL status byte, register FDL_SR3, has the following format. Table 50. Receive ANSI Code B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 0 0 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 Receive ANSI Performance Report Messages (PRM) As defined in ANSI T1.403, the performance report messages consist of 15 bytes, starting and ending with an HDLC flag. The receive framer status information consists of four pairs of octets, as shown in Table 51. Upon detection of the PRM message, the receive FDL extracts the 13 bytes of the PRM report field and stores it in the receive FDL FIFO along with the status of frame byte. Table 51. Performance Report Message Structure* Octet PRM B7 PRM B6 PRM B5 PRM B4 PRM B3 PRM B2 PRM B1 PRM B0 Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13—14 15 Flag SAPI G3 FE G3 FE G3 FE G3 FE LV SE LV SE LV SE LV SE G4 LB G4 LB G4 LB G4 LB TEI Control U1 U2 G1 R U1 U2 G1 R U1 U2 G1 R U1 U2 G1 R FCS Flag G5 G2 G5 G2 G5 G2 G5 G2 C/R EA EA SL Nm SL Nm SL Nm SL Nm G6 Nl G6 Nl G6 Nl G6 Nl * The rightmost bit (bit 1) is transmitted first for all fields except for the 2 bytes of the FCS that are transmitted leftmost bit (bit 8) first. The definition of each PRM field is shown in Table 52, and octet content is shown in Table 53. 110 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Receive Facility Data Link Interface (continued) Table 52. FDL Performance Report Message Field Definition PRM Field Definition G1 = 1 CRC Error Event = 1 G2 = 1 1 < CRC Error Event ≤ 5 G3 = 1 5 < CRC Error Event ≤ 10 G4 = 1 10 < CRC Error Event ≤ 100 G5 = 1 100 < CRC Error Event ≤ 319 G6 = 1 CRC Error Event ≥ 320 SE = 1 Severely Errored Framing Event ≥ 1 (FE will = 0) FE =1 Frame Synchronization Bit Error Event ≥ 1 (SE will = 0) LV = 1 Line Code Violation Event ≥ 1 SL = 1 Slip Event ≥ 1 LB = 1 Payload Loopback Activated U1, U2 = 0 Reserved R=0 Reserved (default value = 0) Nm, Nl = 00, One-Second Report Modulo 4 Counter 01, 10, 11 Table 53. Octet Contents and Definition Octet Number Octet Contents Definition 1 2 01111110 00111000 00111010 00000001 00000011 Variable Variable Variable Variable Variable 01111110 Opening LAPD Flag From CI: SAPI = 14, C/R = 0, EA = 0 From Carrier: SAPI = 14, C/R = 1, EA = 0 TEI = 0, EA = 1 Unacknowledged Frame Data for Latest Second (T) Data for Previous Second (T – 1) Data for Earlier Second (T – 2) Data for Earlier Second (T – 3) CRC-16 Frame Check Sequence Closing LAPD Flag 3 4 5, 6 7, 8 9, 10 11, 12 13, 14 15 Agere Systems Inc. 111 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Receive Facility Data Link Interface (continued) Receive HDLC Mode This is the default mode of the FDL. The receive FDL receives serial data from the receive framer, identifies HDLC frames, reconstructs data bytes, provides bit destuffing as necessary, and loads parallel data in the receive FIFO. The receive queue manager forms a status of frame (SF) byte for each HDLC frame and stores the SF byte in the receive FDL FIFO (register FDL_SR4) after the last data byte of the associated frame. HDLC frames consisting of n bytes will have n + 1 bytes stored in the receive FIFO. The frame check sequence bytes (CRC) of the received HDLC frame are not stored in the receive FIFO. When receiving ANSI PRM frames, the frame check sequence bytes are stored in the receive FIFO. The SF byte has the following format. Table 54. Receive Status of Frame Byte RSF B7 RSF B6 RSF B5 RSF B4 RSF B3 RSF B2 RSF B1 RSF B0 BAD CRC ABORT RFIFO OVERRUN BAD BYTE COUNT 0 0 0 0 Bit 7 of the SF status byte is the CRC status bit. A 1 indicates that an incorrect CRC was detected. A 0 indicates the CRC is correct. Bit 6 of the SF status byte is the abort status. A 1 indicates the frame associated with this status byte was aborted (i.e., the abort sequence was detected after an opening flag and before a subsequent closing flag). An abort can also cause bits 7 and/or 4 to be set to 1. An abort is not reported when a flag is followed by seven 1s. Bit 5 is the FIFO overrun bit. A 1 indicates that a receive FIFO overrun occurred (the 64-byte FIFO size was exceeded). Bit 4 is the FIFO bad byte count that indicates whether or not the bit count received was a multiple of eight (i.e., an integer number of bytes). A 1 indicates that the bit count received after 0-bit deletion was not a multiple of eight, and a 0 indicates that the bit count was a multiple of eight. When a non-byte-aligned frame is received, all bits received are present in the receive FIFO. The byte before the SF status byte contains less than eight valid data bits. The HDLC block provides no indication of how many of the bits in the byte are valid. User application programming controls processing of non-byte-aligned frames. Bit 3—bit 0 of the SF status byte are not used and are set to 0. A good frame is implied when the SF status byte is 00 (hex). Receive FDL FIFO Whenever an SF byte is present in the receive FIFO, the end of frame registers FDL_SR0 bit 4 (FREOF) and FDL_SR2 bit 7 (FEOF) bits are set. The receiver queue status (register FDL_SR2 bit 0—bit 6) bits report the number of bytes up to and including the first SF byte. If no SF byte is present in the receive FIFO, the count directly reflects the number of data bytes available to be read. Depending on the FDL frame size, it is possible for multiple frames to be present in the receive FIFO. The receive fill level indicator register FDL_PR6 bit 0—bit 5 (FRIL) can be programmed to tailor the service time interval to the system. The receive FIFO full register FDL_SR0 bit 3 (FRF) interrupt is set in the interrupt status register when the receive FIFO reaches the preprogrammed full position. An FREOF interrupt is also issued when the receiver has identified the end of frame and has written the SF byte for that frame. An FDL overrun interrupt register FDL_SR0 bit 5 (FROVERUN) is generated when the receiver needs to write either status or data to the receive FIFO while the receive FIFO is full. An overrun condition will cause the last byte of the receive FIFO to be overwritten with an SF byte indicating the overrun status. A receive idle register FDL_SR0 bit 6 (FRIDL) interrupt is issued whenever 15 or more continuous 1s have been detected. 112 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Receive Facility Data Link Interface (continued) The receive queue status bits, register FDL_SR2 bit 0—bit 6 (FRQS), are updated as bytes are loaded into the receive FIFO. The SF status byte is included in the byte count. When the first SF status byte is placed in the FIFO, register FDL_SR0 bit 4 (FREOF) is set to 1, and the status freezes until the FIFO is read. As bytes are read from the FIFO, the queue status decrements until it reads 1. The byte read when register FDL_SR2 bit 0—bit 6 = 0000001 and the FREOF bit is 1 is the SF status byte describing the error status of the frame just read. Once the first SF status byte is read from the FIFO, the FIFO status is updated to report the number of bytes to the next SF status byte, if any, or the number of additional bytes present. When FREOF is 0, no SF status byte is currently present in the FIFO, and the FRQS bits report the number of bytes present. As bytes are read from the FIFO, the queue status decrements with each read until it reads 0 when the FIFO is totally empty. The FREOF bit is also 0 when the FIFO is completely empty. Thus, the FRQS and FREOF bit provide a mechanism to recognize the end of 1 frame and the beginning of another. Reading the FDL receiver status register does not affect the FIFO buffers. In the event of a receiver overrun, an SF status byte is written to the receive FIFO. Multiple SF status bytes can be present in the FIFO. The FRQS reports only the number of bytes to the first SF status byte. To allow users to tailor receiver FIFO service intervals to their systems, the receiver interrupt level bits in register FDL_PR6 bit 0—bit 5 (FRIL) are provided. These bits are coded in binary and determine when the receiver full interrupt, register FDL_SR0 bit 3 (FRF), is asserted. The interrupt pin transition can be masked by setting register FDL_PR2 bit 3 (FRFIE) to 0. The value programmed in the FRIL bits equals the total number of bytes necessary to be present in the FIFO to trigger an FRF interrupt. The FRF interrupt alone is not sufficient to determine the number of bytes to read, since some of the bytes may be SF status bytes. The FRQS bits and FREOF bit allow the user to determine the number of bytes to read. The FREOF interrupt can be the only interrupt for the final frame of a group of frames, since the number of bytes received to the end of the frame cannot be sufficient to trigger an FRF interrupt. Programming Note: Since the receiver writing to the receive FIFO and the host reading from the receive FIFO are asynchronous events, it is possible for a host read to put the number of bytes in the receive FIFO just below the programmed FRIL level and a receiver write to put it back above the FRIL level. This causes a new FRF interrupt, and has the potential to cause software problems. It is recommended that during service of the FRF interrupt, the FRF interrupt be masked FRFIE = 0, and the interrupt register be read at the end of the service routine, discarding any FRF interrupt seen, before unmasking the FRF interrupt. Receiver Overrun A receiver overrun occurs if the 64-byte limit of the receiver FIFO is exceeded, i.e., data has been received faster than it has been read out of the receive FIFO. Upon overrun, an SF status byte with the overrun bit (bit 5) set to 1 replaces the last byte in the FIFO. The SF status byte can have other error conditions present. For example, it is unlikely the CRC is correct. Thus, care should be taken to prioritize the possible frame errors in the software service routine. The last byte in the FIFO is overwritten with the SF status byte regardless of the type of byte (data or SF status) being overwritten. The overrun condition is reported in register FDL_SR0 bit 5 and causes the interrupt pin to be asserted if it is not masked (register FDL_PR2 bit 5 (FROVIE)). Data is ignored until the condition is cleared and a new frame begins. The overrun condition is cleared by reading register FDL_SR0 bit 5 and reading at least 1 byte from the receive FIFO. Because multiple frames can be present in the FIFO, good frames as well as the overrun frame can be present. The host can determine the overrun frame by looking at the SF status byte. Agere Systems Inc. 113 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Transmit Facility Data Link Interface The FDL interface of the transmit framer is shown in Figure 45, indicating the priority of the FDL sources. The remote frame alarm, enabled using register FRM_PR27, is given the highest transmission priority by the transmit framer. The ANSI T1.403-1995 bit-oriented data link message transmission is given priority over performance report messages and the automatic transmission of the performance report messages is given priority over FDL HDLC transmission. Idle code is generated by the FDL unit when no other transmission is enabled. The FDL transmitter is enabled by setting register FDL_PR1 bit 3 to 1. MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE RECEIVE FRAMER TRANSMIT FDL FIFO TRANSPARENT TRANSMIT FDL HDLC FRAMER TRANSMIT PERFORMANCE REPORT MESSAGE ASSEMBLER TFDL TFDLCK TRANSMIT FDL CLOCK GENERATOR TRANSMIT ANSI T1.403 FDL BIT CODE GENERATOR FDL IDLE CODE GENERATOR FDL YELLOW ALARM TFDLCK TRANSMIT FRAME ASSEMBLER 5-4561(F).a Figure 45. Block Diagram for the Transmit Facility Data Link Interface Transmit ANSI T1.403 Bit-Oriented Messages (BOM) When the ANSI BOM mode is enabled by setting register FDL_PR10 bit 7 to 1, the transmit FDL can send any of the ANSI T1.403 ESF bit-oriented messages automatically through the FDL bit in the frame. The transmit ESF FDL bit-oriented messages of the form 111111110X0X1X2X3X4X50 are taken from the transmit ANSI FDL parameter register FDL_PR10 bit 0—bit 5. The ESF FDL bit-oriented messages will be repeated while register FDL_PR10 bit 7 (FTANSI) is set to 1. 114 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Transmit Facility Data Link Interface (continued) Transmit ANSI Performance Report Messages (PRM) When the ANSI PRM mode is enabled by setting register FDL_PR1 bit 7 to 1, the transmit FDL assembles and transmits the ANSI performance report message once every second. After assembling the ANSI PRM message, the receive framer stores the current second of the message in registers FRM_SR62 and FRM_SR63 and transfers the data to the FDL transmit FIFO. After accumulating three seconds (8 bytes) of the message, the FDL transmit block appends the header and the trailer (including the opening and closing flags) to the PRM messages and transmits it to the framer for transmission to the line. Table 51—Table 53 show the complete format of the PRM HDLC packet. HDLC Operation HDLC operation is the default mode of operation. The transmitter accepts parallel data from the transmit FIFO, converts it to a serial bit stream, provides bit stuffing as necessary, adds the CRC-16 and the opening and closing flags, and sends the framed serial bit stream to the transmit framer. HDLC frames on the serial link have the following format. Table 55. HDLC Frame Format Opening Flag User Data Field Frame Check Sequence (CRC) Closing Flag 01111110 ≥8 bits 16 bits 01111110 All bits between the opening flag and the CRC are considered user data bits. User data bits such as the address, control, and information fields for LAPB or LAPD frames are fetched from the transmit FIFO for transmission. The 16 bits preceding the closing flag are the frame check sequence, cyclic redundancy check (CRC), bits. Zero-Bit Insertion/Deletion (Bit Stuffing/Destuffing) The HDLC protocol recognizes three special bit patterns: flags, aborts, and idles. These patterns have the common characteristic of containing at least six consecutive 1s. A user data byte can contain one of these special patterns. Transmitter zero-bit stuffing is done on user data and CRC fields of the frame to avoid transmitting one of these special patterns. Whenever five 1s occur between flags, a 0 bit is automatically inserted after the fifth 1, prior to transmission of the next bit. On the receive side, if five successive 1s are detected followed by a 0, the 0 is assumed to have been inserted and is deleted (bit destuffing). Agere Systems Inc. 115 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) HDLC Operation (continued) Flags1 All flags have the bit pattern 01111110 and are used for frame synchronization. The FDL HDLC block automatically sends two flags between frames. If the chip-configuration register FDL_PR0 bit 1 (FLAGS) is cleared to 0, the 1s idle byte (11111111) is sent between frames if no data is present in the FIFO. If FLAGS is set to 1, the FDL HDLC block sends continuous flags when the transmit FIFO is empty. The FDL HDLC does not transmit consecutive frames with a shared flag; therefore, two successive flags will not share the intermediate 0. An opening flag is generated at the beginning of a frame (indicated by the presence of data in the transmit FIFO and the transmitter enable register FDL_PR1 bit 3 = 1). Data is transmitted per the HDLC protocol until a byte is read from the FIFO while register FDL_PR3 bit 7 (FTFC) set to 1. The FDL HDLC block follows this last user data byte with the CRC sequence and a closing flag. The receiver recognizes the 01111110 pattern as a flag. Two successive flags may or may not share the intermediate 0 bit and are identified as two flags (i.e., both 011111101111110 and 0111111001111110 are recognized as flags by the FDL HDLC block). When the second flag is identified, it is treated as the closing flag. As mentioned above, a flag sequence in the user data or CRC bits is prevented by zero-bit insertion and deletion. The HDLC receiver recognizes a single flag between frames as both a closing and opening flag. 1.Regardless of the time-fill byte used, there always is an opening and closing flag with each frame. Back-to-back frames are separated by two flags. Aborts An abort is indicated by the bit pattern of the sequence 01111111. A frame can be aborted by writing a 1 to register FDL_PR3 bit 6 (FTABT). This causes the last byte written to the transmit FIFO to be replaced with the abort sequence upon transmission. Once a byte is tagged by a write to FTABT, it cannot be cleared by subsequent writes to register FDL_PR3. FTABT has higher priority than FDL transmit frame complete (FTFC), but FTABT and FTFC should never be set to 1 simultaneously since this causes the transmitter to enter an invalid state requiring a transmitter reset to clear. A frame should not be aborted in the very first byte following the opening flag. An easy way to avoid this situation is to first write a dummy byte into the queue and then write the abort command to the queue. When receiving a frame, the receiver recognizes the abort sequence whenever it receives a 0 followed by seven consecutive 1s. The receive FDL unit will abort a frame whenever the receive framer detects a loss of frame alignment. This results in the abort bit, and possibly the bad byte count bit and/or bad CRC bits, being set in the status of frame status byte (see Table 54, Receive Status of Frame Byte on page 112) which is appended to the receive data queue. All subsequent bytes are ignored until a valid opening flag is received. Idles In accordance with the HDLC protocol, the HDLC block recognizes 15 or more contiguous received 1s as idle. When the HDLC block receives 15 contiguous 1s, the receiver idle bit register FDL_SR0 bit 6 (RIDL) is set. For transmission, the 1s idle byte is defined as the binary pattern 11111111 (FF (hex)). If the FLAGS control bit in register FDL_PR0 bit 1 is 0, the 1s idle byte is sent as the time-fill byte between frames. A time-fill byte is sent when the transmit FIFO is empty and the transmitter has completed transmission of all previous frames. Frames are sent back-to-back otherwise. 116 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) HDLC Operation (continued) CRC-16 For given user data bits, 16 additional bits that constitute an error-detecting code (CRC-16) are added by the transmitter. As called for in the HDLC protocol, the frame check sequence bits are transmitted most significant bit first and are bit stuffed. The cyclic redundancy check (or frame check sequence) is calculated as a function of the transmitted bits by using the ITU-T standard polynomial: x 16 + x 12 + x 5 + 1 The transmitter can be instructed to transmit a corrupted CRC by setting register FDL_PR2 bit 7 (FTBCRC) to 1. As long as the FTBCRC bit is set, the CRC is corrupted for each frame transmitted by logically flipping the least significant bit of the transmitted CRC. The receiver performs the same calculation on the received bits after destuffing and compares the results to the received CRC-16 bits. An error indication occurs if, and only if, there is a mismatch. Transmit FDL FIFO Transmit FDL data is loaded into the 64-byte transmit FIFO via the transmit FDL data register, FDL_PR4. The transmit FDL status register indicates how many additional bytes can be added to the transmit FIFO. The transmit FDL interrupt trigger level register FDL_PR3 bit 0—bit 5 (FTIL) can be programmed to tailor service time intervals to the system environment. The transmitter empty interrupt bit is set in the FDL interrupt status register FDL_SR0 bit 1 (FTEM) when the transmit FIFO has sufficient empty space to add the number of bytes specified in register FDL_PR3 bit 0—bit 5. There is no interrupt indicated for a transmitter overrun that is writing more data than empty spaces exist. Overrunning the transmitter causes the last valid data byte written to be repeatedly overwritten, resulting in missing data in the frame. Data associated with multiple frames can be written to the transmit FIFO by the controlling microprocessor. However, all frames must be explicitly tagged with a transmit frame complete, register FDL_PR3 bit 7 (FTFC), or a transmit abort, register FDL_PR3 bit 6 (FTABT). The FTFC is tagged onto the last byte of a frame written into the transmitter FIFO and instructs the transmitter to end the frame and attach the CRC and closing flag following the tagged byte. Once written, the FTFC cannot be changed by another write to register FDL_PR3. If FTFC is not written before the last data byte is read out for transmission, an underrun occurs (FDL_SR0 bit 2). When the transmitter has completed a frame, with a closing flag or an abort sequence, register FDL_SR0 bit 0 (FTDONE) is set to 1. An interrupt is generated if FDL_PR2 bit 0 (FTDIE) is set to 1. Sending 1-Byte Frames Sending 1-byte frames with an empty transmit FIFO is not recommended. If the FIFO is empty, writing two data bytes to the FIFO before setting FTFC provides a minimum of eight TFDLCK periods to set FTFC. When 1 byte is written to the FIFO, FTFC must be written within 1 TFDLCK period to guarantee that it is effective. Thus, 1-byte frames are subject to underrun aborts. One-byte frames cannot be aborted with FTABT. Placing the transmitter in 1s-idle mode, register FDL_PR0 bit 1 (FLAGS) = 0, lessens the frequency of underruns. If the transmit FIFO is not empty, then 1-byte frames present no problems. Transmitter Underrun After writing a byte to the transmit queue, the user has eight TFDLCK cycles in which to write the next byte before a transmitter underrun occurs. An underrun occurs when the transmitter has finished transmitting all the bytes in the queue, but the frame has not yet been closed by setting FTFC. When a transmitter underrun occurs, the abort sequence is sent at the end of the last valid byte transmitted. A FTDONE interrupt is generated, and the transmitter reports an underrun abort until the interrupt status register is read. Agere Systems Inc. 117 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) HDLC Operation (continued) Using the Transmitter Status and Fill Level The transmitter-interrupt level bits, register FDL_PR3 bit 0—bit 5, allow the user to instruct the FDL HDLC block to interrupt the host processor whenever the transmitter has a predetermined number of empty locations. The number of locations selected determines the time between transmitter empty, register FRM_SR0 bit 1 (FTEM), interrupts. The transmitter status bits, register FDL_SR1, report the number of empty locations in the FDL transmitter FIFO. The transmitter empty dynamic bit, register FDL_SR1 bit 7 (FTED), like the FTEM interrupt bit, is set to 1 when the number of empty locations is less than or equal to the programmed empty level. FTED returns to 0 when the transmitter is filled to above the programmed empty level. Polled interrupt systems can use FTED to determine when they can write to the FDL transmit FIFO. Transparent Mode The FDL HDLC block can be programmed to operate in the transparent mode by setting register FDL_PR9 bit 6 (FTRANS) to 1. In the transparent mode of operation, no HDLC processing is performed on user data. The transparent mode can be exited at any time by setting FDL_PR9 bit 6 (FTRANS) to 0. It is recommended that the transmitter be disabled when changing in and out of transparent mode. The transmitter should be reset by setting FDL_PR1 bit 5 (FTR) to 1 whenever the mode is changed. In the transmit direction, the FDL HDLC takes data from the transmit FIFO and transmits that data exactly bit-for-bit on the TFDL interface. Transmit data is octet-aligned to the first TFDLCK after the transmitter has been enabled. The bits are transmitted least significant bit first. When there is no data in the transmit FIFO, the FDL HDLC either transmits all 1s, or transmits the programmed HDLC transmitter idle character (register FDL_PR5) if register FDL_PR9 bit 6 (FMATCH) is set to 1. To cause the transmit idle character to be sent first, the character must be programmed before the transmitter is enabled. The transmitter empty interrupt, register FDL_SR0 bit 1 (FTEM), acts as in the HDLC mode. The transmitter-done interrupt, register FDL_SR0 bit 0 (FTDONE), is used to report an empty FDL transmit FIFO. The FTDONE interrupt thus provides a way to determine transmission end. Register FDL_SR0 bit 2 (FTUNDABT) interrupt is not active in the transparent mode. In the receive direction, the FDL HDLC block loads received data from the RFDL interface directly into the receive FIFO bit-for-bit. The data is assumed to be least significant bit first. If FMATCH register FDL_PR9 bit 6 is 0, the receiver begins loading data into the receive FIFO beginning with the first RFDLCK detected after the receiver has been enabled. If the FMATCH bit is set to 1, the receiver does not begin loading data into the FIFO until the receiver match character has been detected. The search for the receiver match character is in a sliding window fashion if register FDL_PR9 bit 4 (FALOCT) bit is 0 (align to octet), or only on octet boundaries if FALOCT is set to 1. The octet boundary is aligned relative to the first RFDLCK after the receiver has been enabled. The matched character and all subsequent bytes are placed in the receive FIFO. An FDL receiver reset, register FDL_PR1 bit 4 (FRR) = 1, causes the receiver to realign to the match character if FMATCH is set to 1. 118 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Transparent Mode (continued) The receiver full (FRF) and receiver overrun (FROVERUN) interrupts in register FDL_SR0 act as in the HDLC mode. The received end of frame (FREOF) and receiver idle (FRIDL) interrupts are not used in the transparent mode. The match status (FMSTAT) bit is set to 1 when the receiver match character is first recognized. If the FMATCH bit is 0, the FMSTAT (FDL_PR9 bit 3) bit is set to 1 automatically when the first bit is received, and the octet offset status bits (FDL_PR9 bit 0—bit 2) read 000. If the FMATCH bit is programmed to 1, the FMSTAT bit is set to 1 upon recognition of the first receiver match character, and the octet offset status bits indicate the offset relative to the octet boundary at which the receiver match character was recognized. The octet offset status bits have no meaning until the FMSTAT bit is set to 1. An octet offset of 111 indicates byte alignment. An interrupt for recognition of the match character can be generated by setting the FRIL level to 1. Since the matched character is the first byte written to the FIFO, the FRF interrupt occurs with the writing of the match character to the receive FIFO. Programming Note: The match bit (FMATCH) affects both the transmitter and the receiver. Care should be taken to correctly program both the transmit idle character and the receive match character before setting FMATCH. If the transmit idle character is programmed to FF (hex), the FMATCH bit appears to affect only the receiver. The operation of the receiver in transparent mode is summarized in Table 56. Table 56. Receiver Operation in Transparent Mode FALOCT FMATCH Receiver Operation X 0 0 1 1 1 Serial-to-parallel conversion begins with first RFDLCK after FRE, register FDL_PR1 bit 2, is set. Data loaded to receive FIFO immediately. Match user-defined character using sliding window. Byte aligns once character is recognized. No data to receive FIFO until match is detected. Match user-defined character, but only on octet boundary. Boundary based on first RFDLCK after FRE, register FDL_PR1 bit 2, set. No data to receive FIFO until match is detected. Agere Systems Inc. 119 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Diagnostic Modes Loopbacks The serial link interface can operate in two diagnostic loopback modes: (1) local loopback and (2) remote loopback. The local loopback mode is selected when register FDL_PR1 bit 1 (FLLB) is set to 1. The remote loopback is selected when register FDL_PR1 bit 0 (FRLB) is set to 1. For normal traffic, i.e., to operate the transmitter and receiver independently, the FLLP bit and the FRLB bits should both be cleared to 0. Local and remote loopbacks cannot be enabled simultaneously. In the local loopback mode: 1. TFDLCK clocks both the transmitter and the receiver. 2. The transmitter and receiver must both be enabled. 3. The transmitter output is internally connected to the receiver input. 4. The TFDL is active. 5. The RFDL input is ignored. 6. The communication between the transmit and receive FIFO buffers and the microprocessor continues normally. XMIT HDLC FDL BLOCK XMIT FIFO XMIT HDLC FDL XMIT INTERFACE TFDL TFDLCK RCVR FIFO RCVR HDLC RFDLCK FDL RCVR INTERFACE RFDL RCVR HDLC FDL BLOCK 5-4562(F)r.2 Figure 46. Local Loopback Mode 120 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Facility Data Link (FDL) (continued) Diagnostic Modes (continued) In the remote loopback mode: 1. Transmitted data is retimed with a maximum delay of 2 bits. 2. Received data is retransmitted on the TFDL. 3. The transmitter should be disabled. The receiver can be disabled or, if desired, enabled. Received data is sent as usual to the receive FIFO if the receiver is enabled. XMIT HDLC FDL BLOCK TFDL XMIT FIFO XMIT HDLC FDL XMIT INTERFACE TFDLCK RFDLCK RCVR FIFO RCVR HDLC FDL RCVR INTERFACE RFDL RCVR HDLC FDL BLOCK 5-4563(F)r.1 Figure 47. Remote Loopback Mode Agere Systems Inc. 121 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Phase-Lock Loop Circuit The T7633 allows for independent transmit path and receive path clocking. The device provides outputs to control variable clock oscillators on both the transmit and receive paths. As such, the system may have both the transmit and receive paths phase-locked to two autonomous clock sources. The block diagram of the T7633 phase detector circuitry is shown in Figure 48 on page 123. The T7633 uses elastic store buffers (two frames) to accommodate the transfer of data from the system interface clock rate of 2.048 Mbits/s to the line interface clock rate of either 1.544 Mbits/s or 2.048 Mbits/s.The transmit line side of the T7633 does not have any mechanism to monitor data overruns or underruns (slips) in its elastic store buffer. This interface relies on the requirement that the PLLCK clock signal (variable) is phase-locked to the RCHICK clock signal (reference). When this requirement is not met, uncontrolled slips may occur in the transmit elastic store buffer that would result in corrupting data and no indication will be given. Typically, a variable clock oscillator (VCXO) is used to drive the PLLCK signal. The T7633 provides a phase error signal (PLLCK-EPLL) that can be used to control the VCXO. The PLLCK-EPLL signal is generated by monitoring the divided-down PLLCK (DIV-PLLCK) and RCHICK (DIV-RCHICK) signals. The DIV-RCHICK signal is used as the reference to determine the phase difference between DIV-RCHICK and DIV-PLLCK. While DIV-RCHICK and DIVPLLCK are phase-locked, the PLLCKEPLL signal is in a high-impedance state. A phase difference between DIV-RCHICK and DIV-PLLCK drives PLLCK-EPLL to either 5 V or 0 V. An RC circuit (typically, R = 1 kΩ and C = 0.1 µF) is used to filter these PLLCKEPLL pulses to control the VCXO. The system can force TCHICK to be phase-locked to RLCK by using RLCK as a reference signal to control a VCXO that is sourcing the TCHICK signal. The T7633 uses the receive line signal (RLCK) as the reference and the TCHICK signal as the variable signal. The T7633 provides a phase error signal (TCHICK-EPLL) that can be used to control the VCXO generating TCHICK. The TCHICK-EPLL signal is generated by monitoring the divided-down TCHICK signal (DIV-TCHICK) and RLCK (DIV-RLCK) signals. The DIV-RLCK signal is used as the reference to determine the phase difference between DIV-TCHICK and DIV-RLCK. While DIV-RLCK and DIV-TCHICK are phase-locked, the TCHICK-EPLL signal is in a high-impedance state. A phase difference between DIV-RLCK and DIV-TCHICK drives TCHICK-EPLL to either 5 V or 0 V. An RC circuit (typically, R = 1 kΩ and C = 0.1 µF) is used to filter these TCHICK-EPLL pulses to control the VCXO. In this mode, the T7633 can be programmed to act as a master timing source and is capable of generating the system frame synchronization signal through the TCHIFS pin by setting FRM_PR45 bit 4 to 1. 122 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Phase-Lock Loop Circuit (continued) EXTERNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGECONTROLLED CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR (VCXO) PLLCK DIV-PLLCK PLLCK-EPLL PLLCK DIVIDER CIRCUIT DIV-RCHICK RCHICK DIVIDER CIRCUIT DIGITAL PHASE DETECTOR INTERNAL_XLCK INTERNAL_RCHICK RCHICK TRANSMIT 2-FRAME ELASTIC STORE BUFFER READ ADDRESS TLCK TRANSMIT FRAMER FACILITY DATA TPD, TND WRITE ADDRESS SYSTEM DATA RECEIVE CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY INTERFACE RCHIFS RCHIDATA BUFFER OVERRUN SLIP MONITOR BUFFER UNDERRUN WRITE ADDRESS RPD, RND RLCK RECEIVE FRAMER FACILITY DATA RECEIVE 2-FRAME ELASTIC STORE BUFFER READ ADDRESS SYSTEM DATA TRANSMIT CONCENTRATION HIGHWAY INTERFACE TCHIDATA TCHIFS TCHICK INTERNAL_TCHICK INTERNAL_RLCK RLCK DIVIDER CIRCUIT DIV-RLCK DIGITAL PHASE DETECTOR TCHICK DIVIDER CIRCUIT DIV-TCHICK TCHICK_EPLL VOLTAGECONTROLLED CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR (VCXO) EXTERNAL CIRCUIT 5-5268(F)r.2 Figure 48. T7633 Phase Detector Circuitry Agere Systems Inc. 123 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Framer-System (CHI) Interface DS1 Modes The DS1 framing formats require rate adaptation from the 1.544 Mbits/s line interface bit stream to the system interface which functions at multiples of a 2.048 Mbits/s bit stream. The rate adaptation results in the need for eight stuffed time slots on the system interface since there are only 24 DS1 (1.544 Mbits/s) payload time slots while there are 32 system (2.048 Mbits/s) time slots. Placement of the stuffed time slots is defined by register FRM_PR43 bit 0—bit 2. CEPT Modes The framer maps the line time slots into the corresponding system time slot one-to-one. Framing time slot 0, the FAS and NFAS bytes, are placed in system time slot 0. Receive Elastic Store The receive interface between the framer and the system (CHI) includes a 2-frame elastic store buffer to enable rate adaptation. The receive line elastic store buffer contains circuitry that monitors the read and write pointers for potential data overrun and underrun (slips) conditions. Whenever this slip circuitry determines that a slip may occur in the receive elastic store buffer, it will adjust the read pointer such that a controlled slip is performed. The controlled slip is implemented by dropping or repeating a complete frame at the frame boundaries. The occurrence of controlled slips in the receive elastic store are indicated in the status register FRM_SR3 bit 6 and bit 7. Transmit Elastic Store The transmit interface between the framer and the system (CHI) includes a 2-frame elastic store buffer to enable rate adaptation. The line transmit clock applied to PLLCK (pins 7/31) must be phase-locked to RCHICK. No indication of a slip in the transmit elastic store is given. 124 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) Each framer has a dual, high-speed, serial interface to the system known as the concentration highway interface (CHI). This flexible bus architecture allows the user to directly interface to other Agere components which use this interface, as well as to Mitel ® and AMD® TDM highway interfaces, with no glue logic. Configured via the highway control registers FRM_PR45 through FRM_PR66, this interface can be set up in a number of different configurations. The following is a list of the CHI features: 1. Agere standard interface for communication devices. 2. Two pairs of transmit and receive paths to carry data in 8-bit time slots. 3. Programmable definition of highways through offset and clock-edge options which are independent for transmit and receive directions. 4. Programmable idle code substitution of received time slots. 5. Programmable 3-state control of each transmit time slot. 6. Independent transmit and receive framing signals to synchronize each direction of data flow. 7. An 8 kHz frame synchronization signal internally generated from the received line clock. 8. Compatible with Mitel and AMD PCM highways. Supported is the optional configuration of the CHI which presents the signaling information along with the data in any framing modes when the device is programmed for the associated signaling mode (ASM). This mode is discussed in the signaling section. Data can be transmitted or received on either one of two interface ports, called CHIDATA and CHIDATAB. The user-supplied clocks (RCHICLK and TCHICLK) control the timing on the transmit or receive paths. Individual time slots are referenced to the frame synchronization (RCHIFS and TCHIFS) pulses. Each frame consists of 32 time slots at a programmable data rate of 2.048 Mbits/s, 4.096 Mbits/s, or 8.192 Mbits/s requiring a clock (TCHICK and RCHICK) of the same rate. Alternatively, a mode is supported in which the clocks (TCHICK and RCHICK) can be twice the data rate, the CMS mode. This mode is controlled by register FRM_PR45 bit 1. The clock and data rates of the transmit and receive highways are programmed independently. Rate adaptation is required for all DS1 formats between the 1.544 Mbits/s line rate and 2.048 Mbits/s, 4.966 Mbits/s, or 8.182 Mbits/s CHI rate. This is achieved by means of stuffing eight idle time slots into the existing twenty-four time slots of the T1 frame. Idle time slots can occur every fourth time slot (starting in the first, second, third, or fourth time slot) or be grouped together at the end of the CHI frame as described in register FRM_PR43 bit 0—bit 2. The positioning of the idle time slots is the same for transmit and receive directions. Idle time slots contain the programmable code of register FRM_PR23. Unused time slots can be disabled by forcing the TCHIDATA interface to a high-impedance state for the interval of the disabled time slots. Agere Systems Inc. 125 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) (continued) CHI Parameters The CHI parameters that define the receive and transmit paths are given in Table 57. Table 57. Summary of the T7633’s Concentration Highway Interface Parameters Name HWYEN CHIMM CHIDTS TFE RFE CDRS0—CDRS1 CMS TCE RCE 126 Description Highway Enable (FRM_PR45 bit 7). A 1 in this bit enables the transmit and receive concentration highway interfaces. This allows the framer to be fully configured before transmission to the highway. A 0 forces the idle code as defined in register FRM_PR22, to be transmitted to the line in all payload time slots while TCHIDATA is forced to a high-impedance state for all CHI transmitted time slots. Concentration Highway Master Mode (PRM_PR45 bit 4). The default mode CHIMM = 0 enables an external system frame synchronization signal (TCHIFS) to drive the transmit CHI. A 1 enables the transmit CHI to generate a system frame synchronization signal from the receive line clock. The transmit CHI system frame synchronization signal is generated on the TCHIFS output pin. Applications using the receive line clock as the reference clock signal of the system are recommended to enable this mode and use the TCHIFS signal generated by the framer. The receive CHI path is not affected by this mode. CHI Double Time-Slot Mode (FRM_PR65 bit 1 and FRM_PR66 bit 1). CHIDTS defines the 4.096 Mbits/s and 8.192 Mbits/s CHI modes. CHIDTS = 0 enables the 32 contiguous time-slot mode. This is the default mode. CHIDTS = 1 enables the double time-slot mode in which the transmit CHI drives TCHIDATA for one time slot and then 3-states for the subsequent time slot, and the receive CHI latches data from RCHIDATA for one time slot and then ignores the following time slot and so on. CHIDTS = 1 allows two CHIs to interleave frames on a common bus. Transmit Frame Edge (FRM_PR46 bit 3). TFE = 0 (or 1), TCHIFS is sampled on the falling (or rising) edge of TCHICK. In CHIMM (CHI master mode), the TCHIFS pin outputs a transmit frame strobe to provide synchronization for TCHIDATA. When TFE = 1 (or 0), TCHIFS is centered around rising (or falling) edge of TCHICK. In this mode, TCHIFS can be used for receive data on RCHIDATA. The timing for TCHIFS in CHIMM = 1 mode is identical to the timing for TCHIFS in CHIMM = 0 mode. Receive Frame Edge (FRM_PR46 bit 7). RFE = 0 (or 1), RCHIFS is sampled on the falling (or rising) edge of RCHICK. CHI Data Rate (FRM_PR45 bit 2 and bit 3). Two-bit control for selecting the CHI data rate. The default state (00) enables the 2.048 Mbits/s. CDRS Bit: 23 CHI Data Rate 00 2.048 Mbits/s 01 4.096 Mbits/s 10 8.192 Mbits/s 11 Reserved Clock Select Mode (FRM_PR45 bit 1). When CMS = 0, the concentration highway clocks (TCHICK and RCHCK) and data (RCHIDATA, RCHIDATAB, TCHIDATA, or TCHIDATAB) have the same rate. When CMS = 1, the concentration highway clocks are twice the rate of CHI data. Transmitter Clock Edge (FRM_PR47 bit 6). TCE = 0 (or 1), TCHIDATA is clocked on the falling (or rising) edge of TCHICK. Receiver Clock Edge (FRM_PR48 bit 6). RCE = 0 (or 1), RCHIDATA is latched on the falling (or rising) edge of RCHICK. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) (continued) CHI Parameters (continue) Table 57. Summary of the T7633’s Concentration Highway Interface Parameters (continued) Name TTSE31—TTSE0 RTSE31—RTSE0 THS31—THS0 RHS31—RHS0 TOFF2—TOFF0 ROFF2—ROFF0 TBYOFF6—TBYOFF0 RBYOFF6—RBYOFF0 Agere Systems Inc. Description Transmit Time-Slot Enable 31—0 (FRM_PR49—FRM_PR52). These bits define which transmit CHI time slots are enabled. A 1 enables the TCHIDATA or TCHIDATAB time slot. A 0 forces the CHI transmit highway time slot to be 3-stated. Receive Time-Slot Enable 31—0 (FRM_PR53—FRM_PR56). These bits define which receive CHI time slots are enabled. A 1 enables the RCHIDATA or RCHDATAB time slots. A 0 disables the time slot and transmits the programmable idle code of register FRM_PR22 to the line interface. Transmit Highway Select 31—0 (FRM_PR57—FRM_PR60). These bits define which transmit CHI highway, TCHIDATA or TCHIDATAB, contains valid data for the active time slot. A 0 enables TCHIDATA; a 1 enables the TCHIDATAB. Receive Highway Select 31—0 (FRM_PR61—FRM_PR64). These bits define which receive CHI highway, RCHIDATA or RCHIDATAB, contains valid data for the active time slot. A 0 enables RCHIDATA; a 1 enables the RCHIDATAB. Transmitter Bit Offset (FRM_PR46 bit 0—bit 2). These bits are used in conjunction with the transmitter byte offset to define the beginning of the transmit frame. They determine the offset relative to TCHIFS, for the first bit of transmit time slot 0. For CMS = 1, the offset is twice the number of TCHICK clock periods by which transmission of the first bit is delayed. For CMS = 0, the offset is the number of TCHICK cycles by which the first bit is delayed. Receiver Bit Offset (FRM_PR46 bit 4—bit 6). These bits are used in conjunction with the receiver byte offset to define the beginning of the receiver frame. They determine the offset relative to the RCHIFS, for the first bit of receive time slot 0. For CMS = 1, the offset is twice the number of RCHICK clock periods by which the first bit is delayed. For CMS = 0, the offset is the number of RCHICK cycles by which the first bit is delayed. Transmitter Byte Offset (FRM_PR47 bit 0—bit 5 and FRM_PR65 bit 0). These bits determine the offset from the TCHIFS to the beginning of the next frame on the transmit highway. Note that in the ASM mode, a frame consists of 64 contiguous bytes; whereas in other modes, a frame contains 32 contiguous bytes. Allowable offsets: 2.048 Mbits/s 0—31 bytes. 4.096 Mbits/s 0—63 bytes. 8.192 Mbits/s 0—127 bytes. Receiver Byte Offset (FRM_PR48 bit 0—bit 5 and FRM_PR66 bit 0). These bits determine the offset from RCHIFS to the beginning of the receive CHI frame. Note that in the ASM mode, a frame consists of 64 contiguous bytes; whereas in other modes, a frame contains 32 contiguous bytes. Allowable offsets: 2.048 Mbits/s 0—31 bytes. 4.096 Mbits/s 0—63 bytes. 8.192 Mbits/s 0—127 bytes. 127 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) (continued) CHI Parameters (continued) Table 57. Summary of the T7633’s Concentration Highway Interface Parameters (continued) Name TLBIT RLBIT ASM STS0—STS2 128 Description Transmit Least Significant Bit First (FRM_PR47 bit 7). When TLBIT = 0 (the default mode), the most significant bit (bit 0) of each time slot is transmitted first. When TLBIT = 1, the least significant bit (bit 7) of each time slot is transmitted first. Receive Least Significant Bit First (FRM_PR48 bit 7). When RLBIT = 0 (the default mode), the first bit of each time slot received on the received data input is received as the most significant bit (bit 0) of each time slot. When RLBIT = 1, the first bit of each time slot on the received data input is received as the least significant bit (bit 7) of each time slot. Associated Signaling Mode (FRM_PR44 bit 2). When enabled, the associate signaling mode configures the CHI to carry both payload data and its associated signaling information. Enabling this mode must be in conjunction with the programming of the CHI data rate to either 4.048 Mbits/s or 8.096 Mbits/s. Each time slot consists of 16 bits where 8 bits are data and the remaining 8 bits are signaling information. Stuffed Time Slots (FRM_PR43 bit 0—bit 2). Valid only in T1 framing formats, these 3 bits define the location of the eight stuffed CHI (unused) time slots. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) (continued) CHI Frame Timing CHI Timing with CHIDTS Disabled Figure 49 illustrates the CHI frame timing when CHIDTS is disabled (registers FRM_PR65 bit 1 (TCHIDTS) and FRM_PR66 bit 1 (RCHDTS) = 0) and the CHI is not in the associated signaling mode (FRM_PR44 bit 2 (ASM) = 0). The frames are 125 µs long and consist of 32 contiguous time slots. In DS1 frame modes, the CHI frame consists of 24 payload time slots and eight stuffed (unused) time slots. In CEPT frame modes, the CHI frame consists of 32 payload time slots. 125 µs CHIFS DS1 FORMAT 2.048 Mbits/s CHI: FRAME 1 HIGH IMPEDANCE 24 VALID TIME SLOTS TCHIDATA FRAME 2 8 STUFFED SLOTS* 24 VALID TIME SLOTS RCHIDATA FRAME 2 CEPT FORMAT 2.048 Mbits/s CHI: 32 VALID TIME SLOTS TCHIDATA or RCHIDATA FRAME 1 FRAME 2 4.096 Mbits/s CHI: TCHIDATA FRAME 1 RCHIDATA FRAME 1 HIGH IMPEDANCE FRAME 2 FRAME 2 8.192 Mbits/s CHI: TCHIDATA FRAME 1 RCHIDATA FRAME 1 HIGH IMPEDANCE FRAME 2 FRAME 2 5-5269(F).ar.2 * The position of the stuffed time is controlled by register FRM_PR43 bit 0—bit 2. Figure 49. Nominal Concentration Highway Interface Timing (for FRM_PR43 bit 0—bit 2 = 100 (Binary)) Agere Systems Inc. 129 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) (continued) CHI Frame Timing (continued) CHI Timing with CHIDTS Enabled Figure 50 illustrates the CHI frame timing when CHIDTS is enabled (registers FRM_PR65 bit 1 (TCHIDTS) and FRM_PR66 bit 1 (RCHIDTS) = 1) and ASM is disabled (register FRM_PR44 bit 2 (ASM) = 0). In the CHIDTS mode, valid CHI payload time slots are alternated with high-impedance intervals of one time-slot duration. This mode is valid only for 4.096 Mbits/s and 8.192 Mbits/s CHI rates. 125 µs CHIFS FRAME 1 4.096 Mbits/s CHI FRAME 2 TIME TIME SLOT SLOT TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 TS30 TS31 TS0 TS0 TS1 TS2 TS3 TS4 T30 TS31 TS0 TCHIDATA TS0 TS1 TS2 TS30 TS31 RCHIDATA TS0 TS1 TS2 TS30 TS31 TCHIDATA TS0 8 bits RCHIDATA 8.192 Mbits/s CHI HIGH IMPEDANCE TS0 TS0 5-6454(F)r.3 Figure 50. CHIDTS Mode Concentration Highway Interface Timing 130 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) (continued) CHI Frame Timing (continued) CHI Timing with Associated Signaling Mode Enabled Figure 51 illustrates the CHI frame timing when the associated signaling mode is enabled (register FRM_PR44 bit 2 (ASM) = 1) and the CHIDTS mode is disabled (registers FRM_PR65 bit 1 (TCHIDTS) = 0 and FRM_PR66 bit 1 (RCHDTS) = 0). The frames are 125 µs long and consist of 32 contiguous 16-bit time slots. In DS1 frame formats, each frame consists of 24 time slots and eight stuffed time slots. Each time slot consists of two octets. In CEPT modes, each frame consists of 32 time slots. Each time slot consists of two octets. 125 µs CHIFS 4.096 Mbits/s CHI: FRAME = 64 bytes: 32 DATA + 32 SIGNALING TCHIDATA or RCHIDATA FRAME 1 FRAME 2 DATA AND SIGNALING BYTES ARE INTERLEAVED DATA 0 SIGNALING 0 DATA 31 SIGNALING 31 DATA 0 FRAME 8.192 Mbits/s CHI: HIGH IMPEDANCE TCHIDATA FRAME 1 FRAME 2 FRAME 1 FRAME 2 RCHIDATA 5-5270(F).ar.3 Figure 51. Associated Signaling Mode Concentration Highway Interface Timing CHI Timing with Associated Signaling Mode and CHIDTS Enabled Figure 52 illustrates the CHI frame timing in the associated signaling mode (register FRM_PR44 bit 2 (ASM) = 1) and CHIDTS enabled (registers FRM_PR65 bit 1 (TCHIDTS) = 1 and FRM_PR66 bit 1 (RCHIDTS) = 1). 8.192 Mbits/s CHI WITH ASM (ASSOCIATED SIGNALING MODE) ENABLED TS0 TCHIDATA OR RCHIDATA * TS1 DATA SIGNALING TS31 * 16 bits 16 bits 1 TIME SLOT 1 TIME SLOT TS0 * DATA SIGNALING 5-6454(F).ar.2 * High-impedance state for TCHIDATA and not received (don’t care) for RCHIDATA. Figure 52. CHI Timing with ASM and CHIDTS Enabled Agere Systems Inc. 131 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) (continued) CHI Offset Programming To facilitate bit offset programming, two additional internal parameters are introduced: CEX is defined as the clock edge with which the first bit of time slot 0 is transmitted; CER is defined as the clock edge on which bit 0 of time slot 0 is latched. CEX and CER are counted relative to the edge on which the CHIFS signal is sampled. Values of CEX and CER depend upon the values of the parameters described above. The following three tables give decimal values of CEX and CER for various values of CMS, TFE, RFE, TCE, RCE, TOFF[2:0], and ROFF[2:0]. The byte (time slot) offsets are assumed to be zero in the following examples. Table 58. Programming Values for TOFF[2:0] and ROFF[2:0] when CMS = 0 RFE/ TFE RCE/ TCE 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 000 4 3 3 4 001 6 5 5 6 010 8 7 7 8 ROFF[2:0] or TOFF[2:0] 011 100 101 10 12 14 9 11 13 9 11 13 10 12 14 110 16 15 15 16 111 18 17 17 18 CER or CEX (decimal) Table 59. Programming Values for TOFF[2:0] when CMS = 1 TFE 0 0 1 1 TCE 0 1 0 1 000 4 3 3 4 001 8 7 7 8 010 12 11 11 12 011 16 15 15 16 TOFF[2:0] 100 20 19 19 20 101 24 23 23 24 110 28 27 27 28 111 32 31 31 32 CEX (decimal) 101 26 25 25 26 110 30 29 29 30 111 34 33 33 34 CER (decimal) Table 60. Programming Values for ROFF[2:0] when CMS = 1 RFE RCE 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 132 000 6 5 5 6 001 10 9 9 10 010 14 13 13 14 011 18 17 17 18 ROFF[2:0] 100 22 21 21 22 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) (continued) CHI Offset Programming (continued) Figure 53 shows an example of the relative timing of CHI 2.048 Mbits/s data with the following parameters: 1. CMS = 0, TFE, RFE = 0. 2. TCE = 1, TOFF[2:0] = 000, TBYOFF[6:0] = 0000000, TLBIT = 0, 3. RCE = 0, ROFF[2:0] = 000, RBYOFF[6:0] = 0000000, RLBIT = 0. CHIFS IS SAMPLED ON THIS EDGE: FE = 0 1 CHICK 3 5 2 4 7 6 8 TCHIFS, RCHIFS CEX = 3 TCHIDATA: TCE = 1 HIGH IMPEDANCE BIT 0, TS 0 BIT 1, TS 0 BIT 2, TS 0 BIT 1, TS 0 BIT 2, TS 0 CER = 4 BIT 0, TS 0 RCHIDATA: RCE = 0 5-2202(F).cr.1 Figure 53. TCHIDATA and RCHIDATA to CHICK Relationship with CMS = 0 (CEX = 3 and CER = 4, Respectively) Figure 54 shows an example of the relative timing of CHI 2.048 Mbits/s data with the following parameters: 1. CMS = 1, TFE,RFE = 0. 2. TCE = 1, TOFF[2:0] = 000, TBYOFF[6:0] = 0000000, TLBIT = 0, 3. RCE = 0, ROFF[2:0] = 000, RBYOFF[6:0] = 0000000, RLBIT = 0. CHIFS IS SAMPLED ON THIS EDGE: FE = 0 CHICK 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 8 TCHIFS, RCHIFS CEX = 3 TCHIDATA: TCE = 1 HIGH IMPEDANCE BIT 1, TS 0 BIT 0, TS 0 CER = 6 RCHIDATA: RCE = 0 BIT 0, TS 0 BIT 1, TS 0 5-2203(F).cr.1 Figure 54. CHI TCHIDATA and RCHIDATA to CHICK Relationship with CMS = 1 (CEX = 3 and CER = 6, Respectively) Agere Systems Inc. 133 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) (continued) CHI Offset Programming (continued) Figure 55 and Figure 56 illustrate the CHI timing. RCHICLK t14S t14S: RCHIFS SETUP = 30 ns min t14H t14H: RCHIFS HOLD = 45 ns min RCHIFS t15S t15H t15S: RCHIDATA SETUP = 25 ns min RCHIDATA t15S: RCHIDATA HOLD = 25 ns min 5-3916(F).cr.1 Note: For case illustrated, RFE = 0, and RCE = 0. Figure 55. Receive CHI (RCHIDATA) Timing TCHICLK t14S t14H t14S: TCHIFS SETUP = 35 ns min t14H: TCHIFS HOLD = 45 ns min TCHIFS t19 t19: TCHICK TO TCHIDATA DELAY = 25 ns max TCHIDATA 5-3917(F).c Note: For case illustrated, TFE = 0 and TCE = 0. Figure 56. Transmit CHI (TCHIDATA) Timing 134 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator JTAG Boundary-Scan Specification Principle of the Boundary Scan The boundary scan (BS) is a test aid for chip, module, and system testing. The key aspects of BS are as follows: 1. Testing the connections between ICs on a particular board. 2. Observation of signals to the IC pins during normal operating functions. 3. Controlling the built-in self-test (BIST) of an IC. T7633 does not support BS-BIST. Designed according to the IEEE ® Std. 1149.1-1990 standard, the BS test logic consists of a defined interface: the test access port (TAP). The TAP is made up of four signal pins assigned solely for test purposes. The fifth test pin ensures that the test logic is initialized asynchronously. The BS test logic also comprises a 16-state TAP controller, an instruction register with a decoder, and several test data registers (BS register, BYPASS register, and IDCODE register). The main component is the BS register that links all the chip pins to a shift register by means of special logic cells. The test logic is designed in such a way that it is operated independently of the application logic of the T7633 (the mode multiplexer of the BS output cells may be shared). Figure 57 illustrates the block diagram of the T7633’s BS test logic. BOUNDARY-SCAN REGISTER CHIP KERNEL IN OUT (UNAFFECTED BY BOUNDARY-SCAN TEST) IDCODE REGISTER BYPASS REGISTER MUX TDO TDI INSTRUCTION REGISTER TRST TMS TCK TAP CONTROLLER INSTRUCTION DECODER 5-3923(F)r.4 Figure 57. Block Diagram of the T7633’s Boundary-Scan Test Logic Agere Systems Inc. 135 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator JTAG Boundary-Scan Specification (continued) Test Access Port Controller The test access port controller is a synchronous sequence controller with 16 states. The state changes are preset by the TMS, TCK, and TRST signals and by the previous state. The state change always take place when the TCK edge rises. Figure 58 shows the TAP controller state diagram. TRST = 0 TEST LOGIC RESET 1 0 1 1 RUN TEST/ IDLE SELECT DR SELECT IR 0 0 0 CAPTURE DR 1 CAPTURE IR 1 0 0 SHIFT IR SHIFT DR 0 0 1 1 EXIT1 DR EXIT1 IR 1 0 0 PAUSE IR PAUSE DR 1 EXIT2 DR 0 0 1 1 UPDATE IR UPDATE DR 0 0 EXIT2 IR 0 1 1 1 1 0 5-3924(F)r.5 Figure 58. BS TAP Controller State Diagram The value shown next to each state transition in Figure 58 represents the signal present at TMS at the time of a rising edge at TCK. The description of the TAP controller states is given in IEEE Std. 1149.1-1990 Section 5.1.2 and is reproduced in Table 61 and Table 62. 136 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator JTAG Boundary-Scan Specification (continued) Test Access Port Controller (continued) Table 61. TAP Controller States in the Data Register Branch Name Description TEST LOGIC RESET The BS logic is switched in such a way that normal operation of the ASIC is adjusted. The IDCODE instruction is initialized by TEST LOGIC RESET. Irrespective of the initial state, the TAP controller has achieved TEST LOGIC RESET after five control pulses at the latest when TMS = 1. The TAP controller then remains in this state. This state is also achieved when TRST = 0. RUN TEST/IDLE Using the appropriate instructions, this state can activate circuit parts or initiate a test. All of the registers remain in their present state if other instructions are used. SELECT DR This state is used for branching to the test data register control. CAPTURE DR The test data is loaded in the test data register parallel to the rising edge of TCK in this state. SHIFT DR The test data is clocked by the test data register serially to the rising edge of TCK in the state. The TDO output driver is active. EXIT (1/2) DR PAUSE DR UPDATE DR This temporary state causes a branch to a subsequent state. The input and output of test data can be interrupted in this state. The test data is clocked into the second stage of the test data register parallel to the falling edge of TCK in this state. Table 62. TAP Controller States in the Instruction Register Branch Name SELECT IR CAPTURE IR SHIFT IR EXIT (1/2) IR PAUSE IR UPDATE IR Agere Systems Inc. Description This state is used for branching to the instruction register control. The instruction code 0001 is loaded in the first stage of the instruction register parallel to the rising edge of TCK in this state. The instructions are clocked into the instruction register serially to the rising edge of TCK in the state. The TDO output driver is active. This temporary state causes a branch to a subsequent state. The input and output of instructions can be interrupted in this state. The instruction is clocked into the second stage of the instruction register parallel to the falling edge of TCK in this state. 137 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator JTAG Boundary-Scan Specification (continued) Instruction Register The instruction register (IR) is 4 bits in length. Table 63 shows the BS instructions implemented by the T7633. Table 63. T7633’s Boundary-Scan Instructions Instruction Code Act. Register TDI→TDO Mode Function Output Defined Via EXTEST 0000 Boundary Scan TEST Test external connections BS Register IDCODE 0001 Identification NORMAL Read Manuf. Register Core Logic HIGHZ 0100 BYPASS X 3-state Output — High Impedance SAMPLE/PRELOAD 0101 Boundary Scan NORMAL Sample/load Core Logic BYPASS 1111 BYPASS NORMAL Min. shift path Core Logic EVERYTHING ELSE — BYPASS X — Output — High Impedance The instructions not supported in T7633 are INTEST, RUNBIST, TOGGLE. A fixed binary 0001 pattern (the 1 into the least significant bit) is loaded into the IR in the capture-IR controller state. The IDCODE instruction (binary 0001) is loaded into the IR during the test-logic-reset controller state and at powerup. The following is an explanation of the instructions supported by T7633 and their effect on the devices’ pins. EXTEST: This instruction enables the path cells, the pins of the ICs, and the connections between ASICs to be tested via the circuit board. The test data can be loaded in the chosen position of the BS register by means of the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. The EXTEST instruction selects the BS register as the test data register. The data at the function inputs is clocked into the BS register on the rising edge of TCK in the CAPTURE-DR state. The contents of the BS register can be clocked out via TDO in the SHIFT-DR state. The value of the function outputs is solely determined by the contents of the data clocked into the BS register and only changes in the UPDATE-DR state on the falling edge of TCK. IDCODE: Information regarding the manufacturer’s ID for Agere, the IC number, and the version number can be read out serially by means of the IDCODE instruction. The IDCODE register is selected, and the BS register is set to normal mode in the UPDATE-IR state. The IDCODE is loaded at the rising edge of TCK in the CAPTURE-DR state. The IDCODE register is read out via TDO in the SHIFT-DR state. HIGHZ: All 3-statable outputs are forced to a high-impedance state, and all bidirectional ports to an input state by means of the HIGHZ instruction. The impedance of the outputs is set to high in the UPDATE-IR state. The function outputs are only determined in accordance with another instruction if a different instruction becomes active in the UPDATEIR state. The BYPASS register is selected as the test data register. The HIGHZ instruction is implemented in a similar manner to that used for the BYPASS instruction. SAMPLE/PRELOAD: The SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction enables all the inputs and outputs pins to be sampled during operation (SAMPLE) and the result to be output via the shift chain. This instruction does not impair the internal logic functions. Defined values can be serially loaded in the BS cells via TDI while the data is being output (PRELOAD). 138 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator JTAG Boundary-Scan Specification (continued) Instruction Register (continued) BYPASS: This instruction selects the BYPASS register. A minimal shift path exists between TDI and TDO. The BYPASS register is selected after the UPDATE-IR. The BS register is in normal mode. A 0 is clocked into the BYPASS register during CAPTURE-DR state. Data can be shifted by the BYPASS register during SHIFT-DR. The contents of the BS register do not change in the UPDATE-DR state. Please note that a 0 that was loaded during CAPTURE-DR appears first when the data is being read out. Boundary-Scan Register The boundary-scan register is a shift register, whereby one or more BS cells are assigned to every digital T7633 pin (with the exception of the pins for the BS architecture, analog signals, and supply voltages). The T7633’s boundary-scan register bit-to-pin assignment is to be determined. BYPASS Register The BYPASS register is a one-stage, shift register that enables the shift chain to be reduced to one stage in the T7633. IDCODE Register The IDCODE register identifies the T7633 by means of a parallel, loadable, 32-bit shift register. The code is loaded on the rising edge of TCK in the CAPTURE-DR state. The 32-bit data is organized into four sections as follows. Table 64. IDCODE Register Version Part Number Manufacturer ID 1 Bits 31—28 Bits 27—12 Bits 11—1 Bit 0 0001 0111 011000110011 0000 0011101 1 3-State Procedures The 3-state input participates in the boundary scan. It has a BS cell, but buffer blocking via this input is suppressed for the EXTEST instruction. The 3-state input is regarded as a signal input that is to participate in the connection test during EXTEST. The buffer blocking function should not be active during EXTEST to ensure that the update pattern at the T7633 outputs does not become corrupted. Agere Systems Inc. 139 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Microprocessor Interface Overview The T7633 device is equipped with a microprocessor interface that can operate with most commercially available microprocessors. The microprocessor interface provides access to all the internal registers through a 12-bit address bus and an 8-bit data bus. Inputs MPMODE and MPMUX (pins 74 and 76) are used to configure this interface into one of four possible modes, as shown in Table 65. The MPMUX setting selects either a multiplexed (8-bit address/data bus, AD[7:0]) or a demultiplexed (12-bit address bus, A[11:0] and an 8-bit data bus AD[7:0]) mode of operation. The MPMODE setting selects the associated set of control signals required to access a set of registers within the device. The microprocessor interface can operate at speeds up to 33 MHz in interrupt-driven or polled mode without requiring any wait-states. For microprocessors operating at greater than 33 MHz, the RDY_DTACK output (pin 100) may be used to introduce wait-states in the read/write cycles. In the interrupt-driven mode, one or more device alarms will assert the INTERRUPT output (pin 99) once per alarm activation. After the microprocessor identifies the source(s) of the alarm(s) (by reading the global interrupt register) and reads the specific alarm status registers, the INTERRUPT output will deassert. In the polled mode, however, the microprocessor monitors the various device alarm status by periodically reading the alarm status registers within the line interface unit, framer, and HDLC blocks without the use of INTERRUPT. In both interrupt and polled methods of alarm servicing, the status registers within an identified block will clear on a microprocessor read cycle only when the alarm condition within that block no longer exists; otherwise, the alarm status register bit remains set. The powerup default states for the line interface unit, framer, and the HDLC blocks are discussed in their respective sections. All read/write registers within these blocks must be written by the microprocessor on system start-up to guarantee proper device functionality. Register addresses not defined in this data sheet must not be written. Details concerning the microprocessor interface configuration modes, pinout definitions, clock specifications, register address map, I/O timing specifications, and the I/O timing diagrams are described in the following sections. Microprocessor Configuration Modes Table 65 highlights the four microprocessor modes controlled by the MPMUX and MPMODE inputs (pins 76 and 74). Table 65. Microprocessor Configuration Modes Mode MPMODE MPMUX Address/Data Bus Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 DEMUXed* MUXed DEMUXed* MUXed Generic Control, Data, and Output Pin Names CS, AS, DS, R/W, A[11:0], AD[7:0], INT, DTACK† CS, AS, DS, R/W, A[11:8], AD[7:0], INT, DTACK† CS, ALE, RD, WR, A[11:0], AD[7:0], INT, RDY CS, ALE, RD, WR, A[11:8], AD[7:0], INT, RDY * ALE_AS may be connected to ground in this mode. † The DTACK signal is asynchronous to the MPCLK signal. 140 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Microprocessor Interface (continued) Microprocessor Interface Pinout Definitions The Mode [1—4] specific pin definitions are given in Table 66. Note that the microprocessor interface uses the same set of pins in all modes. Table 66. Mode [1—4] Microprocessor Pin Definitions Configuration Pin Number Device Pin Name Generic Pin Name Pin_Type Assertion Sense Function Mode 1 107 WR_DS DS Input Active-Low Data Strobe 75 RD_R/W R/W Input — Read/Write R/W = 1 => Read R/W = 0 => Write 77 ALE_AS AS Input Active-Low Address Strobe 78 CS CS Input Active-Low Chip Select Interrupt Data Acknowledge 99 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 INTERRUPT INTERRUPT Output Active-High/ Low4 1 100 RDY_DTACK DTACK2 Output Active-Low 86—79 AD[7:0] AD[7:0] I/O — Data Bus 98—87 A[11:0] A[11:0] Input — Address Bus 101 MPCLK MPCLK Input — Microprocessor Clock 107 WR_DS DS Input Active-Low Data Strobe 75 RD_R/W R/W Input — Read/Write R/W = 1 => Read R/W = 0 => Write 77 ALE_AS AS Input — Address Strobe 78 CS CS Input Active-Low Chip Select 99 INTERRUPT INTERRUPT1 Output Active-High/Low Interrupt 100 RDY_DTACK DTACK2 Output Active-Low Data Acknowledge Address/Data Bus 86—79 AD[7:0] AD[7:0] I/O — 98—87 A[11:8], AD[7:0] A[11:8], AD[7:0] Input — Address/Data Bus 101 MPCLK MPCLK Input — Microprocessor Clock 107 WR_DS WR Input Active-Low Write 75 RD_R/W RD Input Active-Low Read 77 ALE_AS ALE Input Active-Low Address Latch Enable 78 CS CS Input Active-Low Chip Select 99 INTERRUPT INTERRUPT1 Output Active-High/Low Interrupt 100 RDY_DTACK RDY3 Output Active-High Ready 86—79 AD[7:0] AD[7:0] I/O — Data Bus 98—87 A[11:0] A[11:0] Input — Address Bus 101 MPCLK MPCLK Input — Microprocessor Clock 107 WR_DS WR Input Active-Low Write 75 RD_R/W RD Input Active-Low Read 77 ALE_AS ALE Input — Address Latch Enable 78 CS CS Input Active-Low Chip Select 99 INTERRUPT INTERRUPT1 Output Active-High/Low Interrupt 100 RDY_DTACK RDY3 Output Active-High Ready 86—79 AD[7:0] AD[7:0] I/O — Address/Data Bus 98—87 A[11:8], AD[7:0] A[11:8], AD[7:0] Input — Address/Data Bus 101 MPCLK MPCLK Input — Microprocessor Clock 1. INTERRUPT output is synchronous to the internal clock source RLCK-LIU. If RLCK_LIU is absent, the reference clock for interrupt timing becomes an interval 2.048 MHz clock derived from the CHI clock. 2. The DTACK output is asynchronous to MPCLK. 3. MPCLK is needed if RDY output is required to be synchronous to MPCLK. 4. In the default (reset) mode, INTERRUPT is active-high. It can be made active-low by setting register GREG4 bit 6 to 1. Agere Systems Inc. 141 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Microprocessor Interface (continued) Microprocessor Clock (MPCLK) Specifications The microprocessor interface is designed to operate at clock speeds up to 33 MHz without requiring any waitstates. Wait-states may be needed if higher microprocessor clock speeds are required. The microprocessor clock (MPCLK, pin 101) specification is shown in Table 67. This clock must be supplied only if the RDY (MODE 3 and MODE 4) is required to be synchronous to MPCLK. Table 67. Microprocessor Input Clock Specifications Name MPCLK Symbol t1 Period and Tolerance Trise Typ 30 to 323 2 Tfall Typ 2 Duty Cycle Min High Min Low 12 12 Unit ns Microprocessor Interface Register Address Map The register address space is divided into eight (8) contiguous banks of 512 addressable units each. Each addressable unit is an 8-bit register. These register banks are labeled as REGBANK[7:0]. The register address map table gives the address range of these register banks and their associated circuit blocks. REGBANK0 contains the global registers which are common to all the circuit blocks on T7633. REGBANK1 is reserved and must not be written. REGBANK[2, 5] are attached to the LIU circuit blocks. REGBANK[3, 6] are attached to the framer circuit blocks. REGBANK[4, 7] are attached to the FDL circuit blocks. The descriptions of the individual register banks can be found in the appropriate sections of this document. In these descriptions, all addresses are given in hexadecimal. Addresses out of the range specified by Table 68 must not be addressed. If they are written, they must be written to 0. An inadvertent write to an out-of-range address may be corrected by a device reset. Table 68. T7633 Register Address Map Register Bank Label REGBANK0 REGBANK1 REGBANK2 REGBANK3 REGBANK4 REGBANK5 REGBANK6 REGBANK7 Start Address End Address (in Hex) (in Hex) 000 — 400 600, 6E0 800 A00 C00, CE0 E00 007 — 406 6A6, 6FF 80E A06 CA6, CFF E0E Circuit Block Name T7633 Global Registers1 Reserved Line Interface Unit 1 (LIU1) Framer1 Facility Data Link 1 (FDL1) Line Interface Unit 2 (LIU2) Framer2 Facility Data Link 2 (FDL2) 1.Core registers are common to all circuit blocks on T7633. I/O Timing The I/O timing specifications for the microprocessor interface are given in Table 69. The microprocessor interface pins are compatible with CMOS/TTL I/O levels. All outputs, except the address/data bus AD[7:0], are rated for a capacitive load of 50 pF. The AD[7:0] outputs are rated for a 100 pF load. 142 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) In modes 1 and 3, asserting ALE_AS signal low is used to enable the internal address bus. In modes 2 and 4, the falling edge of ALE_AS signal is used to latch the address bus. Table 69. Microprocessor Interface I/O Timing Specifications Symbol Configuration t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 Modes 1 & 2 t6 t7 t8 t9 t10 t11 t12 t13 t14 t15 t16 t17 t18 t19 t20 t21 t22 t23 t24 t25 Agere Systems Inc. Parameter AS Asserted Width Address Valid to AS Deasserted AS Deasserted to Address Invalid — R/W Valid to Both CS and DS Asserted Address Valid and AS Asserted to DS Asserted (Read) CS Asserted to DTACK Low Impedance DS Asserted to DTACK Asserted DS Asserted to AD Low Impedance (Read) DTACK Asserted to Data Valid DS Deasserted to CS Deasserted (Read) DS Deasserted to R/W Invalid DS Deasserted to DTACK Deasserted CS Deasserted to DTACK High Impedance DS Deasserted to Data Invalid (Read) Address Valid and AS asserted to DS Asserted (Write) Data Valid to DS Asserted DS Deasserted to CS Deasserted (Write) DS Deasserted to Data Valid DS Asserted Width (Write) Address Valid to AS Falling Edge AS Falling Edge to Address Invalid AS Falling Edge to DS Asserted (Read) AS Falling Edge to DS Asserted (Write) CS Asserted to DS Asserted (Write) Setup (ns) (Min) Hold (ns) (Min) Delay (ns) (Max) — 10 — — 4 10 — 10 — — — — — — — 0 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 5 5 — 5 12 15 15 25 — — 12 10 — 10 — — 10 — — — 10 — 0 10 10 — 5 10 10 — 10 — — — — — — — — — — — — 143 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) Table 69. Microprocessor Interface I/O Timing Specifications (continued) Symbol Configuration t31 t32 t33 t34 t35 t36 t37 t38 t39 t40 t41 t42 t43 t44 t45 t46 t47 t48 t49 t50 t51 t52 t53 t54 t55 Modes 3 & 4 Parameter ALE Asserted Width Address Valid to ALE Deasserted ALE Deasserted to Address Invalid CS Asserted to RD Asserted Address Valid and ALE Asserted to RD Asserted CS Asserted to RDY Low Impedance Rising Edge MPCK to RDY Asserted RD Asserted to AD Low Impedance RD Asserted to Data Valid RD Deasserted to CS Deasserted RD Deasserted to RDY Deasserted CS Deasserted to RDY High Impedance RD Deasserted to Data Invalid (High Impedance) CS Asserted to WR Asserted Address Valid and ALE Asserted to WR Asserted Data Valid to WR Asserted WR Deasserted to CS Deasserted WR Deasserted to RDY Deasserted WR Deasserted to Data Invalid RD Asserted Width WR Asserted Width Address Valid to ALE Falling Edge ALE Falling Edge to Address Invalid ALE Falling Edge to RD Asserted ALE Falling Edge to WR Asserted Setup (ns) (Min) Hold (ns) (Min) Delay (ns) (Max) — 10 — 0 0 — — — — — — — — 0 10 10 — — — — — 10 — 0 10 10 — 10 — — — — — — 5 — — 5 — — — 5 — 10 40 10 — 10 — — — — — — — 12 15 15 40 — 15 10 — — — — — 15 — — — — — — — The read and write timing diagrams for all four microprocessor interface modes are shown in Figures 59—66. 144 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) t11 CS t1 AS t2 A[0:11] t3 VALID ADDRESS t12 R/W t5 DS t6 t13 t8 t7 t14 DTACK t9 t10 t15 AD[0:7] VALID DATA 5-6422(F)r.1 Figure 59. Mode 1—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 0) t18 CS t1 AS t2 A[0:11] t3 VALID ADDRESS t12 t5 R/W t16 t20 DS t25 t7 t13 t8 t14 DTACK t17 AD[0:7] t19 VALID DATA 5-6423(F) Figure 60. Mode 1—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 0) Agere Systems Inc. 145 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) t11 CS t1 AS t21 A[8:11] t22 VALID ADDRESS t12 t5 R/W DS t23 t13 t8 t7 t14 DTACK t21 AD[0:7] t22 t10 t9 t15 VALID ADDRESS VALID DATA 5-6424(F) Figure 61. Mode 2—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 1) t18 CS t1 AS t21 A[8:11] t22 VALID ADDRESS t12 t5 R/W t25 t20 DS t24 t13 t8 t7 t14 DTACK t21 AD[0:7] t22 VALID ADDRESS t17 t19 VALID DATA 5-6425(F) Figure 62. Mode 2—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 0, MPMUX = 1) 146 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) t40 CS t31 ALE t32 A[0:11] t33 VALID ADDRESS t34 t50 RD t35 t37 t42 t41 t36 RDY t39 t43 t38 VALID DATA AD[0:7] MPCK 5-6426(F)r.1 Figure 63. Mode 3—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 0) t47 CS t31 ALE t32 A[0:11] t33 VALID ADDRESS t44 t51 WR t45 t36 t48 t37 t42 RDY t49 t46 AD[0:7] VALID DATA MPCK 5-6427(F) Figure 64. Mode 3—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 0) Agere Systems Inc. 147 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Microprocessor Interface (continued) I/O Timing (continued) t40 CS t31 ALE t52 A[8:11] t53 VALID ADDRESS t34 t50 RD t54 t41 t37 t36 t42 RDY t52 AD t39 t53 t43 t38 VALID DATA VALID ADDRESS MPCK 5-6428(F)r.1 Figure 65. Mode 4—Read Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 1) t47 CS t31 ALE t52 A[8:11] t53 VALID ADDRESS t44 t51 WR t55 t48 t37 t36 t42 RDY t52 AD t53 VALID ADDRESS t46 t49 VALID DATA MPCK 5-6429(F)r.1 Figure 66. Mode 4—Write Cycle Timing (MPMODE = 1, MPMUX = 1) 148 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Reset Both hardware and software resets are provided. Hardware Reset (Pin 43/139) Hardware reset is enabled by asserting RESET to 0. Each channel has independent resets, RESET1 (pin 139) for channel 1 and RESET2 (pin 43) for channel 2. The device is in an inactive condition when RESET is 0, and becomes active when RESET is returned to 1. Upon completion of a reset cycle, the LIU register default values are controlled by the setting of DS1/CEPT (pin 40/142), as given in Table 6, Transmit Line Interface Short-Haul Equalizer/Rate Control on page 34. If DS1/CEPT is 1, the defaults are set for DS1 with line equalization for a 1 ft. to 131 ft. span. If DS1/CEPT is 0, the defaults are set for CEPT with a line equalization for 120 Ω twisted pair or 75 Ω coax option 1. Hardware reset of a single channel returns all LIU, framer, and FDL registers of that channel to their default values, as listed in the individual register descriptions and register maps, Table 200—Table 206. Reset of a single channel does not reset the global registers. Hardware reset of both channels simultaneously, both pin 43 and pin 139 set to 0, results in a complete device reset including a reset of the global registers. Software Reset/Software Restart Independent software reset for each functional block of the device is available. The LIU may be placed in restart through register LIU_REG2 bit 5 (RESTART). The framer may be reset through register FRM_PR26 bit 0 (SWRESET), or placed in restart through FRM_PR26 bit 1 (SWRESTART). The FDL receiver may be reset through register FDL_PR26 bit 1 (FRR), and the FDL transmitter may be reset through FDL_PR1 bit 5 (FTR). The reset functions, framer SWRESET (framer software reset), FDL FRR (FDL receiver reset), and FTR (FDL transmitter reset), reset the block and return all parameter/control registers for the block to their default values. The restart functions, LIU RESTART and framer SWRESTART (framer software restart), reset the block but do not alter the value of the parameter/control registers. Interrupt Generation An interrupt may be generated by any of the conditions reported in the status registers. For a bit (condition) in a status register to create an interrupt, the corresponding interrupt enable bit must be set and the interrupt block enable in the global register for the source block must be set, see Table 70 below. Once the source interrupt register is read, the interrupt for that condition is deasserted. Table 70. Status Register and Corresponding Interrupt Enable Register for Functional Blocks Functional Block Primary Block Line Interface Framer Facility Data Link Status Register GREG0 LIU_REG0 FRM_SR0—FRM_SR7 FDL_SR0 Interrupt Enable Register GREG1 LIU_REG1 FRM_PR0—FRM_PR7 FDL_PR2 Default for interrupt assertion is a logical 1 (high) value. But the assertion value and deasserted state is programmable through register GREG4 bit 4 and bit 6 and may take on the following state, see Table 71 below. Table 71. Asserted Value and Deasserted State for GREG4 Bit 4 and Bit 6 Logic Combinations Greg4 Bit 4 0 1 0 1 Agere Systems Inc. Bit 6 0 0 1 1 INTERRUPT (Pin 99) Asserted Value Deasserted Value High Low High 3-state Low High Low 3-state Functionality — Wired OR — Wired AND 149 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Register Architecture Table 72 is an overview of the register architecture. The table is a summary of the register function and address. Complete detail of each register is given in the following sections. Table 72. Register Summary Register Function Global Registers Primary Block Interrupt Status Primary Block Interrupt Enable Global Loopback Control Global Loopback Control Global Control Device ID and Version Device ID and Version Device ID and Version LIU Registers LIU_REG0 LIU Alarm Status LIU_REG1 LIU Alarm Interrupt Enable LIU_REG2 LIU Control LIU_REG3 LIU Control LIU_REG4 LIU Control LIU_REG5 LIU Configuration LIU_REG6 LIU Configuration Framer Registers Status Registers FRM_SR0 Interrupt Status FRM_SR1 Facility Alarm Condition FRM_SR2 Remote End Alarm FRM_SR3 Facility Errored Event FRM_SR4 Facility Event FRM_SR5 Exchange Termination and Exchange Termination Remote End Interface Status FRM_SR6 Network Termination and Network Termination Remote End Interface Status FRM_SR7 Facility Event FRM_SR8, Bipolar Violation Counter FRM_SR9 FRM_SR10, Framing Bit Error Counter FRM_SR11 FRM_SR12, CRC Error Counter FRM_SR13 FRM_SR14, E-bit Counter FRM_SR15 Register Address (hex) Channel 1 Channel 2 GREG0 GREG1 GREG2 GREG3 GREG4 GREG5 GREG6 GREG7 150 000 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 A00 A01 A02 A03 A04 A05 A06 600 601 602 603 604 605 C00 C01 C02 C03 C04 C05 606 C06 607 608, 609 C07 C08, C09 60A, 60B C0A, C0B 60C, 60D C0C, C0D 60E, 60F C0E, C0F Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Architecture (continued) Table 72. Register Summary (continued) Register FRM_SR16, FRM_SR17 FRM_SR18, FRM_SR19 FRM_SR20, FRM_SR21 FRM_SR22, FRM_SR23 FRM_SR24, FRM_SR25 FRM_SR26, FRM_SR27 FRM_SR28, FRM_SR29 FRM_SR30, FRM_SR31 FRM_SR32, FRM_SR33 FRM_SR34, FRM_SR35 FRM_SR36, FRM_SR37 FRM_SR38, FRM_SR39 FRM_SR40, FRM_SR41 FRM_SR42, FRM_SR43 FRM_SR44, FRM_SR45 FRM_SR46, FRM_SR47 FRM_SR48, FRM_SR49 FRM_SR50, FRM_SR51 FRM_SR52 FRM_SR53 FRM_SR54— FRM_SR63 Function CRC-4 Error at NT1 from NT2 Counter Register Address (hex) Channel 1 Channel 2 610, 611 C10, C11 E-bit at NT1 from NT2 Counter 612, 613 C12, C13 ET Errored Seconds Counter 614, 615 C14, C15 ET Bursty Errored Seconds Counter 616, 617 C16, C17 ET Severely Errored Seconds Counter 618, 619 C18, C19 ET Unavailable Seconds Counter 61A, 61B C1A, C1B ET-RE Errored Seconds Counter 61C, 61D C1C, C1D ET-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter 61E, 61F C1E, C1F ET-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter 620, 621 C20, C21 ET-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter 622, 623 C22, C23 NT1 Errored Seconds Counter 624, 625 C24, C25 NT1 Bursty Errored Seconds Counter 626, 627 C26, C27 NT1 Severely Errored Seconds Counter 628, 629 C28, C29 NT1 Unavailable Seconds Counter 62A, 62B C2A, C2B NT1-RE Errored Seconds Counter 62C, 62D C2C, C2D NT1-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter 62E, 62F C2E, C2F NT1-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter 630, 631 C30, C31 NT1-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter 632, 633 C32, C33 Receive NOT-FAS TS0 Received Sa SLC-96 FDL/CEPT Sa Receive Stack 634 635 636—63F C34 C35 C36—C3F Agere Systems Inc. 151 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Register Architecture (continued) Table 72. Register Summary (continued) Register Function Register Address (hex) Channel 1 Channel 2 Received Signaling Registers FRM_RSR0— Received Signaling FRM_RSR31 640—65F C40—C5F Interrupt Group Enable 660—667 C60—C67 Framer Mode Option Framer CRC Control Option Alarm Filter Errored Second Threshold Severely Errored Second Threshold 668 669 66A 66B 66C. 66D C68 C69 C6A C6B C6C, C6D Errored Event Enable ET Remote End Errored Event Enable NT1 Errored Event Enable NT1 Remote End Errored Event Enable 66E 66F 670 671, 672 C6E C6F C70 C71, C72 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 67A 67B C73 C74 C75 C76 C77 C78 C79 C7A C7B 67C 67D 67E 67F—688 C7C C7D C7E C7F—C88 689 68A 68B 68C 68D 68E 68F 690 C89 C8A C8B C8C C8D C8E C8F C90 Parameter/Control Registers FRM_PR0— FRM_PR7 FRM_PR8 FRM_PR9 FRM_PR10 FRM_PR11 FRM_PR12, FRM_PR13 FRM_PR14 FRM_PR15 FRM_PR16 FRM_PR17, FRM_PR18 FRM_PR19 FRM_PR20 FRM_PR21 FRM_PR22 FRM_PR23 FRM_PR24 FRM_PR25 FRM_PR26 FRM_PR27 Automatic AIS to the System and Automatic Loopback Enable Transmit to the Line Command Framer FDL Loopback Transmission Codes Command Framer Transmit Line Idle Code Framer Transmit System Idle Code Primary Loopback Control Secondary Loopback Control System Frame Sync Mask Source Transmission of Remote Frame Alarm and CEPT Automatic Transmission of A bit = 1 Control FRM_PR28 CEPT Automatic Transmission of E bit = 0 FRM_PR29 Sa4—Sa8 Source FRM_PR30 Sa4—Sa8 Control FRM_PR31— Sa Transmit Stack/SLC-96 Transmit Stack FRM_PR40 FRM_PR41 Si-bit Source FRM_PR42 Frame Exercise FRM_PR43 System Interface Control FRM_PR44 Signaling Mode FRM_PR45 CHI Common Control FRM_PR46 CHI Common Control FRM_PR47 CHI Transmit Control FRM_PR48 CHI Receive Control 152 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Architecture (continued) Table 72. Register Summary (continued) Register FRM_PR49— FRM_PR52 FRM_PR53— FRM_PR56 FRM_PR57— FRM_PR60 FRM_PR61— FRM_PR64 FRM_PR65 FRM_PR66 FRM_PR69 FRM_PR70 Function Transmit CHI Time-Slot Enable Register Address (hex) Channel 1 Channel 2 691—694 C91—C94 Receive CHI Time-Slot Enable 695—698 C95—C98 CHI Transmit Highway Select 699—69C C99—C9C CHI Receive Highway Select 69D—6A0 C9D—CA0 6A1 6A2 6A5 6A6 CA1 CA2 CA5 CA6 6E0—6F7 CE0—CF7 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 — 808 809 80A E00 E01 E02 E03 E04 E05 E06 — E08 E09 E0A 80B 80C 80D 80E 807 E0B E0C E0D E0E E07 CHI Transmit Control CHI Receive Control Auxiliary Pattern Generator Control Auxiliary Pattern Detector Control Transmit Signaling Registers FRM_TSR0— Transmit Signaling FRM_TSR31 Facility Data Link Registers FDL Parameter/Control Registers FDL_PR0 FDL Configuration Control FDL_PR1 FDL Control FDL_PR2 FDL Interrupt Mask Control FDL_PR3 FDL Transmitter Configuration Control FDL_PR4 FDL Transmitter FIFO FDL_PR5 FDL Transmitter Mask FDL_PR6 FDL Receive Interrupt Level Control FDL_PR7 Not Assigned FDL_PR8 FDL Receive Match Character FDL_PR9 FDL Transparent Control FDL_PR10 FDL Transmit ANSI ESF Bit Codes FDL Status Registers FDL_SR0 FDL Interrupt Status FDL_SR1 FDL Transmitter Status FDL_SR2 FDL Receiver Status FDL_SR3 FDL ANSI Bit Codes Status FDL_SR4 FDL Receive FIFO Agere Systems Inc. 153 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Global Register Architecture REGBANK0 contains the status and programmable control registers for all global functions. The address of these registers is 000 (hex) to 008 (hex). These registers control both channels of the terminator. The register bank architecture is shown in Table 73. The register bank consists of 8-bit registers classified as primary block interrupt status register, primary block interrupt enable register, global loopback control register, global terminal control register, device identification register, and global internal interface control register. GREG0 is a clear on read (COR) register. This register is cleared by the framer internal received line clock (LIU_RLCK of Figure 18, Block Diagram of Framer Line Interface on page 50). At least two RFRMCK cycles (1.3 µs for DS1 and 1.0 µs for CEPT) must be allowed between successive reads of the same COR register to allow it to properly clear. The default values are shown in parentheses. Table 73. Global Register Set (0x000—0x008) Global Register [Address (hex)] GREG0[000] Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reserved (0) FDL2INT (0) FRMR2INT (0) LIU2INT (0) Reserved (0) FDL1INT (0) FRMR1INT (0) LIU1INT (0) GREG1[001] Reserved (0) FDL2IE (0) FRMR2IE (0) LIU2IE (0) Reserved (0) FDL1IE (0) FRMR1IE (0) LIU1IE (0) GREG2[002] TID2-RSD1 (0) TSD2-RSD1 (0) TID1-RSD1 (0) TSD1-RSD1 (0) TSD2-RID1 (0) TID2-RID1 (0) TSD1-RID1 (0) TID1-RID1 (0) GREG3[003] TID1-RSD2 (0) TSD1-RSD2 (0) TID2-RSD2 (0) TSD2-RSD2 (0) TSD1-RID2 (0) TID1-RID2 (0) TSD2-RID2 (0) TID2-RID2 (0) GREG4[004] Reserved (0) ALIE (0) SECCTRL (0) ITC (0) T1-R2 (0) T2-R1 (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) GREG5[005] GREG6[006] GREG7[007] 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 The following section describes the global registers in Table 74—Table 79. 154 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Global Register Structure Primary Block Interrupt Status Register (GREG0) A bit set to 1 indicates the block has recently generated an interrupt. This register is cleared on read. Table 74. Primary Block Interrupt Status Register (GREG0) (000) Bit Symbol 0 LIU1INT 1 FRMR1INT 2 FDL1INT 3 — 4 LIU2INT 5 FRMR2INT 6 FDL2INT 7 — Description Line Interface Unit 1 Interrupt. A 1 indicates LIU1 generated an interrupt. Framer 1 Interrupt. A 1 indicates framer 1 generated an interrupt. Facility Data Link 1 Interrupt. A 1 indicates FDL1 generated an interrupt. Reserved. Line Interface Unit 2 Interrupt. A 1 indicates LIU2 generated an interrupt. Framer 2 Interrupt. A 1 indicates framer 2 generated an interrupt. Facility Data Link 2 Interrupt. A 1 indicates FDL2 generated an interrupt. Reserved. Primary Block Interrupt Enable Register (GREG1) This register enables the individual blocks to assert the interrupt pin. Table 75. Primary Block Interrupt Enable Register (GREG1) (001) Bit Symbol 0 LIU1IE 1 FRMR1IE 2 FDL1IE 3 — 4 LIU2IE 5 FRMR2IE 6 FDL2IE 7 — Agere Systems Inc. Description Line Interface 1 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables LIU1 interrupts. Framer 1 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables framer 1 interrupts. Facility Data Link 1 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables FDL1 interrupts. Reserved. Write to 0. Line Interface 2 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables LIU2 interrupts. Framer 2 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables framer 2 interrupts. Facility Data Link 2 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables FDL2 interrupts. Reserved. Write to 0. 155 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Global Register Structure (continued) Global Loopback Control Register (GREG2) This register enables the framer inputs RCHIDATA1 and RCHIDATAB1 to be driven by various internal sources. A 1 enables the specified loopback. The default of the register 00 (hex) disables all loopbacks and enables external sources to drive these inputs. Table 76. Global Loopback Control Register (GREG2) (002) Bit Symbol Description 0 TID1—RID1 1 TSD1—RID1 TCHIDATAB1 to RCHIDATA1 Connection. 2 TID2—RID1 3 TSD2—RID1 TCHIDATAB2 to RCHIDATA1 Connection. 4 TSD1—RSD1 TCHIDATAB1 to RCHIDATAB1 Connection. 5 TID1—RSD1 TCHIDATA1 to RCHIDATAB1 Connection. 6 TSD2—RSD1 TCHIDATAB2 to RCHIDATAB1 Connection. 7 TID2—RSD1 TCHIDATA2 to RCHIDATAB1 Connection. TCHIDATA1 to RCHIDATA1 Connection. TCHIDATA2 to RCHIDATA1 Connection. Global Loopback Control Register (GREG3) This register enables the framer inputs RCHIDATA2and RCHIDATAB2 to be driven by various internal sources. A 1 enables the specified loopback. The default of the register 00 (hex) disables all loopbacks and enables external sources to drive these inputs. Table 77. Global Loopback Control Register (GREG3) (003) Bit Symbol 0 TID2—RID2 1 TSD2—RID2 TCHIDATAB2 to RCHIDATA2 Connection. 2 TID1—RID2 3 TSD1—RID2 TCHIDATAB1 to RCHIDATA2 Connection. 4 TSD2—RSD2 TCHIDATAB2 to RCHIDATAB2 Connection. 5 TID2—RSD2 TCHIDATA2 to RCHIDATAB2 Connection. 6 TSD1—RSD2 TCHIDATAB1 to RCHIDATAB2 Connection. 7 TID1—RSD2 TCHIDATA1 to RCHIDATAB2 Connection. 156 Description TCHIDATA2 to RCHIDATA2 Connection. TCHIDATA1 to RCHIDATA2 Connection. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Global Register Structure (continued) Global Control Register (GREG4) This register enables LIU1 to LIU2 loopbacks (bit 2 and bit 3), interrupt 3-state control (bit 4), source of the output second pulse (bit 5), and interrupt polarity (bit 6). Table 78. Global Control Register (GREG4) (004) Bit Symbol Description 0 — Reserved. Write to zero. 1 — Reserved. Write to zero. 2 T2-R1 TLCK2, TPD2, and TND2 to RLCK1, RPD1, and RND1 Connection. A 1 makes the indicated loopback. 3 T1-R2 TLCK1, TPD1, and TND1 to RLCK2, RPD2, and RND2 Connection. A 1 makes the indicated loopback. 4 ITC INTERRUPT 3-State Control. This bit along with bit 6 in this register (ALIE) allows the interrupt pin to be programmed for active-high, active-low, wire OR, or wire AND operation, as described below: Bits Description 4 6 0 0 Programs the interrupt pin to be active-high (1 state) when there is an interrupt condition and to be inactive (0 state) when there is no interrupt condition. 0 1 Programs the interrupt pin to be active-low (0 state) when there is an interrupt condition and to be inactive (1 state) when there is no interrupt condition. 1 0 Programs the interrupt pin to be active-high (1 state) when there is an interrupt condition and to be in the high-impedance state (3-state) when there is no interrupt condition. This allows the interrupt to be wire OR’d with other interrupt pins on the system board. A pull-down resister is needed on the system board. 1 1 Programs the interrupt pin to be active-low (0 state) when there is an interrupt condition and to be in the high-impedance state (3-state) when there is no interrupt condition. This allows the interrupt to be wire AND’d with other interrupt pins on the system board. A pull-up resister is needed on the system board. 5 SECCTRL SECOND Pulse Source Control. A 0 enables framer 1 to source the output second pulse (SECOND). A 1 enables framer 2 to source the output second pulse. 6 ALIE 7 — Active-Low Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables active-low interrupt. Reserved. Write to zero. Device ID and Version Registers (GREG5—GREG7) These bits define the device and version number. Table 79. Device ID and Version Registers (GREG5—GREG7) (005—007) Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Device Code GREG5 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 Device Code GREG6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Version # GREG7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Agere Systems Inc. 157 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Unit (LIU) Register Architecture REGBANK2 and REGBANK5 contain the status and programmable registers for the line interface unit channels LIU1 and LIU2 respectively. The base address for REGBANK2 is 400(hex) and for REGBANK5 is A00(hex). Within these register banks the bit map is identical for both LIU1 and LIU2. The register bank architecture for LIU1 and LIU2 is shown in Table 80. The register bank consists of 8-bit registers classified as alarm status register, alarm mask register, status register, status interrupt mask register, control registers, and configuration registers. Register LIU_REG0 is the alarm status register used for storing the various LIU alarms and status. It is a read-only, clear-on-read (COR) register. This register is cleared on the rising edge of MPCLK, if present, or on the rising edge of the internally generated 2.048 MHz clock derived from the CHI clock if MPCLK is not present. Register LIU_REG1 contains the individual interrupt enable bits for the alarms in LIU_REG0. Register LIU_REG2, LIU_REG3, and LIU_REG4 are designated as control registers while LIU_REG5 and LIU_REG6 are configuration registers. These are used to set up the individual LIU channel functions and parameters. The default values are shown in parentheses. The following sections describe the LIU registers in more detail. Table 80. Line Interface Units Register Set1 ((400—40F); (A00—A0F)) LIU Register LIU Register [Address (HEX)] LIU_REG0 400; A00 LIU_REG1 401; A01 LIU_REG2 402; A02 LIU_REG3 403; A03 LIU_REG4 404; A04 LIU_REG5 405; A05 LIU_REG6 406; A06 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Alarm Register (Read Only) (Latches Alarm, Clear On Read) 0 0 0 LOTC TDM Alarm Interrupt Enable Register (Read/Write) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved LOTCIE TDMIE (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) Control Registers (Read/Write) Reserved Reserved RESTART HIGHZ Reserved LOSST (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) Reserved2 Reserved2 Reserved2 LOSSD DUAL CODE (1) (1) (1) (0) (0) (1) Reserved Reserved JABW0 PHIZALM PRLALM PFLALM (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) 0 Configuration Registers (Read/Write) Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved LOOPA LOOPB (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) (0) 0 Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved 0 EQ2 (0,DS1) (1,CEPT) Bit 1 Bit 0 DLOS ALOS DLOSIE (0) ALOSIE (0) Reserved Reserved (0) (0) JAT (0) RCVAIS (0) JAR (0) ALTIMER (0) XLAIS (1) PWRDN (0) EQ1 (0,DS1) (1,CEPT) EQ0 (0) 1. The logic value in parentheses below each bit definition is the default state upon completion of hardware reset. 2. These bits must be written to 1. 158 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Alarm Register Alarm Status Register (LIU_REG0) Bits 0—3 of this register represent the status of the line interface receiver and transmitter alarms ALOS, DLOS, TDM, and LOTC. The alarm indicators are active-high and automatically clear on a microprocessor read if the corresponding alarm conditions no longer exist. However, persistent alarm conditions will cause these bits to remain set even after a microprocessor read. This is a read-only register. Table 81. LIU Alarm Status Register (LIU_REG0) (400, A00) Bit Symbol Description 0 ALOS Receive Analog Loss of Signal. A 1 indicates the LIU receive channel has detected an analog loss of signal condition/event. 1 DLOS Receive Digital Loss of Signal. A 1 indicates the LIU receive channel has detected a digital loss of signal condition/event. 2 TDM Transmit Driver Monitor Alarm. A 1 indicates the LIU transmit channel has detected a transmit driver monitor alarm condition/event. 3 LOTC Transmit Loss of Transmit Clock Alarm. A 1 indicates the LIU transmit channel has detected a loss of transmit clock condition/event. 4—7 — Reserved. Line Interface Alarm Interrupt Enable Register Alarm Interrupt Enable Register (LIU_REG1) The bits in the alarm interrupt enable register allow the user to selectively enable generation of an interrupt by each channel alarm. The enable bits correspond to their associated alarm status bits in the alarm status register, LIU-REG0. The interrupt enable function is active-high. When an enable bit is set, the corresponding alarm is enabled to generate an interrupt. Otherwise, the alarm is disabled from generating an interrupt. The enable function only impacts the ability to generate an interrupt signal. The proper alarm status will be reflected in LIU_REG0 even when the corresponding enable bit is set to zero. Any other LIU behavior associated with an alarm event will operate normally even if the interrupt is not enabled. This is a read/write register. Table 82. LIU Alarm Interrupt Enable Register (LIU_REG1) (401, A01) Bit Symbol 0 ALOSIE 1 DLOSIE 2 TDMIE 3 LOTCIE 4—7 — Agere Systems Inc. Description Enable Analog Loss of Signal Interrupt. A 1 enables an interrupt in response to ALOS alarm. Enable Digital Loss of Signal Interrupt. A 1 enables an interrupt in response to DLOS alarm. Enable Transmit Driver Monitor Interrupt. A 1 enables an interrupt in response to TDM alarm. Enable loss of Transmit Clock Interrupt. A 1 enables an interrupt in response to LOTC alarm. Reserved. Write to 0. 159 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Control Registers The bits in the control registers allow the user to configure the various device functions for the individual line interface channels 1 and 2. All the control bits (with the exception of LOSSTD) are active-high. LIU Control Register (LIU_REG2) Table 83. LIU Control Register (LIU_REG2) (402, A02) Bit Symbol 0 — Reserved. Write to 0. 1 — Reserved. Write to 0. 2 LOSSTD 3 — 4 HIGHZ 5 RESTART 6—7 — 160 Description The LOSSTD bit selects the conformance protocol for the DLOS receiver alarm function. LOSSTD = 0 selects standards T1M1.3/93-005, ITU-T G.755 for DS1 mode and ITU-T G.755 for CEPT mode. LOSSTD = 1 selects standards TR-TSY000009 for DS1 and ITU-T G.775 for CEPT. Reserved. Write to 0. The HIGHZ bit places the LIU in a high-impedance state. When HIGHZ = 1, the TTIP and TRING transmit drivers for the specified channel are placed in a highimpedance state. The RESTART bit is used for device initialization through the microprocessor interface. RESTART = 1 resets the data path circuits. Data path circuits will be reset, but the microprocessor registers state will not be altered by a restart action. Reserved. Write to 0. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Control Registers (continued) LIU Control Register (LIU_REG3) The default value of this register is E4 (hex). Table 84. LIU Control Register (LIU_REG3) (403, A03) Bit Symbol Description 0 JAR The JAR bit is used to enable and disable the jitter attenuator function in the receive path. The JAR and JAT control bits are mutually exclusive, i.e., either JAR or the JAT control bit can be set, but not both. JAR = 1 places jitter attenuator in the receive path. 1 JAT The JAT bit is used to enable and disable the jitter attenuator function in the transmit path. The JAT and JAR control bits are mutually exclusive, i.e., either JAT or the JAR control bit can be set, but not both. JAT = 1 places jitter attenuator in the transmit path. 2 CODE The CODE bit is used to enable and disable the B8ZS/HDB3 zero substitution coding in the transmit and decoding in the receive path. CODE is used in conjunction with the DUAL bit and is valid only for single-rail operation. CODE = 1 activates the coding/ decoding functions. The default value is CODE = 1. 3 DUAL The DUAL bit is used to select single- or dual-rail mode of operation. DUAL = 1 selects the dual-rail mode. 4 LOSSD The LOSSD bit selects the shut down function for the receiver during digital loss of signal alarm (DLOS). LOSSD operates in conjunction with the RCVAIS bit (see Table 3, LOSSD and RCVAIS Control Configurations (Not Valid During Loopback Modes), from page 29 repeated below for reference. 1. These registers must be written to 1 for the LIU-to-framer interface to be functional. LOSSD and RCVAIS Control Configurations (Not Valid During Loopback Modes) (from Table 3, page 29) LOSSD RCVAIS ALARM RPD/RND RLCK 0 0 ALOS 0 Free Runs 0 0 DLOS Normal Data Recovered Clock 1 0 ALOS 0 Free Runs 1 0 DLOS 0 Free Runs 0 1 ALOS AIS (all ones) Free Runs 0 1 DLOS AIS (all ones) Free Runs 1 1 ALOS 0 Free Runs 1 1 DLOS 0 Free Runs Agere Systems Inc. 161 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Control Registers (continued) LIU Control Register (LIU_REG4) Table 85. LIU Register (LIU_REG4) (404, A04) Bit Symbol Description 0 ALTIMER The ALTIMER bit is used to select the time required to declare ALOS. ALTIMER = 0 selects 1 ms—2.6 ms. ALTIMER = 1 selects 10 bit to 255 bit periods. 1 RCVAIS The RCVAIS bit selects the shut down function for the receiver during analog loss of signal alarm (ALOS). RCVAIS operates in conjunction with the LOSSD bit. See LIU-REG3. 2 PFLALM PFLALM prevents the DLOS alarm from occurring during FLLOOP activation. PFLALM = 1 activates the PFLALM function. 3 PRLALM PRLALM prevents the LOTC alarm from occurring during RLOOP activation/deactivation. PRLALM = 1 activates the PRLALM function. 4 PHIZALM PHIZALM prevents the TDM alarm from occurring when the driver are in a highimpedance state. PHIZALM = 1 activates the PHIZALM function. 5 JABW0 6—7 — JABW0 = 1 selects the lower bandwidth jitter attenuator option in CEPT mode. Reserved. Write to 0. LIU Configuration Register (LIU_REG5) The control bits in the channel configuration register 5 are used to select powerdown mode, AIS generation, and loopbacks for the LIU. The PWRDN and XLAIS bits are active-high. This is a read/write register. The default value of this register is 02 (hex). Table 86. LIU Configuration Register (LIU_REG5) (405, A05) Bit Symbol Description 0 PWRDN 1 XLAIS XLAIS = 1 enables transmission of an all 1s signal to the line interface. XLAIS = 1 after a reset allowing immediate generation of alarm signal as long as a clock source is present. The default value is XLAIS = 1. 2 LOOPB 3 LOOPA The LOOPA bit is used in conjunction with LOOPB to select the channel loopback modes. See Table 10, Loopback Control, from page 44 repeated below for reference. 4—7 — PWRDN = 1 activates powerdown. Reserved. Write to 0. Loopback Control (from Table 10, page 44) Operation 1 Normal Full Local Loopback Remote Loopback Digital Local Loopback Symbol LOOPA LOOPB — FLLOOP2 RLOOP3 DLLOOP 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1. The reset default condition is LOOPA = LOOPB = 0 (no loopback). 2. During the transmit AIS condition, the looped data will be the transmitted data from the framer or system interface and not the all 1s signal. 3. Transmit AIS request is ignored. 162 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Line Interface Control Registers (continued) LIU Configuration Register (LIU_REG6) The control bits in the channel configuration register 6 are used to select LIU transmit equalization settings. This is a read/write register. The default value of this register is 00 (hex) in DS1 when DS1/CEPT (pin 40/142) is set to 1, and 06 (hex) in CEPT when DS1/CEPT (pin 40/142) is set to 0. Table 87. LIU Configuration Register (LIU_REG6) (406, A06) Bit Symbol 0 EQ0 1 EQ1 2 EQ2 3—7 — Description The EQ0, EQ1, and EQ2 bits select the type of service (DS1 or CEPT) and the associated transmitter cable equalization/line build out/termination impedances. See Table 6, Transmit Line Interface Short-Haul Equalizer/Rate Control, from page 34 repeated below for reference. Reserved. Write to 0. Transmit Line Interface Short-Haul Equalizer/Rate Control (from Table 6, page 34) Short-Haul Applications EQ2 EQ1 EQ0 Service Clock Rate Transmitter Equalization1,2 Feet 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 DSX-1 1.544 MHz CEPT4 2.048 MHz Meters 0 to 131 0 to 40 131 to 262 40 to 80 262 to 393 80 to 120 393 to 524 120 to 160 524 to 655 160 to 200 75 Ω (Option 2) 120 Ω or 75 Ω (Option 1) Not Used Maximum Cable Loss to DSX3 dB 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.0 — 1.In DS1 mode, the distance to the DSX for 22-Gauge PIC (ABAM) cable is specified. Use the maximum cable loss figures for other cable types. In CEPT mode, equalization is specified for coaxial or twisted-pair cable. 2.Reset default state is EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 = 000 when pin DS1_CEPT = 1 and EQ2, EQ1, and EQ0 = 110 when pin DS1_CEPT = 0. 3.Loss measured at 772 kHz. 4.In 75 Ω applications, Option 1 is recommended over Option 2 for lower LIU power dissipation. Option 2 allows for the use of the same transformer as in CEPT 120 Ω applications (see Line Interface Unit: Line Circuitry section). Agere Systems Inc. 163 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Framer Register Architecture REGBANK3 and REGBANK6 contain the status and programmable control registers for the framer and system (CHI) interface channels FRM1 and FRM2. The base address for REGBANK3 is 600 (hex) and for REGBANK6 is C00 (hex). Within these register banks, the bit map is identical for both FRM1 and FRM2. The framer registers are structures as shown in Table 88. Default values are given in the individual register definition tables. Table 88. Framer Status and Control Blocks Address Range (Hexadecimal) Framer Register Block Status Registers (COR) ((600—63F); (C00—C3F)) Receive Signaling Registers ((640—65F); (C40—C5F)) Parameter (Configuration) Registers ((660—6A6); (C60—CA6)) Transmit Signaling Registers ((6E0—6FF); (CE0—CFF)) The complete register map for the framer is given in Table 202—Table 204 on page 220—page 223. All status registers are clocked with the internal framer receive line clock (RFRMCK). Bits in status registers FRM_SR1 and FRM_SR7 are set at the onset of the condition and are cleared on read when the given condition is no longer present. These registers can generate interrupts if the corresponding register bits are enabled in interrupt enable registers FRM_PR0—FRM_PR7. On all 16-bit counter registers (FRM_SR8—FRM_SR51), both bytes are cleared only after reading both bytes, regardless of the order in which they are read. Once a read is initiated on one of the bytes, the updating of that counter is disabled and remains disabled until both bytes are read. All events during this interval are lost. Updating of the counter registers is stopped when all of the bits are set to 1. Updating resumes after the registers are cleared on read. These register pairs may be read in any order, but they must be read in pairs, i.e., a read of 1 byte must be followed immediately by a read of the remaining byte of the pair. Status registers FRM_SR0—FRM_SR63 are clear-on-read (COR) registers. These registers are cleared by the framer internal received line clock (RFRMCK). At least two RFRMCK cycles (1.3 µs for DS1 and 1.0 µs for CEPT) must be allowed between successive reads of the same COR register to allow it to properly clear. 164 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers Registers FRM_SR0—FRM_SR63 report the status of each framer. All are clear-on-read, read only registers. Interrupt Status Register (FRM_SR0) The interrupt pin (INTERRUPT) goes active when a bit in this register and its associated interrupt enable bit in registers FRM_PR0—FRM_PR7 are set, and the interrupt for the framer block is enabled in register GREG1. Table 89. Interrupt Status Register (FRM_SR0) (600; C00) Bit Symbol 0 FAC Facility Alarm Condition. A 1 indicates a facility alarm occurred (go read FRM_SR1). 1 RAC Remote Alarm Condition. A 1 indicates a remote alarm occurred (go read FRM_SR2). 2 FAE Facility Alarm Event. A 1 indicates a facility alarm occurred (go read FRM_SR3 and FRM_SR4). 3 ESE Errored Second Event. A 1 indicates an errored second event occurred (go read FRM_SR5, FRM_SR6, and FRM_SR7). 4 TSSFE Transmit Signaling Superframe Event. A 1 indicates that a MOS (or CCS for CEPT) superframe block has been transmitted and the transmit signaling data buffers are ready for new data. 5 RSSFE Receive Signaling Superframe Event. A 1 indicates that a MOS (or CCS for CEPT) superframe block has been received and the receive signaling data buffers must be read. 6 — 7 S96SR Agere Systems Inc. Description Reserved. SLC-96 Stack Ready. A 1 indicates that either the transmit framer SLC-96 stack is ready for more data or the receive framer SLC-96 stack contains new data. 165 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) Facility Alarm Condition Register (FRM_SR1) The bits in the facility alarm condition register (FRM_SR1) indicate alarm state of the receive framer section. Interrupts from this register are generated once at the onset of the alarm condition. If the alarm condition is still present at the time of the read, the bit will remain in the 1 state for the duration of the alarm condition. If the alarm condition is no longer present at the time of the read, then the bit is cleared on read. Table 90. Facility Alarm Condition Register (FRM_SR1) (601; C01) Bit Symbol 0 LFA 1 LSFA, LTS16MFA 2 LTSFA, LTS0MFA 166 Description Loss of Frame Alignment. A 1 indicates the receive framer is in a loss of frame alignment and is currently searching for a new alignment. Loss of Signaling Superframe Alignment. A 1 indicates the receive framer is in a loss of signaling superframe alignment in the DS1 framing formats. A search for a new signaling superframe alignment starts once frame alignment is established. Loss of Time Slot 16 Signaling Multiframe Alignment. A 1 indicates the receive framer is in a loss of time slot 16 signaling multiframe alignment in the CEPT mode. A search for a new time slot 16 signaling multiframe alignment starts once frame alignment is established. This bit is 0 when the T7633 is programmed for the transparent signaling mode, register FRM_PR44 bit 0 (TSIG) = 1. Loss of Transmit Superframe Alignment. A 1 indicates superframe alignment pattern in the transmit facility data link as defined for SLC-96 is lost. Only valid for SLC-96 mode. This bit is 0 in all other DS1 modes. Loss of Time Slot 0 CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment. A 1 indicates an absence of CRC4 multiframe alignment after initial basic frame alignment is established. A 0 indicates either CRC-4 checking is disabled or CRC-4 multiframe alignment has been successfully detected. 3 LFALR Loss of Frame Alignment Since Last Read. A 1 indicates that the LFA state indicated in bit 0 of this register is the same LFA state as the previous read. 4 LBFA Loss of Biframe Alignment. A 1 indicates that the CEPT biframe alignment pattern (alternating 10 in bit 2 of time slot 0 of each frame) in the receive system data is errored. This alignment pattern is required when transmitting the Si or Sa bits transparently. Only valid in the CEPT mode. This bit is 0 in all other modes. 5 RTS16AIS Receive Time Slot 16 Alarm Indication Signal. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected time slot 16 AIS in the CEPT mode. This bit is 0 in the DS1 modes. 6 AUXP Auxiliary Pattern. A 1 indicates the detection of a valid AUXP (unframed 1010 . . . pattern) in the CEPT mode. This bit is 0 in the DS1 modes. 7 AIS Alarm Indication Signal. A 1 indicates the receive framer is currently receiving an AIS pattern from its remote line end. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) Remote End Alarm Register (FRM_SR2) A bit set to 1 indicates the receive framer has recently received the given alarm. Interrupts from this register are generated once at the beginning of the alarm condition. If the alarm is still present at the time of the read, the bit will remain in the 1 state for the duration of the alarm condition. If the alarm condition is no longer present at the time of the read, then the bit is cleared on read. Table 91. Remote End Alarm Register (FRM_SR2) (602; C02) Bit Symbol 0 RFA 1 RJYA, RTS16MFA Description Remote Framer Alarm. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a remote frame (yellow) alarm. Remote Japanese Yellow Alarm. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected the Japanese format remote frame alarm. Remote Multiframe Alarm. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a time slot 16 remote frame alarm in the CEPT mode. 2 CREBIT Continuous Received E Bits. A 1 indicates the detection of a five-second interval containing ≥991 E bit = 0 events in each second. This bit is 0 in the DS1 mode. 3 Sa6=8 Received Sa6 = 8. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a Sa6 code equal to 1000. This bit is 0 in the DS1 mode. 4 Sa6=A Received Sa6 = A. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a Sa6 code equal to 1010. This bit is 0 in the DS1 mode. 5 Sa6=C Received Sa6 = C. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a Sa6 code equal to 1100. This bit is 0 in the DS1 mode. 6 Sa6=E Received Sa6 = E. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a Sa6 code equal to 1110. This bit is 0 in the DS1 mode. 7 Sa6=F Received Sa6 = F. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a Sa6 code equal to 1111. This bit is 0 in the DS1 mode. Agere Systems Inc. 167 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) Facility Errored Event Register (FRM_SR3) A bit set to 1 indicates the receive framer has recently received the given errored event. Table 92. Facility Errored Event Register-1 (FRM_SR3) (603; C03) Bit Symbol Description 0 LFV Line Format Violation. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a bipolar line coding or excessive zeros violation. 1 FBE Frame-Bit Errored. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a frame-bit or frame alignment pattern error. 2 CRCE 3 ECE 4 REBIT Received E Bit = 0. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a E bit = 0 in either frame 13 or 15 of the time slot 0 of CRC-4 multiframe. This bit is 0 in the DS1 modes. 5 LCRCATMX Lack of CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Timer Expire Indication. A 1 indicates that either the 100 ms or the 400 ms CRC-4 interworking timer expired. Active only immediately after establishment of the initial basic frame alignment. This bit is 0 in the DS1 modes. 6 SLIPO Receive Elastic Store Slip: Buffer Overflow. A 1 indicates the receive elastic store performed a control slip due to an elastic buffer overflow condition. 7 SLIPU Receive Elastic Store Slip: Buffer Underflow. A 1 indicates the receive elastic store performed a control slip due to an elastic buffer underflow condition. 168 CRC Errored. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected CRC errors. Excessive CRC Errors. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected an excessive CRC errored condition. This bit is only valid in the ESF and CEPT with CRC-4 modes; otherwise, it is 0. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) Table 93. Facility Event Register-2 (FRM_SR4) (604; C04) Bit Symbol 0 NFA 1 SSFA Signaling Superframe Alignment. A 1 indicates the receive framer has established the signaling superframe alignment. In the SF modes (D4 and SLC-96) and CEPT modes, this alignment is established only after primary frame alignment is determined. 2 LLBOFF, T1 Line Loopback Off Code Detect. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected the DS1 line loopback disable code in the payload. This code is defined in AT&T Technical Reference 62411 as a framed 001 pattern where the frame bit is inserted into the pattern. New Biframe Alignment Established. A 1 indicates the transmit framer has established a biframe alignment for the transmission of transparent Si and or Sa bits from the system data in the CEPT mode. BFA 3 LLBON, CMA Agere Systems Inc. Description New Frame Alignment. A 1 indicates the receive framer established a new frame alignment which differs from the previous alignment. T1 Line Loopback On Code Detect. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected the line loopback enable code in the payload. This code is defined in AT&T Technical Reference 62411 as a framed 00001 pattern where the frame bit is inserted into the pattern. New CEPT CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment. A 1 indicates the CEPT CRC-4 multiframe alignment in the receive framer has been established. 169 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) Table 93. Facility Event Register-2 (FRM_SR4) (604; C04) (continued) Bit 170 Symbol Description 4 FDL-PLBON, ESF FDL Payload Loopback On Code Detect. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected the line loopback enable code in the payload. This code is defined in ANSI T1.403-1995 as a 1111111100101000 pattern in the facility data link, where the leftmost bit is the MSB. SLC-96 Receive FDL Stack Ready. A 1 indicates that the receive FDL stack should be SLCRFSR read. This bit is cleared on read. Data in the receive FIFO must be read within 9 ms of this interrupt. This bit is not updated during loss of frame or signaling superframe alignment. 5 FDL-PLBOFF, ESF FDL Payload Loopback Off Code Detect. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected the line loopback disable code in the payload. This code is defined in ANSI T1.403-1995 as a 1111111101001100 pattern in the facility data link, where the leftmost bit is the MSB. SLCTFSR SLC-96 Transmit FDL Stack Ready. A 1 indicates that the transmit FDL stack is ready for new data. This bit is cleared on read. Data written within 9 ms of this interrupt will be transmitted in the next SLC-96 D-bit superframe interval. 6 FDL-LLBON, ESF FDL Line Loopback On Code Detect. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected the line loopback enable code in the payload. This code is defined in ANSI T1.403-1995 as a 1111111101110000 pattern in the facility data link, where the left most bit is the MSB. CEPT Receive Sa Stack Ready. A 1 indicates that the receive Sa6 stack should be read. RSaSR This bit is clear on the first access to the Sa receive stack or at the beginning of frame 0 of the CRC-4 double-multiframe. Data in the receive FIFO must be read within 4 ms of this interrupt. This bit is not updated during LFA. 7 FDL-LLBOFF, ESF FDL Line Loopback Off Code Detect. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected the line loopback disable code in the payload. This code is defined in ANSI T1.403-1995 as a 1111111100011100 pattern in the facility data link, where the left most bit is the MSB. CEPT Transmit Sa Stack Ready. A 1 indicates that the transmit Sa stack is ready for TSaSR new data. This bit is cleared on the first access to the Sa transmit stack or at the beginning of frame 0 of the CRC-4 double multiframe. Data written within 4 ms of this interrupt will be transmitted in the next CRC-4 double multiframe interval. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) The following registers are dedicated to the exchange termination and its remote end interface. The alarm conditions to trigger errored seconds and severely errored seconds are defined in Table 44, Event Counters Definition on page 97 and the ET and ET-RE enable registers, FRM_PR14 and FRM_PR15. The thresholds are defined in registers FRM_PR11—FRM_PR13. Table 94. Exchange Termination and Exchange Termination Remote End Interface Status Register (FRM_SR5) (605; C05) Bit Symbol Description 0 ETES ET Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected an errored second at the exchange termination (ET). 1 ETBES ET Bursty Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a bursty errored second at the ET. 2 ETSES ET Severely Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a severely errored second at the ET. 3 ETUAS ET Unavailable State. A 1 indicates the receive framer has detected at least ten consecutive severely errored seconds. Upon detecting ten consecutive nonseverely errored seconds, the receive framer will clear this bit. ITU Recommendation G.826 is used resulting in a ten-second delay in the reporting of this condition. 4 ETREES 5 ETREBES ET-RE Bursty Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a bursty errored second at the ET-RE. 6 ETRESES ET-RE Severely Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a severely errored second at the ET-RE. 7 ETREUAS ET-RE Unavailable State. A 1 indicates the receive framer has detected at least ten consecutive severely errored seconds. Upon detecting ten consecutive nonseverely errored seconds, the receive framer will clear this bit. ITU Recommendation G.826 is used resulting in a ten-second delay in the reporting of this condition. Agere Systems Inc. ET-RE Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected an errored second at the exchange termination remote end (ET-RE). 171 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) The following status registers are dedicated to the NT1 and the NT1 remote end (NT1-RE) interface. The alarm conditions to evaluate errored seconds and severely errored seconds are defined in Table 44, Event Counters Definition on page 97 and the NT1 and NT1-RE enable registers, FRM_PR16—FRM_PR18. The thresholds are defined in registers FRM_PR11—FRM_PR13. Table 95. Network Termination and Network Termination Remote End Interface Status Register (FRM_SR6) (606; C06) Bit Symbol Description 0 NTES NT Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected an errored second at the network termination (NT). 1 NTBES NT Bursty Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a bursty errored second at the NT. 2 NTSES NT Severely Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a severely errored second at the NT. 3 NTUAS NT Unavailable State. A 1 indicates the receive framer has detected at least ten consecutive severely errored seconds. Upon detecting ten consecutive nonseverely errored seconds, the receive framer will clear this bit. ITU Recommendation G.826 is used resulting in a ten-second delay in the reporting of this condition. 4 NTREES NT-RE Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected an errored second at the exchange termination remote end (ET-RE). 5 NTREBES NT-RE Bursty Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a bursty errored second at the ET-RE. 6 NTRESES NT-RE Severely Errored Second. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected a severely errored second at the NT-RE. 7 NTREUAS NT-RE Unavailable State. A 1 indicates the receive framer has detected at least ten consecutive severely errored seconds. Upon detecting ten consecutive nonseverely errored seconds, the receive framer will clear this bit. ITU Recommendation G.826 is used resulting in a ten-second delay in the reporting of this condition. 172 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) Bit 0—bit 4 in this register are set high when the receive framer comes out of the unavailable state, while bit 4—bit 7 report detection of the receive test patterns. Table 96. Facility Event Register (FRM_SR7) (607; C07) Bit 0 Symbol OUAS 1 EROUAS 2 NT1OUAS 3 NROUAS 4 DETECT 5 PTRNBER 6 RPSUEDO 7 RQUASI Description Out of Unavailable State. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected ten consecutive seconds that were not severely errored while in the unavailable state at the ET. Out of Unavailable State at the ET-RE. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected ten consecutive seconds that were not severely errored while in the unavailable state at the ET-RE. Out of Unavailable State at the NT1. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected ten consecutive seconds that were not severely errored while in the unavailable state at the NT. Out of Unavailable State NT1-RE. A 1 indicates the receive framer detected ten consecutive seconds that were not severely errored while in the unavailable state at the NT-RE. Test Pattern Detected. A 1 indicates the pattern detector has locked onto the pattern specified by the PTRN configuration bits defined in register FRM_PR70. Test Pattern Bit Error. A 1 indicates the pattern detector has found one or more single bit errors in the pattern that it is currently locked onto. Receiving Pseudorandom Pattern. A 1 indicates the receive framer pattern monitor circuit is currently detecting the 2 15 – 1 pseudorandom pattern*. Receiving Quasi-Random Pattern. A 1 indicates the receive framer pattern monitor circuit is currently detecting the 2 20 – 1 quasi-random pattern*. * It is possible for one of these bits to be set to 1, if the received line data is all zeros. Bipolar Violation Counter Register (FRM_SR8—FRM_SR9) This register contains the 16-bit count of received bipolar violations, line code violations, or excessive zeros. Table 97. Bipolar Violation Counter Registers (FRM_SR8—FRM_SR9) ((608—609); (C08—C09)) Register FRM_SR8 FRM_SR9 Byte MSB LSB Bit 7—0 7—0 Symbol BPV15—BPV8 BPV7—BPV0 Description BPVs Counter. BPVs Counter. Frame Bit Errored Counter Register (FRM_SR10—FRM_SR11) This register contains the 16-bit count of framing bit errors. Framing bit errors are not counted during loss of frame alignment. Table 98. Framing Bit Error Counter Registers (FRM_SR10—FRM_SR11) ((60A—60B); (C0A—C0B)) Register FRM_SR10 FRM_SR11 Byte MSB LSB Agere Systems Inc. Bit 7—0 7—0 Symbol FBE15—FBE8 FBE7—FBE0 Description Frame Bit Counter. Frame Bit Errored Counter. 173 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) CRC Error Counter Register (FRM_SR12—FRM_SR13) This register contains the 16-bit count of CRC errors. CRC errors are not counted during loss of CRC multiframe alignment. Table 99. CRC Error Counter Registers (FRM_SR12—FRM_SR13) ((60C—60D); (C0C—C0D)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR12 MSB 7—0 CEC15—CEC8 CRC Errored Counter. FRM_SR13 LSB 7—0 CEC7—CEC0 CRC Errored Counter. E-Bit Counter Register (FRM_SR14—FRM_SR15) This register contains the 16-bit count of received E bit = 0 events. E bits are not counted during loss of CEPT CRC-4 multiframe alignment. Table 100. E-Bit Counter Registers (FRM_SR14—FRM_SR15) ((60E—60F); (C0E—C0F)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR14 MSB 7—0 REC15—REC8 E-Bit Counter. FRM_SR15 LSB 7—0 REC7—REC0 E-Bit Counter. CRC-4 Errors at NT1 from NT2 Counter Registers (FRM_SR16—FRM_SR17) This register contains the 16-bit count of each occurrence of Sa6 code 001X, detected synchronously to the CEPT CRC-4 multiframe. Table 101. CRC-4 Errors at NT1 from NT2 Counter Registers (FRM_SR16—FRM_SR17) ((610—611); (C10—C11)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR16 MSB 7—0 CNT15—CNT8 CRC-4 Errors at NT1 Counter. FRM_SR17 LSB 7—0 CNT7—CNT0 CRC-4 Errors at NT1 Counter. E Bit at NT1 from NT2 Counter Registers (FRM_SR18—FRM_SR19) This register contains the 16-bit count of each occurrence of Sa6 code 00X1, detected synchronously to the CEPT CRC-4 multiframe. E bits are not counted during loss of CEPT CRC-4 multiframe alignment. Table 102. E Bit at NT1 from NT2 Counter (FRM_SR18—FRM_SR19) ((612—613); (C12—C13)) Register Byte Bit Symbol FRM_SR18 MSB 7—0 ENT15—ENT8 E Bit at NT1 Counter. FRM_SR19 LSB 7—0 ENT7—ENT0 E Bit at NT1 Counter. 174 Description Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) The following status registers, FRM_SR20—FRM_SR51, contain the 16-bit count of errored seconds, bursty errored seconds, severely errored seconds, and unavailable seconds at the ET, ET-RE, NT1, and NT1-RE terminals. Table 103. ET Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR20—FRM_SR21) ((614—615); (C14—C15)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR20 MSB 7—0 ETES15—ETES8 ET Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR21 LSB 7—0 ETES7—ETES0 ET Errored Seconds Counter. Table 104. ET Bursty Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR22—FRM_SR23) ((616—617); (C16—C17)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR22 MSB 7—0 ETBES15—ETBES8 ET Bursty Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR23 LSB 7—0 ETBES7—ETBES0 ET Bursty Errored Seconds Counter. Table 105. ET Severely Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR24—FRM_SR25) ((618—619); (C18—C19)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR24 MSB 7—0 ETSES15—ETSES8 ET Severely Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR25 LSB 7—0 ETSES7—ETSES0 ET Severely Errored Seconds Counter. Table 106. ET Unavailable Seconds Counter (FRM_SR26—FRM_SR27) ((61A—61B); (C1A—C1B)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR26 MSB 7—0 ETUS15—ETUS8 ET Unavailable Seconds Counter Bits. FRM_SR27 LSB 7—0 ETUS7—ETUS0 ET Unavailable Seconds Counter Bits. Table 107. ET-RE Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR28—FRM_SR29) ((61C—61D); (C1C—C1D)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR28 MSB 7—0 ETREES15—ETREES8 ET-RE Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR29 LSB 7—0 ETREES7—ETREES0 ET-RE Errored Seconds Counter. Table 108. ET-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR30—FRM_SR31) ((61E—61F); (C1E—C1F)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR30 MSB 7—0 ETREBES15—ETREBES8 ET-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR31 LSB 7—0 ETREBES7—ETREBES0 ET-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter. Table 109. ET-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR32—FRM_SR33) ((620—621); (C20—C21)) Register Byte Bit FRM_SR32 MSB 7—0 ETRESES15—ETRESES8 ET-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR33 LSB 7—0 ETRESES7—ETRESES0 ET-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter. Agere Systems Inc. Symbol Description 175 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) Table 110. ET-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter (FRM_SR34—FRM_SR35) ((622—623); (C22—C23)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR34 MSB 7—0 ETREUS15—ETRESES8 ET-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter. FRM_SR35 LSB 7—0 ETRESES7—ETRESES0 ET-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter. Table 111. NT1 Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR36—FRM_SR37) ((624—625); (C24—C25)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR36 MSB 7—0 NTES15—NTES8 NT1 Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR37 LSB 7—0 NTES7—NTES0 NT1 Errored Seconds Counter. Table 112. NT1 Bursty Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR38—FRM_SR39) ((626—627); (C26—C27)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR38 MSB 7—0 NTBES15—NTBES8 NT1 Bursty Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR39 LSB 7—0 NTBES7—NTBES0 NT1 Bursty Errored Seconds Counter. Table 113. NT1 Severely Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR40—FRM_SR41) ((628—629); (C28—C29)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR40 MSB 7—0 NTSES15—NTSES8 NT1 Severely Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR41 LSB 7—0 NTSES7—NTSES0 NT1 Severely Errored Seconds Counter. Table 114. NT1 Unavailable Seconds Counter (FRM_SR42—FRM_SR43) ((62A—62B); (C2A—C2B)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR42 MSB 7—0 NTUS15—NTUS8 NT1 Unavailable Seconds Counter Bits. FRM_SR43 LSB 7—0 NTUS7—NTUS0 NT1 Unavailable Seconds Counter Bits. Table 115. NT1-RE Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR44—FRM_SR45) ((62C—62D); (C2C—C2D)) Register Byte Bit Symbol FRM_SR44 MSB 7—0 NTREES15—NTREES8 NT1-RE Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR45 LSB 7—0 NTREES7—NTREES0 NT1-RE Errored Seconds Counter. 176 Description Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) Table 116. NT1-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR46—FRM_SR47) ((62E—62F); (C2E—C2F)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR46 MSB 7—0 NTREBES15—NTREBES8 NT1-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR47 LSB 7—0 NTREBES7—NTREBES0 NT1-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter. Table 117. NT1-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter (FRM_SR48—FRM_SR49) ((630—631); (C30—C31)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR48 MSB 7—0 NTRESES15—NTRESES8 NT1-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter. FRM_SR49 LSB 7—0 NTRESES7—NTRESES0 NT1-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter. Table 118. NT1-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter (FRM_SR50—FRM_SR51) ((632—633); (C32—C33)) Register Byte Bit Symbol Description FRM_SR50 MSB 7—0 NTREUS15—NTREUS8 NT1-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter Bits. FRM_SR51 LSB 7—0 NTREUS7—NTREUS0 NT1-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter Bits. Received NOT-FAS TS0 RSa Register (FRM_SR52) This register contains the last (since last read) valid received RSa8— RSa4 bits, A bit, and Si bit of NOT-FAS time slot 0 and the Si bit of FAS time slot 0 while the receive framer was in basic frame alignment. Table 119. Receive NOT-FAS TS0 Register (FRM_SR52) (634; C34) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 NOT-FAS bit 1 (CEPT without CRC-4) or frame 15 E bit (CEPT with CRC-4) FAS bit 1 (CEPT without CRC-4) or frame 13 E bit (CEPT with CRC-4) A bit Sa4 Sa5 Sa6 Sa7 Sa8 Received Sa Register (FRM_SR53) This register contains the last (since last read) valid time slot 16 spare bits of the frame containing the time slot 16 signaling multiframe alignment. These bits are updated only when the receive framer is in signaling multiframe alignment. Table 120. Receive Sa Register (FRM_SR53) (635; C35) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 X2 X1 X0 Agere Systems Inc. 177 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) SLC-96 FDL/CEPT Sa Receive Stack (FRM_SR54—FRM_SR63) In the SLC-96 frame format, FRM_SR54 through FRM_SR58 contain the received SLC-96 facility data link data block. When the framer is in a loss of frame alignment or loss of signaling superframe alignment, these registers are not updated. Note: The RSP[1:4] are the received spoiler bits. Table 121. SLC-96 FDL Receive Stack (FRM_SR54—FRM_SR63) ((636—63F); (C36—C3F)) Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_SR54 0 0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-1 R-1 R-1 FRM_SR55 0 0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-1 R-1 R-1 FRM_SR56 RC1 RC2 RC3 RC4 RC5 RC6 RC7 RC8 FRM_SR57 RC9 RC10 RC11 RM1 RM2 FRM_SR58 RM3 RA1 RA2 RS1 RS2 RS3 RS4 RSPB4 = 1 FRM_SR59— FRM_SR61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RSPB1 = 0 RSPB2 = 1 RSPB3 = 0 In the CEPT frame format, FRM_SR54 through FRM_SR63 contain the received Sa4 through Sa8 from the last valid CRC-4 double-multiframe. In non-CRC-4 mode, these registers are only updated during a basic frame aligned state. In CRC-4 mode, these registers are only updated during the CRC-4 multiframe alignment state. Table 122. CEPT Sa Receive Stack (FRM_SR54—FRM_SR63) ((636—63F); (C36—C3F)) Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_SR54 Sa4-1 Sa4-3 Sa4-5 Sa4-7 Sa4-9 Sa4-11 Sa4-13 Sa4-15 FRM_SR55 Sa4-17 Sa4-19 Sa4-21 Sa4-23 Sa4-25 Sa4-27 Sa4-29 Sa4-31 FRM_SR56 Sa5-1 Sa5-3 Sa5-5 Sa5-7 Sa5-9 Sa5-11 Sa5-13 Sa5-15 FRM_SR57 Sa5-17 Sa5-19 Sa5-21 Sa5-23 Sa5-25 Sa5-27 Sa5-29 Sa5-31 FRM_SR58 Sa6-1 Sa6-3 Sa6-5 Sa6-7 Sa6-9 Sa6-11 Sa6-13 Sa6-15 FRM_SR59 Sa6-17 Sa6-19 Sa6-21 Sa6-23 Sa6-25 Sa6-27 Sa6-29 Sa6-31 FRM_SR60 Sa7-1 Sa7-3 Sa7-5 Sa7-7 Sa7-9 Sa7-11 Sa7-13 Sa7-15 FRM_SR61 Sa7-17 Sa7-19 Sa7-21 Sa7-23 Sa7-25 Sa7-27 Sa7-29 Sa7-31 FRM_SR62 Sa8-1 Sa8-3 Sa8-5 Sa8-7 Sa8-9 Sa8-11 Sa8-13 Sa8-15 FRM_SR63 Sa8-17 Sa8-19 Sa8-21 Sa8-23 Sa8-25 Sa8-27 Sa8-29 Sa8-31 178 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Status/Counter Registers (continued) The receive framer stores the current second of the ANSI Performance Report Message transmitted to the remote end in registers FRM_SR62 and FRM_SR63. The structure of the PRM status registers is shown in Table 123. Table 123. Transmit Framer ANSI Performance Report Message Status Register Structure Transmit Framer PRM Status Bytes TSPRM B7 TSPRM B6 TSPRM B5 FRM_SR62 FRM_SR63 TSPRM B4 TSPRM B3 G3 LV FE SE G4 U1 U2 LB G1 R TSPRM B2 TSPRM B1 TSPRM B0 G5 SL G6 G2 Nm Nl Received Signaling Registers: DS1 Format Table 124. Received Signaling Registers: DS1 Format (FRM_RSR0—FRM_RSR23) ((640—658); (C40—C58)) Received Signal Registers Bit 7 Bit 61 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 DS1 Received Signaling Registers (0—23) P G F X D C B A Voice Channel with 16-State Signaling X 0 0 X D C B A Voice Channel with 4-State Signaling X 0 1 X X X B A Voice Channel with 2-State Signaling X 1 1 X X X X A Data Channel X 1 0 X X X X X 1.Bit 6 and Bit 5 of the DS1 receive signaling registers are copied from bit 6 and bit 5 of the DS1 transmit signaling registers. Receive Signaling Registers: CEPT Format Table 125. Receive Signaling Registers: CEPT Format (FRM_RSR0—FRM_RSR31) ((640—65F); (C40— C5F)) Bit 7 Bit 6—5 Bit 41 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_RSR0: IRSM Mode Only X X E0 X X X X FRM_RSR1—FRM_RSR15 P X E[1:15] D[1:15] C[1:15] B[1:15] A[1:15] FRM_RSR16: IRSM Only X X E16 X X B A FRM_RSR[17:31] P X E[17:31] D[17:31] C[17:31] B[17:31] A[17:31] Receive Signal Registers 1.This bit contains the IRSM information in time slot 0. In PCS0 or PCS1 signaling mode, this bit is undefined. Agere Systems Inc. 179 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers Registers FRM_PR0—FRM_PR70 define the mode configuration of each framer. All are read/write registers. These registers are initially set to a default value upon a hardware reset, which is indicated in the register definition. Interrupt Group Enable Registers (FRM_PR0—FRM_PR7) The bits in this register group enable the status registers FRM_SR0—FRM_SR7 to assert the interrupt pin. The default value of these registers is 00 (hex). FRM_PR0 is the primary interrupt group enable register which enables the event groups in interrupt status register FRM_SR0. A bit set to 1 in this register enables the corresponding bit in the interrupt status register FRM_SR0 to assert the interrupt pin. FRM_PR1—FRM_PR7 are the secondary interrupt enable registers. A bit set to 1 in these registers enables the corresponding bit in the status register to assert the interrupt pin. Table 126. Summary of Interrupt Group Enable Registers (FRM_PR0—FRM_PR7) ((660—667); (C60—C67)) Parameter/ Control Register Status Register Enabled Status Register Bit 7 Status Register Bit 6 Status Register Bit 5 Status Register Bit 4 FRM_PR0 FRM_SR0 S96SR Reserved RSSFE TSSFE FRM_PR1 FRM_SR1 AIS AUXP RTS16AIS LBFA LFALR FRM_PR2 FRM_SR2 RSa6=F RSa6=E RSa6=C RSa6=A RSa6=8 FRM_PR3 FRM_SR3 SLIPU SLIPO LCRCATMX REBIT ECE CRCE FBE LFV FRM_PR4 FRM_SR4 FDL_LLBOFF FDL_LLBON FDL_PLBOFF FDL_PLBON (SLCTFSR) (SLCRFSR) (TSaSR) (RSaSR) LLBON (CMA) LLBOFF (BFA) SSFA CFA FRM_PR5 FRM_SR5 ETREUAS ETUAS ETSES ETBES ETES FRM_PR6 FRM_SR6 NTREUAS FRM_PR7 FRM_SR7 RQUASI 180 ETRESES Status Register Bit 3 Status Register Bit 2 ESE FAE (read (read FRM_SR5, FRM_SR3 FRM_SR6, and and FRM_SR4) FRM_SR7) Status Register Bit 1 Status Register Bit 0 RAC (read FRM_SR2) FAC (read FRM_SR1) LTSFA LSFA (LTS0MFA) (LTS16MFA) CREBIT RJYA (RTS16MFA ) LFA RFA ETREBES ETREES NTRESES NTREBES NTREES NTUAS NTSES NTBES NTES RPSUEDO PTRNBER DETECT NROUAS NT1OUAS EROUAS OUAS Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Primary Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR0) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 127. Primary Interrupt Group Enable Register (FRM_PR0) (660; C60) Bit 0 1 2 Symbol SR1IE SR2IE SR34IE 3 SR567IE 4 TSRIE 5 RSRIE 6 7 — SLCIE Agere Systems Inc. Description Status Register 1 Interrupt Enable Bit. A 1 enables register FRM_SR1 event interrupts. Status Register 2 Interrupt Enable Bit. A 1 enables register FRM_SR2 event interrupts. Status Registers 3 and 4 Interrupt Enable Bit. A 1 enables registers FRM_SR3 and FRM_SR4 event interrupts. Status Registers 5, 6, and 7 Interrupt Enable Bit. A 1 enables registers FRM_SR5, FRM_SR6, and FRM_SR7 event interrupts. Transmit Signaling Ready Interrupt Enable Bit. A 1 enables interrupts when transmit signaling buffers are ready (MOS or CCS modes). Receive Signaling Ready Interrupt Enable Bit. A 1 enables interrupts when receive signaling buffers are ready (MOS or CCS modes). Reserved. Write to 0. SLC-96 Interrupt Enable Bit. A 1 enables interrupts when SLC-96 receive or transmit stacks are ready. 181 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Secondary Interrupt Enable Registers (FRM_PR1—FRM_PR7) A bit set to 1 in registers FRM_PR1—FRM_PR7 enables the generation of interrupts whenever the corresponding bit in registers FRM_SR1—FRM_SR7 is set. The default value of these registers is 00 (hex). Table 128. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR1) (661; C61) Bit 0—7 Symbol SR1B0IE— SR1B7IE Description Status Register 1 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables events monitored in register FRM_SR1 to generate interrupts. Each bit position in this enable register corresponds to the same bit position in the status register. Table 129. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR2) (662; C62) Bit 0—7 Symbol SR2B0IE— SR2B7IE Description Status Register 2 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables events monitored in register FRM_SR2 to generate interrupts. Each bit position in this enable register corresponds to the same bit position in the status register. Table 130. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR3) (663; C63) Bit 0—7 Symbol SR3B0IE— SR3B7IE Description Status Register 3 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables events monitored in register FRM_SR3 to generate interrupts. Each bit position in this enable register corresponds to the same bit position in the status register. Table 131. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR4) (664; C64) Bit 0—7 Symbol SR4B0IE— SR4B7IE Description Status Register 4 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables events monitored in register FRM_SR4 to generate interrupts. Each bit position in this enable register corresponds to the same bit position in the status register. Table 132. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR5) (665; C65) Bit 0—7 Symbol SR5B0IE— SR5B7IE Description Status Register 5 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables events monitored in register FRM_SR5 to generate interrupts. Each bit position in this enable register corresponds to the same bit position in the status register. Table 133. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR6) (666; C66) Bit 0—7 Symbol SR6B0IE— SR6B7IE Description Status Register 6 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables events monitored in register FRM_SR6 to generate interrupts. Each bit position in this enable register corresponds to the same bit position in the status register. Table 134. Interrupt Enable Register (FRM_PR7) (667; C67) Bit 0—7 182 Symbol SR7B0IE— SR7B7IE Description Status Register 7 Interrupt Enable. A 1 enables events monitored in register FRM_SR7 to generate interrupts. Each bit position in this enable register corresponds to the same bit position in the status register. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Framer Mode Option Register (FRM_PR8) The default value of this register is C0 (hex). Table 135. Framer Mode Bits Decoding (FRM_PR8) (668; C68) FRM_PR8 Frame Format Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FMODE4 FMODE3 FMODE2 FMODE1 FMODE0 ESF X X X 0 0 0 0 0 D4 X X X 0 0 0 0 1 DDS X X X 0 0 0 1 0 DDS with FDL X X X 0 0 0 1 1 SLC-96 X X X 0 0 1 0 0 Transmit ESF Receive D4 X X X 1 0 0 0 0 Transmit D4 Receive ESF X X X 1 0 0 0 1 CCS X X X 0 1 0 0 0 PCS Mode 0 X X X 0 1 0 0 1 PCS Mode 1 X X X 0 1 0 1 0 CCS X X X 0 1 1 0 0 PCS Mode 1 X X X 0 1 1 0 1 PCS Mode 0 X X X 0 1 1 1 0 CEPT with No CRC-4 CEPT with CRC-4 Table 136. Line Code Option Bits Decoding (FRM_PR8) (668; C68) Line Code Format Bit 7 LC2 Bit 6 LC1 Bit 5 LC0 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 B8ZS (T/R) 0 0 0 X X X X X ZCS (T/R) 0 0 1 X X X X X HDB3 (T/R) 0 1 0 X X X X X Single Rail (DEFAULT) 1 1 0 X X X X X AMI (T/R) 0 1 1 X X X X X B8ZS (T), AMI (R) 1 0 0 X X X X X ZCS (T), B8ZS (R) 1 0 1 X X X X X AMI (T), B8ZS (R) 1 1 1 X X X X X Agere Systems Inc. 183 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Framer CRC Control Option Register (FRM_PR9) This register defines the CRC options for the framer. The default setting is 00 (hex). Table 137. CRC Option Bits Decoding (FRM_PR9) (669, C69) FRM_PR9 CRC Options Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Loss of Frame Alignment Due to Excessive CRC Errors (ESF ≥ 320, CEPT ≥ 915 in a one-second interval) 0 X X X X X 1 1 CRC-4 with 100 ms Timer 0 X X X X 1 X 1 CRC-4 Interworking Search with 400 ms Timer 0 X X X 1 X X 1 CRC-4 with 990 REB Counter 0 X X 1 X X X 1 CRC-4 with 990 REB Counter: A Bit = 1 Restart 0 X 1 1 X X X 1 CRC-4 with 990 REB Counter: Sa6-F or Sa6-E Restart 0 1 X 1 X X X 1 XCRC-4/R-NO CRC-4 1 X X X X X X 0 X-NOCRC-4/RCRC4 1 X X X X X X 1 CRC Default Mode (No CRC) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 184 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Alarm Filter Register (FRM_PR10) The bits in this register enable various control options. The default setting is 00 (hex). Table 138. Alarm Filter Register (FRM_PR10) (66A; C6A) Bit Symbol Description 0 SSa6M Synchronous Sa6 Monitoring. A 0 enables the asynchronous monitoring of the Sa6 codes relative to the receive CRC-4 submultiframe. A 1 enables synchronous monitoring of the Sa6 pattern relative to the receive CRC-4 submultiframe. 1 AISM 2 FEREN NFFE 3 CNUCLBEN 4 — 5 RABF AIS Detection Mode. A 0 enables the detection of received line AIS as described in ETSI Draft prETS 300 233:1992. A 1 enables the detection of received line AIS as described in ITU Rec. G.775. FER Enable (DS1 Only). A 0 enables only the detection of FT framing bit errors in D4 and SLC-96 modes. A 1 enables the detection of FT and FS framing bit errors. Not FAS Framing Bit Error Control (CEPT Only). A 0 enables the monitoring of errored FAS and errored NOT FAS frames in the framing bit error counter, registers FRM_SR10 and FRM_SR11. A 1 enables the monitoring of only errored FAS frames in this error counter. CNUCLB Enable (CEPT Only). A 0 enables payload loopback with regenerated framing and CRC bits in register FRM_PR24. A 1 enables CEPT nailed-up connect loopback in register FRM_PR24. Reserved. Set to 0. Receive A-Bit Filter (CEPT Only). A 0 makes the occurrence of three consecutive A bit = 1 events assert and three consecutive A bit = 0 events deassert the remote frame alarm, register FRM_SR2 bit 0. A 1 enables the occurrence of a single A-bit event to deassert the remote frame alarm. Bit 6 and bit 7 of FRM_PR10 control the evaluation of the bursty errored parameter as defined in Table 139 below. The EST parameter refers to the errored second threshold defined in register FRM_PR11. The SEST parameter refers to the severely errored second threshold defined in registers FRM_PR12 and FRM_PR13. Table 139. Errored Event Threshold Definition Bit 7, FRM_PR10 ESM1 Bit 6, FRM_PR10 ESM0 0 0 Default values in Table 44, Event Counters Definition on page 97. 0 1 ES = 1 when: Errored events > EST Other Combinations Agere Systems Inc. Errored Second (ES) Definition Bursty Errored Second (BES) Definition BES = 0 Severely Errored Second (SES) Definition SES = 1 when: Errored events > SEST Reserved. 185 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Errored Second Threshold Register (FRM_PR11) This register defines the errored event threshold for an errored second (ES). A one-second interval with errors less than the ES threshold value will not be detected as an errored second. Programming 00 (hex) into this register disables the errored second threshold monitor circuitry if register FRM_PR10 bit 6 = 1 and bit 7 = 0. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 140. Errored Second Threshold Register (FRM_PR11) (66B; C6B) Register Symbol Description FRM_PR11 EST7—EST0 ES Threshold Register. Severely Errored Second Threshold Register (FRM_PR12—FRM_PR13) This 16-bit register defines the errored event threshold for a severely errored second (SES). A one-second interval with errors less than the SES threshold value is not a severely errored second. Programming 00 (hex) into these two registers disables the severely errored second threshold monitor circuitry if register FRM_PR10 bit 6 = 1 and bit 7 = 0. The default value of these registers is 00 (hex). Table 141. Severely Errored Second Threshold Registers (FRM_PR12—FRM_PR13) ((66C—66D; C6C—C6D)) Register Symbol Description FRM_PR12 SEST15—SEST8 SES MSB Threshold Register. FRM_PR13 SEST7—SEST0 SES LSB Threshold Register. ET1 Errored Event Enable Register1 (FRM_PR14) These bits enable the errored events used to determine errored and severely errored seconds at the local ET interface. ETSLIP, ETAIS, ETLMFA, and ETLFA are the SLIP, AIS, LMFA, and LFA errored events, respectively, as referred to the local ET interface. A 1 in the bit position enables the corresponding errored event. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 142. ET1 Errored Event Enable Register (FRM_PR14) (66E; C6E) Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_PR14 0 0 0 0 ETSLIP ETAIS ETLMFA ETLFA 186 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) ET1 Remote End Errored Event Enable Register1 (FRM_PR15) These bits enable the errored events used to determine errored and severely errored seconds at the ET’s remote end interface. ETRESa6-F, ETRESa6-E, ETRESa6-8, ETRERFA, ETRESLIP, ETREAIS, ETRELMFA, and ETRELFA are the Sa6-F, Sa6-E, Sa6-8, RFA, SLIP, AIS, LMFA, and LFA errored events, respectively, as referred to the ET remote end interface. A 1 in the bit position enables the corresponding errored event. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 143. ET1 Remote End Errored Event Enable Register (FRM_PR15) (66F; C6F) Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_PR15 ETRESa6-F ETRESa6-E ETRESa6-8 ETRERFA ETRESLIP ETREAIS ETRELMFA ETRELFA NT1 Errored Event Enable Register1 (FRM_PR16) These bits enable the errored events used to determine errored and severely errored seconds at the network termination-1 interface. NTSa6-C, NTSa6-8, NTSLIP, NTAIS, NTLMFA, and NTLFA are the Sa6-C, Sa6-8, SLIP, AIS, LMFA, and LFA errored events, respectively, as referred to the NT1 interface. A 1 in the bit position enables the corresponding errored event. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 144. NT1 Errored Event Enable Register (FRM_PR16) (670; C70) Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_PR16 NTSa6-C 0 NTSa6-8 0 NTSLIP NTAIS NTLMFA NTLFA NT1 Remote End Errored Event Enable Register1 (FRM_PR17—FRM_PR18) These bits enable the errored events used to determine errored and severely errored seconds at the network termination-1 remote end interface. NTRERFA, NTRESLIP, NTREAIS, NTRELMFA, NTRELFA, NTRESa6-C, NTRESa6-F, NTRESa6-E, and NTRESa6-8 are the RFA, SLIP, AIS, LMFA, LFA, Sa6-C, Sa6-F, Sa6-E, and Sa6-8 errored events, respectively, as referred to the NT-1 remote end interface. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 145. NT1 Remote End Errored Event Enable Registers (FRM_PR17—FRM_PR18) ((671—672); (C71—C72)) Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_PR17 0 0 0 NTRERFA NTRESLIP NTREAIS NTRELMFA NTRELFA FRM_PR18 0 0 0 0 NTRESa6-C NTRESa6-F NTRESa6-E NTRESa6-8 1. One occurrence of any one of these events causes an errored second count increment and a severely errored second count increment. Agere Systems Inc. 187 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Automatic AIS to the System and Automatic Loopback Enable Register The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 146. Automatic AIS to the System and Automatic Loopback Enable Register (FRM_PR19) (673; C73) Bit Symbol Description 0 ASAIS Automatic System AIS. A 1 transmits AIS to the system whenever the receive framer is in the loss of receive frame alignment (RLFA) state. 1 ASAISTMX Automatic System AIS CEPT CRC-4 Timer Expiration. A 1 transmits AIS to the system after the CRC-4 100 ms or 400 ms timer expires. AIS is transmitted for the duration of the loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment state. 2 — 3 TSAIS Transmit System AIS. A 1 transmits AIS to the system. 4 ALLBE Automatic Line Loopback Enable. A 1 enables the framer section to execute the DS1 line loopback on or off commands without system intervention. 5 — 6 AFDLLBE Automatic FDL Line Loopback Enable. A 1 enables the framer section to execute a line ESF FDL loopback on or off command without system intervention. 7 AFDPLBE Automatic FDL Payload Loopback Enable. A 1 enables the framer section to execute a payload ESF FDL loopback on or off command without system intervention. Reserved. Set to 0. Reserved. Set to 0. Transmit Test Pattern to the Line Enable Register1 This register enables the transmit framer to transmit various test signals to the line interface. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Note that between enabling the transmission of line loopback on and off codes this register must be set to 00 (hex) (i.e., to enable transmission of line loopback on code and then off code, write into this register 10 (hex), then 00 (hex), and finally 20 (hex)). Table 147. Transmit Test Pattern to the Line Enable Register (FRM_PR20) (674; C74) Bit Symbol Description 0 TUFAIS 1 TUFAUXP 2 TPRS Transmit Pseudorandom Signal to Line Interface (215 – 1). 3 TQRS Transmit Quasi-Random Signal to Line Interface (2 20 – 1) (ANSI T1.403). 4 TLLBON Transmit Framed Payload Line Loopback On Code: 00001. 5 TLLBOFF Transmit Framed Payload Line Loopback Off Code: 001. 6 TLIC 7 TICRC Unframed AIS to Line Interface (All Ones Pattern). Unframed AUXP to Line Interface in CEPT Mode (Alternating 010101 Unframed Pattern). Transmit Line Idle Code of FRM_PR22. When this bit = 1, the line idle code of FRM_PR22 is transmitted to the line in all time slots. Transmit Inverted CRC. 1. To transmit test signals using this register, registers FRM_PR69 and FRM_PR70 must be set to 00 (hex). 188 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Framer FDL Control Command Register (FRM_PR21) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 148. Framer FDL Control Command Register (FRM_PR21) (675; C75) Bit Symbol Description 0 — Reserved. Must be set to 0. 1 — Reserved. Must be set to 0. 2 — Reserved. Must be set to 0. 3 — Reserved. Must be set to 0. 4 TFDLLAIS Transmit Facility Data Link AIS to the Line. A 1 sends AIS in the line side data link. 5 TFDLSAIS Transmit Facility Data Link AIS to the System. A 1 sends AIS in the system data link side. 6 TFDLC Transmit FDL Control Bit. A 0 enables the transmission of the FDL bit from the internal FDL-HDLC unit (default). A 1 enables the transmission of the FDL bit from either TFDL input (pin 67 and 115) or from the internal transmit stack depending on the state of FRM_PR29 bit 5—bit 7. When the SLC-96 stack transmission is enabled (register FRM_PR26 bit 5—bit 7 = x10 (binary), the FDL bit is sourced from the SLC-96 transmit stack (register FRM_PR31—FRM_PR35). Otherwise, it is sourced from TFDL (pins 67/115). 7 TC/R=1 Transmit ESF_PRM C/R = 1 (TC/R = 1). A 0 transmits the ESF performance report message with the C/R bit = 0. (See ANSI T1.403-1995 for the PRM structure and content.) A 1 transmits the ESF performance report message with the C/R bit = 1. Framer Transmit Line Idle Code Register (FRM_PR22) The value programmed in this register is transmitted as the line idle code. The default value is 7F (hex). Table 149. Framer Transmit Line Idle Code Register (FRM_PR22) (676; C76) Bit Symbol 0—7 TLIC0—TLIC7 Description Transmit Line Idle Code 0—7. These 8 bits define the idle code transmitted to the line. Framer System Stuffed Time-Slot Code Register (FRM_PR23) The value programmed in this register is transmitted in the stuffed time slots on the CHI in the DS1 modes. The default value is 7F (hex). Table 150. Framer System Stuffed Time-Slot Code Register (FRM_PR23) (677; C77) Bit Symbol Description 0—7 SSTSC0— SSTSC7 System Stuffed Time-Slot Code 0—7. These 8 bits define the idle code transmitted in the stuffed time slots to the system (CHI). Agere Systems Inc. 189 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Primary Loopback Mode Control and Time Slot Address (FRM_PR24) This register contains the loopback mode control and the 5-bit address of the line or system time slot to be looped back. The default value is 00 (hex) (no loopback). Table 151. Primary Time-Slot Loopback Address Register (FRM_PR24) (678; C78) Bit Symbol 0—4 TSLBA0— TSLBA4 5—7 LBC0—LBC2 Description Time-Slot Loopback Address. Loopback Control Bits[2:0]. Table 152. Loopback Decoding of Bits LBC[2:0] in FRM_PR24, Bits 7—5 LBC2 LBC1 LBC0 0 0 0 No Loopback. 0 0 1 Line Loopback (LLB). The received line data is looped back to the transmit line data. 0 1 0 Board Loopback (BLB). The received system data is looped back to the transmit system data and AIS is sent as the line transmit data. 0 1 1 Single Time-Slot System Loopback (STSSLB). System (CHI) loopback of the time slot selected by bit 4—bit 0. Idle code selected by FRM_PR22 is inserted in the line payload in place of the looped back time slot. 1 0 0 Single Time-Slot Line Loopback (STSSLB). Line loopback of time slot selected by bit 4—bit 0. Idle code selected by FRM_PR22 is inserted in the system (CHI) payload in place of the looped back time slot. 1 0 1 CEPT Nailed-up Broadcast Transmission (CNUBT). Time slot selected by bit 4—bit 0 is transmitted normally and also placed into time slot 0. 1 1 0 Payload Line Loopback with Regenerated Framing and CRC Bits. This mode is selected if FRM_PR10 bit 3 = 0. The received channelized-payload data is looped backed to the line. The framing bits are generated within the transmit framer. The regenerated framing information includes the F-bit pattern, the CRC checksum bit, and the system’s facility data link bit stream. This loopback mode can be used with the CEPT framing mode. The entire time slot 0 data (FAS and NOT FAS) is regenerated by the transmit framer. The receive framer processes and monitors the incoming line data normally in this loopback mode and transmits the formatted data to the system in the normal format via the CHI. CEPT Nailed-up Connect Loopback (CNUCLB). The received system time slot selected by this register bit 4—bit 0 is looped back to the system in time slot 0. This mode is selected if FRM_PR10 bit 3 = 1. 1 1 1 Payload Line Loopback with Passthrough Framing and CRC Bits. The received channelized/payload data, the CRC bits, and the frame alignment bits are looped back to the line. The system’s facility data link bit stream is inserted into the looped back data and transmitted to the line. In ESF, the FDL bits are ignored when calculating the CRC-6 checksum. In CEPT, the FDL bits are included when calculating the CRC-4 checksum, and as such this loopback mode generates CRC-4 errors back at the remote end. 190 Function Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Secondary Loopback Control and ID and Address (FRM_PR25) This register allows for a second single-time-slot loopback mode. This loopback is valid if the secondary time slot loopback address is different from the primary loopback address and the device is not in a line, board, or payload loopback, see FRM_PR24. This register contains the secondary loopback mode control and the 5-bit address for the secondary line or system time slot to be looped back to the line or system. The default value is 00 (hex) (no loopback). Table 153. Secondary Time-Slot Loopback Address Register (FRM_PR25) (679; C79) Bit Symbol 0—4 STSLBA0—STSLBA4 5—6 SLBC0—SLBC1 7 — Description Secondary Time-Slot Loopback Address. Secondary Loopback Control Bits[1:0]. Reserved. Write to 0. Table 154. Loopback Decoding of Bits LBC[1:0] in FRM_PR25, Bits 6—5 LBC1 LBC0 0 0 No Loopback. 0 1 Secondary Single Time-Slot System Loopback. 1 0 Secondary Single Time-Slot Line Loopback. 1 1 Reserved. Agere Systems Inc. Function 191 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Framer Reset and Transparent Mode Control Register (FRM_PR26) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 155. Framer Reset and Transparent Mode Control Register (FRM_PR26) (67A, C7A) Bits Symbol Description 0 SWRESET Framer Software Reset. The framer and FDL sections are placed in the reset state for four clock cycles of the frame internal line clock (RFRMCK). The parameter registers are forced to the default values. This bit is self-cleared. 1 SWRESTART Framer Software Restart. The framer and FDL sections are placed in the reset state as long as this bit is set to 1. The framer’s parameter registers are not changed from their programmed state. The FDL parameter registers are changed from their programmable state. This bit must be cleared. 2 FRFRM Framer Reframe. A 0-to-1 transition of this bit forces the receive framer into the loss of frame alignment (LFA) state which forces a search of frame alignment. Subsequent reframe commands must have this bit in the 0 state first. 3 TFM1 Transparent Framing Mode 1. A 1 forces the transmit framer to pass system data unmodified to the line and the receive framer to pass line data unmodified to the system. The receive framer is forced not to align to the input receive data. DS1: register FRM_PR43 bit 2—bit 0 must be set to 000. The F bit is located in time slot 0, bit 7. The transmit framer extracts bit 7 of time slot 0 from RCHIDATA and places this bit in the F-bit position of the transmit line data. The receive framer inserts the bit in the F-bit position of the receive line data into time slot 0, bit 7 of the TCHIDATA. CEPT: RCHIDATA time slot 0 is inserted into time slot 0 of the transmit line data. Receive line time slot 0 is inserted into time slot 0 of TCHIDATA. 4 TFM2 Transparent Framing Mode 2. A 1 forces the transmit framer to pass system data unmodified to the line. The receive framer functions normally as programmed. DS1: register FRM_PR43 bit 2—bit 0 must be set to 000. The F bit is located in time slot 0, bit 7. The transmit framer extracts bit 7 of time slot 0 from RCHIDATA and places this bit in the F-bit position of the transmit line data. CEPT: RCHIDATA time slot 0 is inserted into time slot 0 of the transmit line data. 5 SYSFSM System Frame Sync Mask. A 1 masks the system frame synchronization signal in the transmit framer section. Note: The transmit framer must see at least one valid system synchronization pulse to initialize its counts; afterwards, this bit may be set. For those applications that have jitter on the transmit clock signal relative to the system clock signal, enable this bit so that the jitter is isolated from the transmit framer. 6—7 192 — Reserved. Write to 0. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Automatic and Manual Transmission of the Remote Frame Alarm Control Register (FRM_PR27) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 156. Transmission of Remote Frame Alarm and CEPT Automatic Transmission of A Bit = 1 Control Register (FRM_PR27) (67B, C7B) Bit Symbol 0 ARLFA Description Automatic Remote Frame Alarm on LFA (ARLFA). A 1 transmits the remote frame alarm to the line whenever the receive framer detects loss of frame alignment (RLFA). 1 AAB16LMFA Automatic A Bit on LMFA (CEPT only). A 1 transmits A = 1 to the line whenever the receive framer detects loss of time slot 16 signaling multiframe alignment (RTS16LMFA). 2 AAB0LMFA 3 ATMRX Automatic A Bit on CRC-4 Multiframe Reframer Timer Expiration (CEPT only). A 1 transmits A = 1 to the line when the receive framer detects the expiration of either the 100 ms or 400 ms timers due to loss of multiframe alignment. 4 AARSa6_8 Automatic A Bit on RSa6_8 (CEPT only). A 1 transmits A = 1 to the line whenever the receive framer detects the Sa6 = 1000 pattern. 5 AARSa6_C Automatic A Bit on RSa6_C (CEPT only). A 1 transmits A = 1 to the line whenever the receive framer detects the Sa6 = 1100 pattern. 6 TJRFA Transmit D4 Japanese Remote Frame Alarm. A 1 transmits a valid Japanese remote frame alarm for the D4 frame format. 7 TRFA Transmit Remote Frame Alarm. A 1 transmits a valid remote frame alarm for the corresponding frame format. Agere Systems Inc. 193 Automatic A Bit on LMFA (CEPT only). A 1 transmits A = 1 to the line whenever the receive framer detects loss of time slot 0 multiframe alignment (RTS0LMFA). Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Automatic and Manual Transmission of E Bit = 0 Control Register The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 157. CEPT Automatic Transmission of E Bit = 0 Control Register (FRM_PR28) (67C; C7C) Bit Symbol Description 0 SIS, Si-Bit Source. In CEPT with NO CRC-4 mode, a 1 transmits TSiF and TSiNF in the Si bit position to the line in FAS and NOT FAS, respectively. A 0, in non-CRC-4 mode, transmits system Si data to the line transparently*. Transmit One E = 0. In CEPT with CRC-4 mode, a 0 transmits E = TSiF in frame 13 and E = TSiNF in frame 15. A 1 transmits one E bit = 0 for each write access to TSiF = 0 or TSiNF = 0. T1E 1 TSiF Transmit Bit 1 in FAS. In CEPT with no CRC-4, this bit can be transmitted to the line in bit 1 of the FAS. In CRC-4 mode, this bit is used for E-bit data in frame 13. 2 TSiNF Transmit Bit 1 in NOT FAS. In CEPT with no CRC-4, this bit can be transmitted to the line in bit 1 of the NOT FAS. In CRC-4 mode, this bit is used for E-bit data in frame 15. 3 ATERCRCE 4 Automatic Transmit E Bit = 0 for Received CRC-4 Errored Events. A 1 transmits E = 0 to the line whenever the receive framer detects a CRC-4 errored checksum. ATELTS0MFA Automatic Transmit E Bit = 0 for Received Loss of CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment. A 1 transmits E = 0 to the line whenever the receive framer detects a loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment condition. 5 ATERTX 6—7 — Automatic Transmit E Bit = 0 on Expiration of CEPT CRC-4 Loss of Multiframe Timer. A 1 transmits E = 0 to the line whenever the receive framer detects the expiration of either the 100 ms or 400 ms timer due to the loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment. These Bits Are Zero. * Whenever bits (e.g., Si, Sa, etc.) are transmitted from the system transparently, FRM_PR29 must first be momentarily written to 001XXXXX (binary). Otherwise, the transmit framer will not be able to locate the biframe alignment. 194 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Sa4—Sa8 Source Register (FRM_PR29) These bits contain the fixed transmit Sa bits and define the source of the Sa bits. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 158. Sa4—Sa8 Source Register (FRM_PR29) (67D; C7D) Bit Symbol Description 0—4 TSa4—TSa8 Transmit Sa4—Sa8 Bit. 5—7 SaS5—SaS7 Sa Source Control Bits[2:0]. Table 159. Sa Bits Source Control for Bit 5—Bit 7 in FRM_PR29 SaS7 SaS6 SaS5 Function 1 0 0 A single Sa bit, selected in register FRM_PR43, is sourced from either the external transmit facility data input port TFDL (FRM_PR21 bit 6 = 1) or from the internal FDLHDLC block (FRM_PR21 bit 6 = 0). The remaining Sa bits are sourced by this register bit 0—bit 4 if enabled in register FRM_PR30, or transparently from the system interface*. 1 0 1 A single Sa bit, selected in register FRM_PR43, is sourced from either the external transmit facility data input port TFDL (FRM_PR21 bit 6 = 1) or from the internal FDLHDLC block (FRM_PR21 bit 6 = 0). The remaining Sa bits are transmitted transparently from the system interface*. 1 1 x A single Sa bit, selected in register FRM_PR43, is sourced from either the external transmit facility data input port TFDL (FRM_PR21 bit 6 = 1) or from the internal FDLHDLC block (FRM_PR21 bit 6 = 0). The remaining Sa bits are sourced from the transmit Sa stack registers (FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40) if enabled in register FRM_PR30, or transparently from the system interface*. 0 1 x SLC-96 Mode. Transmit SLC-96 stack and the SLC-96 interrupts are enabled. The SLC-96 FDL bits are sourced from the transmit SLC-96 stack, registers FRM_PR31— FRM_PR40. CEPT Mode. Transmit Sa stack and the Sa interrupts are enabled. The Sa bits are sourced from the transmit Sa stack (FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40) if enabled in register FRM_PR30, or transparently from the system interface*. 0 0 1 Sa[4:8] bits are transmitted from the system interface transparently through the framer*. 0 0 0 Sa[4:8] bits are sourced by bit 0—bit 4 of this register if enabled in register FRM_PR30, or transparently from the system interface*. * Whenever bits (e.g., Si, Sa, etc.) are transmitted from the system transparently, FRM_PR29 must first be momentarily written to 001XXXXX (binary). Otherwise, the transmit framer will not be able to locate the biframe alignment. Agere Systems Inc. 195 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Sa4—Sa8 Control Register (FRM_PR30) In conjunction with FRM_PR29 bit 5—bit 7, these bits define the source of the individual Sa4—Sa8 bits. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 160. Sa4—Sa8 Control Register (FRM_PR30) (67E; C7E) Bit Symbol Description 0—4 TESa4—TESa8 Transparent Enable Sa4—Sa8 Bit Mask. A 1 enables the transmission of the corresponding Sa bits from the Sa source register (FRM_PR29 bit 0—bit 4) or from the transmit Sa stack. A 0 allows the corresponding Sa bit to be transmitted transparently from the system interface. 5—6 — 7 TDNF 196 Reserved. Write to 0. Transmit Double NOTFAS System Time Slot. A 0 enables the transmission of the FAS and NOTFAS on the TCHIDATA interface. A 1 enables the NOTFAS to be transmitted twice on the TCHIDATA interface, and the received time slot 0 from the RCHIDATA is assumed to carry NOTFAS data that is repeated twice. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Sa Transmit Stack Register (FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40) In CEPT frame format, registers FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40 are used to program the Sa bits in the CEPT multiframe NOT-FAS words. If CRC-4 is enabled, this data is transmitted to the line synchronously to the CRC-4 multiframe. The default value of these registers is 00 (hex). Table 161. Sa Transmit Stack (FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40) ((67F—688); (C7F—C88)) Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_PR31 Sa4-1 Sa4-3 Sa4-5 Sa4-7 Sa4-9 Sa4-11 Sa4-13 Sa4-15 FRM_PR32 Sa4-17 Sa4-19 Sa4-21 Sa4-23 Sa4-25 Sa4-27 Sa4-29 Sa4-31 FRM_PR33 Sa5-1 Sa5-3 Sa5-5 Sa5-7 Sa5-9 Sa5-11 Sa5-13 Sa5-15 FRM_PR34 Sa5-17 Sa5-19 Sa5-21 Sa5-23 Sa5-25 Sa5-27 Sa5-29 Sa5-31 FRM_PR35 Sa6-1 Sa6-3 Sa6-5 Sa6-7 Sa6-9 Sa6-11 Sa6-13 Sa6-15 FRM_PR36 Sa6-17 Sa6-19 Sa6-21 Sa6-23 Sa6-25 Sa6-27 Sa6-29 Sa6-31 FRM_PR37 Sa7-1 Sa7-3 Sa7-5 Sa7-7 Sa7-9 Sa7-11 Sa7-13 Sa7-15 FRM_PR38 Sa7-17 Sa7-19 Sa7-21 Sa7-23 Sa7-25 Sa7-27 Sa7-29 Sa7-31 FRM_PR39 Sa8-1 Sa8-3 Sa8-5 Sa8-7 Sa8-9 Sa8-11 Sa8-13 Sa8-15 FRM_PR40 Sa8-17 Sa8-19 Sa8-21 Sa8-23 Sa8-25 Sa8-27 Sa8-29 Sa8-31 SLC-96 Transmit Stack (FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40) In SLC-96 frame format, registers FRM_PR31—FRM_PR35 are used to source the transmit facility data link bits in the FS bit positions. The default value of these registers is 00 (hex). Table 162. SLC-96 Transmit Stack (FRM_PR31—FRM_PR40) ((67F—688); (C7F—C88)) Register Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_PR31 0 0 X-0 X-0 X-0 X-1 X-1 X-1 FRM_PR32 0 0 X-0 X-0 X-0 X-1 X-1 X-1 FRM_PR33 XC1 XC2 XC3 XC4 XC5 XC6 XC7 XC8 FRM_PR34 XC9 XC10 XC11 XM1 XM2 FRM_PR35 XM3 XA1 XA2 XS1 XS2 XS3 XS4 XSPB4=1 FRM_PR36— FRM_PR40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 XSPB1 = 0 XSPB2 = 1 XSPB3 = 0 In SLC-96 frame format, the bits in registers FRM_PR31—FRM_PR35 are transmitted using the format shown in Table 163. Table 163. Transmit SLC-96 FDL Format FS= 000111000111 XC1 XC2 XC3 XC4 XC5 XC6 XC7 XC8 XC9 XC10 XC11 XSPB1 XSPB2 XSPB3 XM1 XM2 XM3 XA1 XA2 XS1 XS2 XS3 XS4 XSPB4 Agere Systems Inc. 197 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) CEPT Time Slot 16 X-Bit Remote Multiframe Alarm and AIS Control Register (FRM_PR41) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 164. CEPT Time Slot 16 X-Bit Remote Multiframe Alarm and AIS Control Register (FRM_PR41) (689; C89) Bit 0—2 Symbol Description TTS16X0—TTS16X2 Transmit Time Slot 16 X0—X2 Bits. The content of these bits are written into CEPT signaling multiframe time slot 16 X bits. 3 XS X-Bit Source. A 1 enables the TTS16X[2:0] bits to be written into CEPT time slot 16 signaling multiframe frame. A 0 transmits the X bits transparently. 4 ALTTS16RMFA Automatic Line Transmit Time Slot 16 Remote Multiframe Alarm. A 1 enables the transmission of CEPT time slot 16 signaling remote multiframe alarm when the receive framer is in the loss of CEPT signaling (RTS16LMFA) state. 5 TLTS16RMFA Transmit Line Time Slot 16 Remote Multiframe Alarm. A 1 enables the transmission of CEPT time slot 16 signaling remote multiframe alarm. 6 TLTS16AIS 7 — Transmit Line Time Slot 16 AIS. A 1 enables the transmission of CEPT time slot 16 alarm indication signal. Reserved. Write to 0. Framer Exercise Register (FRM_PR42) This register is used for exercising the device in a test mode. In normal operation, it and should be set to 00 (hex). The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 165. Framer Exercise Register (FRM_PR42) (68A; C8A) Bit Description FEX0—FEX5 Framer Exercise Bits 0—5 (FEX0—FEX5). See Table 166. FEX6 FEX7 0 0 1 Second Pulse. 0 1 500 ms Pulse. 1 0 100 ms Pulse. 1 1 Reserved. 198 Second Pulse Interval. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Table 166. Framer Exercises, FRM_PR42 Bit 5—Bit 0 (68A; C8A) Exercise Type Facility Status FEX5 FEX4 FEX3 FEX2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 FEX1 FEX0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Exercise Framing Format Line format violation All CRC checksum error ESF or CEPT Receive remote frame alarm D4 or ESF Alarm indication signal detection All Loss of frame alignment CEPT Receive remote frame alarm Japanese D4 Time slot 0 1-bit shift CEPT Transmit corrupt CRC ESF & CEPT Frame-bit error & loss of frame align- All ment Loss of time slot 16 multiframe align- CEPT ment Remote frame alarm D4 & DDS CRC bit errors ESF & CEPT 0 0 1 1 0 0 Frame-bit errors All 0 0 1 1 0 1 Frame-bit errors & loss of frame alignment All Loss of time slot 16 multiframe align- CEPT ment 0 0 1 1 1 0 Frame-bit error & loss of frame align- All ment Change of frame alignment ESF, DDS & CEPT Loss of time slot 16 multiframe align- CEPT ment 0 Agere Systems Inc. 0 1 1 1 1 Excessive CRC checksum errors ESF & CEPT 199 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Table 166. Framer Exercises, FRM_PR42 Bit 5—Bit 0 (68A; C8A) (continued) Exercise Type FEX5 FEX4 FEX3 FEX2 Performance Status Status Counters — 200 FEX1 FEX0 Exercise Framing Format 0 1 0 0 0 0 Errored second 0 1 0 0 0 1 Bursty errored second 0 1 0 0 1 0 Severely errored second 0 1 0 0 1 1 Severely errored second count 0 1 0 1 0 0 Unavailable state 0 1 0 1 0 1 Factory test 0 1 0 1 1 0 Increment status counters SR6—SR14 0 1 0 1 1 1 Increment status counters SR6—SR14 1 0 0 0 0 1 CRC error counter 1 0 0 0 1 0 Errored event counter 1 0 X 0 1 1 Errored second counter 1 0 0 1 0 0 Severely errored second counter 1 0 0 1 0 1 Unavailable second counter 1 0 0 1 1 0 Line format violation counter 1 0 0 1 1 1 Frame bit error counter All other combinations Reserved All All — Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) DS1 System Interface Control and CEPT FDL Source Control Register (FRM_PR43) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 167. DS1 System Interface Control and CEPT FDL Source Control Register (FRM_PR43) (68B; C8B) Bit 0—2 Symbol Description STS0—STS2 In DS1 mode, bit 0—bit 2 program the positions of the stuffed time slots on the CHI. The content of the stuffed time slot can be programmed using register FRM_PR23. Bits 210 000 = SDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDD 001 = DSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDD 010 = DDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSD 011 = DDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDSDDDS 100 = DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDSSSSSSSS SaFDL0— In CEPT mode, bit 0—bit 2 program the Sa bit source of the facility data link. SaFDL2 Bits 210 000: Sa4 = FDL 001: Sa5 = FDL 010: Sa6 = FDL 011: Sa7 = FDL 100: Sa8 = FDL In both DS1 and CEPT modes, only the bit values shown above may be selected. 3 SSC 4—7 — Agere Systems Inc. SLC-96 Signaling Control (DS1 Only). A 1 enables the SLC-96 9-state signaling mode. A 0 enables 16-state signaling in the SLC-96 framing mode. Reserved. Write to 0. 201 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Signaling Mode Register (FRM_PR44) This register programs various signaling modes. The default value is 00 (hex). Table 168. Signaling Mode Register (FRM_PR44) (68C; C8C) Bit Symbol Description 0 TSIG Transparent Signaling. A 0 enables signaling information to be inserted into and extracted from the data stream. The signaling source is either the signaling registers or the system data (in the associated signaling mode). In DS1 modes, the choice of data or voice channels assignment for each channel is a function of the programming of the F and G bits in the transmit signaling registers. A 1 enables data to pass through the device transparently. All channels are treated as data channels. 1 STOMP Stomp Mode. A 0 allows the received signaling bits to pass through the receive signaling circuit unmodified. In DS1 robbed-bit signaling modes, a 1 enables the receive signaling circuit to replace (in those time slots programmed for signaling) all signaling bits (in the receive line bit stream) with a 1, after extracting the valid signaling information. In CEPT time slot 16 signaling modes, a 1 enables the received signaling circuit substitute of the signaling combination of ABCD = 0000 to ABCD = 1111. 2 ASM Associated Signaling Mode. A 1 enables the associate signaling mode which configures the CHI to carry both data and its associated signaling information. Enabling this mode must be in conjunction with the programming of the CHI data rate to 4.096 Mbits/s or 8.192 Mbit/s. Each channel consists of 16 bits where 8 bits are data and the remaining 8 bits are signaling information. 3 RSI Receive Signaling Inhibit. A 1 inhibits updating of the receive signaling buffer. 4 MOS_CCS Message-Oriented Signaling or Common Channel Signaling. DS1: A 1 enables the channel 24 message-oriented signaling mode. CEPT: A 1 enables the time slot 16 common channel signaling mode. 5 IRSM TSR-ASM IRSM Mode (CEPT Only). A 1 enables the CEPT IRSM mode. TSR-ASM Mode (DS1 Only). In the DS1 mode, setting this bit and FRM_PR44 bit 2 (ASM) to 1 enables the transmit signaling register F and G bits to define the robbed-bit signaling format while the ABCD bit information is extracted from the CHI interface. The F and G bits are copied to the receive signaling block and are used to extract the signaling information from the receive line. 6 ASTSAIS Automatic System Transmit Signaling AIS (CEPT Only). A 1 transmits AIS in system time slot 16 during receive loss of time slot 16 signaling multiframe alignment state. 7 TCSS 202 Transmit CEPT System Signaling Squelch (CEPT Only). AIS is transmitted in time slot 16 of the transmit system data. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) CHI Common Control Register (FRM_PR45) These bits define the common attributes of the CHI for TCHIDATA, TCHIDATAB, RCHIDATA, and RCHDATAB. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 169. CHI Common Control Register (FRM_PR45) (68D; C8D) Bit Symbol Description 0 HFLF High-Frequency/Low-Frequency PLLCK Clock Mode. A 0 enables the low-frequency PLLCK mode for the divide down circuit in the internal phase-lock loop section (DS1 PLLCK = 1.544 MHz; CEPT PLLCK = 2.048 MHz). The divide down circuit will produce an 8 kHz signal on DIV-PLLCK, pin 6 and pin 32. A 1 enables the high-frequency PLLCK mode for the divide down circuit in the internal phase-lock loop section (DS1: PLLCK = 6.176 (4 x 1.544) MHz; CEPT: 8.192 (4 x 2.048) MHz). The divide down circuit will produce a 32 kHz signal on DIV-PLLCK. 1 CMS Concentration Highway Clock Mode. A 0 enables the CHI clock frequency and CHI data rate to be equal. A 1 enables CHI clock frequency to be twice the CHI data rate. This control bit affects both the transmit and receive interfaces. 2—3 CDRS0— CDRS1 4 CHIMM 5—6 — 7 HWYEN Agere Systems Inc. Concentration Highway Interface Data Rate Select. Bits CHI Data Rate 2 3 0 0 2.048 Mbits/s 0 1 4.096 Mbits/s 1 0 8.192 Mbits/s 1 1 Reserved Concentration Highway Master Mode. A 0 enables external system’s frame synchronization signal (TCHIFS) to drive the transmit path of the framer’s concentration highway interface. A 1 enables the framer’s transmit concentration interface to generate a system frame synchronization signal derived from the receive line interface. The framer’s system frame synchronization signal is generated on the TCHIFS output pin. Applications using the receive line clock as the reference clock signal of the system are recommended to enable this mode and use the TCHIFS signal generated by the framer. The receive CHI path is not affected by this mode. Reserved. Write to 0. Highway Enable. A 1 in this bit position enables transmission to the concentration highway. This allows the T7633 to be fully configured before transmission to the highway. A 0 forces the idle code as defined in register FRM_PR22 to be transmitted to the line in all payload time slots and the Transmit CHI pin is forced to a high-impedance state for all CHI transmitted time slots. 203 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) CHI Common Control Register (FRM_PR46) This register defines the common attributes of the transmit and receive CHI. The default value is 00 (hex). Table 170. CHI Common Control Register (FRM_PR46) (68E; C8E) Bit Symbol Description 0—2 TOFF0— TOFF2 Transmit CHI Bit Offset. These 3 bits define the bit offset from TCHIFS for each transmit time slot. CMS = 0: the offset is the number of TCHICK clock periods by which the first bit is delayed from TCHIFS. CMS = 1: the offset is twice the number of TCHICK clock periods by which the first bit is delayed from TCHIFS. 3 TFE 4—6 ROFF0— ROFF2 Transmit Frame Clock Edge. A 0 (1) enables the falling (rising) edge of TCHICK to latch in the frame synchronization signal, TCHIFS. Receive CHI Bit Offset. These 3 bits define the bit offset from RCHIFS for each received time slot. CMS = 0: the offset is the number of RCHICK clock periods by which the first bit is delayed from RCHIFS. CMS = 1: the offset is twice the number of RCHICK clock periods by which the first bit is delayed from RCHIFS. 7 204 RFE Received Frame Clock Edge. A 0 (1) enables the falling (rising) edge of RCHICK to latch in the frame synchronization signal, RCHIFS. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) CHI Transmit Control Register (FRM_PR47) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 171. CHI Transmit Control Register (FRM_PR47) (68F; C8F) Bit Symbol Description 0—5 TBYOFF0— TBYOFF5 Transmit Byte Offset. Combined with FRM_PR65 bit 0 (TBYOFF6), these 6 bits define the byte offset from TCHIFS to the beginning of the next transmit CHI frame on TCHIDATA. 6 TCE Transmitter Clock Edge. A 1 (0) enables the rising (falling) edge of TCHICK to clock out data on TCHIDATA. 7 TLBIT Transmit Least Significant Bit First. A 0 forces the most significant bit of each time slot (bit 0) to be transmitted first. A 1 forces the least significant bit of each time slot to be transmitted first. CHI Receive Control Register (FRM_PR48) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 172. CHI Receive Control Register (FRM_PR48) (690; C90) Bit 0—5 Symbol Description RBYOFF0— Receiver Byte Offset. Combined with FRM_PR66 bit 0 (RBYOFF6), these 6 bits define RBYOFF5 the byte offset from RCHIFS to the beginning of the next receive CHI frame on RCHIDATA. 6 RCE 7 RLBIT Agere Systems Inc. Receiver Clock Edge. A 1 (0) enables the rising (falling) edge of RCHICK to latch data on RCHIDATA. Receive Least Significant Bit First. A 0 forces bit 0 of the time slot as the most significant bit of the time slot. A 1 forces bit 7 of the time slot as the most significant bit of the time slot. 205 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) CHI Transmit Time-Slot Enable Registers (FRM_PR49—FRM_PR52) These four registers define which transmit CHI time slots are enabled. A 1 enables the TCHIDATA or TCHIDATAB time slot. A 0 forces the CHI transmit highway time slot to be 3-stated. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 173. CHI Transmit Time-Slot Enable Registers (FRM_PR49—FRM_PR52) ((691—694); (C91—C94)) Register Bit Symbol Description FRM_PR49 7—0 TTSE31—TTSE24 Transmit Time-Slot Enable Bits 31—24. FRM_PR50 7—0 TTSE23—TTSE16 Transmit Time-Slot Enable Bits 23—16. FRM_PR51 7—0 TTSE15—TTSE8 Transmit Time-Slot Enable Bits 15—8. FRM_PR52 7—0 TTSE7—TTSE0 Transmit Time-Slot Enable Bits 7—0. CHI Receive Time-Slot Enable Registers (FRM_PR53—FRM_PR56) These four registers define which receive CHI time slots are enabled. A 1 enables the RCHIDATA or RCHIDATAB time slots. A 0 disables the time slot and transmits the programmable idle code of register FRM_PR22 to the line in the corresponding time slot. The default value of this register is FF (hex). Table 174. CHI Receive Time-Slot Enable Registers (FRM_PR53—FRM_PR56) ((695—698); (C95—C98)) Register Bit Symbol Description FRM_PR53 7—0 RTSE31— RTSE24 Receive Time-Slot Enable Bits 31—24. FRM_PR54 7—0 RTSE23— RTSE16 Receive Time-Slot Enable Bits 23—16. FRM_PR55 7—0 RTSE15—RTSE8 Receive Time-Slot Enable Bits 15—8. FRM_PR56 7—0 RTSE7—RTSE0 Receive Time-Slot Enable Bits 7—0. CHI Transmit Highway Select Registers (FRM_PR57—FRM_PR60) These four registers define which transmit CHI highway TCHIDATA or TCHIDATAB contains valid data for the active time slot. A 0 enables TCHIDATA, and a 1 enables TCHIDATAB. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 175. CHI Transmit Highway Select Registers (FRM_PR57—FRM_PR60) ((699—69C); (C99—C9C)) Register Bit Symbol FRM_PR57 7—0 THS31—THS24 Transmit Highway Select Bits 31—24. FRM_PR58 7—0 THS23—THS16 Transmit Highway Select Bits 23—16. FRM_PR59 7—0 THS15—THS8 Transmit Highway Select Bits 15—8. FRM_PR60 7—0 THS7—THS0 Transmit Highway Select Bits 7—0. 206 Description Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) CHI Receive Highway Select Registers (FRM_PR61—FRM_PR64) These four registers define which receive CHI highway RCHIDATA or RCHIDATAB contains valid data for the active time slot. A 0 enables RCHIDATA and a 1 enables RCHIDATAB. The default value of these registers is 00 (hex). Table 176. CHI Receive Highway Select Registers (FRM_PR61—FRM_PR64) ((69D—6A0); (C9D—CA0)) Register Bit Symbol Description FRM_PR61 7—0 RHS31—RHS24 Receive Highway Select Bits 31—24. FRM_PR62 7—0 RHS23—RHS16 Receive Highway Select Bits 23—16. FRM_PR63 7—0 RHS15—RHS8 Receive Highway Select Bits 15—8. FRM_PR64 7—0 RHS7—RHS0 Receive Highway Select Bits 7—0. CHI Transmit Control Register (FRM_PR65) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 177. CHI Transmit Control Register (FRM_PR65) (6A1; CA1) Bit Symbol Description 0 TBYOFF6 Transmit CHI 64-Byte Offset. A 1 enables a 64-byte offset from TCHIFS to the beginning of the next transmit CHI frame on TCHIDATA. A 0 enables a 0-byte offset (if bit 0— bit 5 of FRM_PR47 = 0). Combing bit 0—bit 5 of FRM_PR47 with this bit allows programming the byte offset from 0—127. 1 TCHIDTS Transmit CHI Double Time-Slot Mode. A 1 enables the transmit CHI double time-slot mode. In this mode, the TCHI clock runs at twice the rate of TCHIDATA. 2—7 — Reserved. Write to 0. CHI Receive Control Register (FRM_PR66) The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 178. CHI Receive Control Register (FRM_PR66) (6A2; CA2) Bit Symbol Description 0 RBYOFF6 Receive CHI 64-Byte Offset. A 1 enables a 64-byte offset from RCHIFS to the beginning of the next receive CHI frame on RCHIDATA. A 0 enables a 0-byte offset (if bit 0— bit 5 of FRM_PR48 = 0). Combing bit 0—bit 5 of FRM_PR48 with this bit allows programming the byte offset from 0—127. 1 RCHIDTS Receive CHI Double Time-Slot Mode. A 1 enables the transmit CHI double time-slot mode. In this mode, the RCHI clock runs at twice the rate of RCHIDATA. 2—7 — Reserved. Write to 0. Reserved Parameter/Control Registers Registers FRM_PR67 and FRM_PR68, addresses 6A3 and 6A4 or CA3 and CA4, are reserved. Write these registers to 0. Agere Systems Inc. 207 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Auxiliary Pattern Generator Control Register (FRM_PR69) The following register programs the auxiliary pattern generator in the transmit framer. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 179. Auxiliary Pattern Generator Control Register (FRM_PR69) (6A5; CA5)* Bit Symbol Description 0 ITD 1 TPEI Test Pattern Error Insertion. Toggling this bit from a 0 to a 1 inserts a single bit error in the transmitted test pattern. 2 GBLKSEL Generator Block Select. Setting this bit to 1 enables the generation of test patterns in this register. 3 GFRMSEL Generator Frame Test Pattern. Setting this bit to 1 results in the generation of an unframed pattern. A 0 results in a framed pattern (T1 and CEPT). 4—7 GPTRN0— GPTRN3 Generator Pattern Select. These 4 bits select which random pattern is to be transmitted. Bits 7 6 5 4 0 0 0 0 MARK (all ones) (AIS) 0 0 0 1 QRSS (220 – 1 with zero suppression) 0 0 1 0 25 – 1 0 0 1 1 63 (26 – 1) 0 1 0 0 511 (29 – 1) (V.52) 0 1 0 1 29 – 1 0 1 1 0 2047 (211 – 1) (O.151) 0 1 1 1 211 – 1 (reversed) 1 0 0 0 215 – 1 (O.151) 1 0 0 1 220 – 1 (V.57) 1 0 1 0 220 – 1 (CB113/CB114) 1 0 1 1 223 – 1 (O.151) 1 1 0 0 1:1 (alternating) Invert Transmit Data. Setting this bit to 1 inverts the transmitted pattern. * To generate test pattern signals using this register, register FRM_PR20 must be set to 00 (hex). 208 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Pattern Detector Control Register (FRM_PR70) The following register programs the pattern detector in the receive framer. The default value of this register is 00 (hex). Table 180. Pattern Detector Control Register (FRM_PR70) (6A6; CA6)* Bit Symbol Description 0 IRD 1 — 2 DBLKSEL Detector Block Select. Setting this bit to 1 enables the detection of test patterns in this register. 3 DUFTP Detect Unframed Test Pattern. Setting this bit to 1 results in the search for an unframed pattern. A 0 results in a search for a framed pattern (T1 and CEPT). 4—7 DPTRN0— DPTRN3 Detector Pattern Select. These 4 bits select which random pattern is to be detected. Bits 7 6 5 4 0 0 0 0 MARK (all ones) (AIS) 0 0 0 1 QRSS (220 – 1 with zero suppression) 0 0 1 0 25 – 1 0 0 1 1 63 (26 – 1) 0 1 0 0 511 (29 – 1) (V.52) 0 1 0 1 29 – 1 0 1 1 0 2047 (211 – 1) (O.151) 0 1 1 1 211 – 1 (reversed) 1 0 0 0 215 – 1 (O.151) 1 0 0 1 220 – 1 (V.57) 1 0 1 0 220 – 1 (CB113/CB114) 1 0 1 1 223 – 1 (O.151) 1 1 0 0 1:1 (alternating) Invert Receive Data. Setting this bit to 1 enables the pattern detector to detect the inverse of the selected pattern. Reserved. Write to 0. * To generate/detect test pattern signals using this register, register FRM_PR20 must be set to 00 (hex). Agere Systems Inc. 209 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Framer Register Architecture (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (continued) Transmit Signaling Registers: DS1 Format (FRM_TSR0—FRM_TSR23) These registers program the transmit signaling registers for the DS1 and CEPT mode. The default value of these registers is 00 (hex). Table 181. Transmit Signaling Registers: DS1 Format (FRM_TSR0—FRM_TSR23) ((6E0—6F7); (CE0—CF7)) Transmit Signal Registers Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 DS1 Transmit Signaling Registers (0—23) P G F X D C B A ESF Format: Voice Channel with 16-State Signaling SLC-96: 9-State Signaling (depending on the setting in register FRM_PR43) X 0 0 X D C B A Voice Channel with 4-State Signaling X 0 1 X X X B A Voice Channel with 2-State Signaling X 1 1 X X X A A Data Channel (no signaling) X 1 0 X X X X X Transmit Signaling Registers: CEPT Format (FRM_TSR0—FRM_TSR31) Table 182. Transmit Signaling Registers: CEPT Format (FRM_TSR0—FRM_TSR31) ((6E0—6FF); (CE0— CFF)) Transmit Signal Registers Bit 7 Bit 6—5 Bit 4* Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRM_TSR0: IRSM Mode Only X X E0 X X X X FRM_TSR1—FRM_TSR15 P X E[1:15] D[1:15] C[1:15] B[1:15] A[1:15] FRM_TSR16: IRSM Mode Only X X E16 X X B A FRM_TSR17—FRM_TSR31 P X E[17:31] D[17:31] C[17:31] B[17:31] A[17:31] * This bit contains the IRSM information in time slot 0. In PCS0 or PCS1 signaling mode, this bit is undefined. 210 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator FDL Register Architecture REGBANK5 and REGBANK7 contain the status and programmable control registers for the facility data link channels FDL1 and FDL2, respectively. The base address for REGBANK5 is 400 (hex) and for REGBANK7 is E00 (hex). Within these register banks, the bit map is identical for both FDL1 and FDL2. The register bank architecture for FDL1 and FDL2 is shown in Table 183. The register bank consists of 8-bit registers classified as either (programmable) parameter registers or status registers. Default values are shown in parentheses. Table 183. FDL Register Set (800—80E); (E00—E0E) FDL Register [Address (hex)] Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FDL_PR0[800;E00] FRANSIT3 (1) FRANSIT2 (0) FRANSIT1 (1) FRANSIT0 (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) FLAGS (0) FDINT (0) FDL_PR1[801;E01] FTPRM (0) FRPF (0) FTR (0) FRR (0) FTE (0) FRE (0) FLLB (0) FRLB (0) FDL_PR2[802;E02] FTBCRC (0) FRIIE (0) FROVIE (0) FREOFIE (0) FRFIE (0) FTUNDIE (0) FTEIE (0) FTDIE (0) FDL_PR3[803;E03] FTFC (0) FTABT (0) FTIL5 (0) FTIL4 (0) FTIL3 (0) FTIL2 (0) FTIL1 (0) FTIL0 (0) FDL_PR4[804;E04] FTD7 (0) FTD6 (0) FTD5 (0) FTD4 (0) FTD3 (0) FTD2 (0) FTD1 (0) FTD0 (0) FDL_PR5[805;E05] FTIC7 (0) FTIC6 (0) FTIC5 (0) FTIC4 (0) FTIC3 (0) FTIC2 (0) FTIC1 (0) FTIC0 (0) FDL_PR6[806;E06] FRANSIE (0) AFDLBPM (0) FRIL5 (0) FRIL4 (0) FRIL3 (0) FRIL2 (0) FRIL1 (0) FRIL0 (0) FDL_PR8[808;E08] FRMC7 (0) FRMC6 (0) FRMC5 (0) FRMC4 (0) FRMC3 (0) FRMC2 (0) FRMC1 (0) FRMC0 (0) FDL_PR9[809;E09] Reserved (0) FTM (0) FMATCH (0) FALOCT (0) FMSTAT (0) FOCTOF2 (0) FOCTOF1 (0) FOCTOF0 (0) FDL_PR10[80A;E0A] FTANSI (0) Reserved (0) FTANSI5 (0) FTANSI4 (0) FTANSI3 (0) FTANSI2 (0) FTANSI1 (0) FTANSI0 (0) FDL_SR0[80B;E0B] FRANSI FRIL FROUERUN FREOF FRF FTUNDABT FTE77 FTDONE FDL_SR1[80C;E0C] FTED FTQS6 FTQS5 FTQS4 FTQS3 FTQS2 FTQS1 FTQS0 FDL_SR2[80D;E0D] FREOF FRQS6 FRQS5 FRQS4 FRQS3 FRQS2 FRQS1 FRQS0 FDL_SR3[80E;E0E] 0 0 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 FDL_SR4[807;E0F] FRD7 FRD6 FRD5 FRD4 FRD3 FRD2 FRD1 FRD0 Agere Systems Inc. 211 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator FDL Parameter/Control Registers (800—80E; E00—E0E) These registers define the mode configuration of each framer unit. These registers are initially set to a default value upon a hardware reset. These registers are all read/write registers. Default states of all bits in this register group are also indicated in the parameter/control register map. Table 184. FDL Configuration Control Register (FDL_PR0) (800; E00) Bit Symbol Description 0 FDINT Dynamic Interrupt. FDINT = 0 causes multiple occurrences of the same event to generate a single interrupt before the interrupt bit is cleared by reading register FDL_SR0. FDINT = 1 causes multiple interrupts to be generated. This bit should normally be set to 0. 1 FLAGS Flags. FLAGS = 0 forces the transmission of the idle pattern (11111111) in the absence of transmit FDL information. FLAGS = 1 forces the transmission of the flag pattern (01111110) in the absence of transmit FDL information. This bit resets to 0. 2—3 — 4—7 Reserved. Write to 0. FRANSIT0— Receive ANSI Bit Code Threshold. These bits define the number of ESF ANSI bit FRANSIT3 codes needed for indicating a valid code. The default is ten (1010 (binary))*. * The FRANSIT bits (FDL_PR0 bits 4—7) must be changed only following an FDL reset or when the FDL is idle. Table 185. FDL Control Register (FDL_PR1) (801; E01) Bit Symbol Description 0 FRLB Remote Loopback. FRLB = 1 loops the received facility data back to the transmit facility data interface. This bit resets to 0. 1 FLLB Local Loopback. FLLB = 1 loops transmit facility data back to the receive facility data link interface. The receive facility data link information from the framer interface is ignored. This bit resets to 0. 2 FRE FDL Receiver Enable. FRE = 1 activates the FDL receiver. FRE = 0 forces the FDL receiver into an inactive state. This bit resets to 0. 3 FTE FDL Transmitter Enable. FTE = 1 activates the FDL transmitter. FTE = 0 forces the FDL transmitter into an inactive state. This bit resets to 0. 4 FRR FDL Receiver Reset. FRR = 1 generates an internal pulse that resets the FDL receiver. The FDL receiver FIFO and related circuitry are cleared. The FREOF, FRF, FRIDL, and OVERRUN interrupts are cleared. This bit resets to 0. 5 FTR FDL Transmitter Reset. FTR = 1 generates an internal pulse that resets the FDL transmitter. The FDL transmit FIFO and related circuitry are cleared. The FTUNDABT bit is cleared, and the FTEM interrupt is set; the FTDONE bit is forced to 0 in the HDLC mode and forced to 1 in the transparent mode. This bit resets to 0. 6 FRPF FDL Receive PRM Frames. FRPF = 1 allows the receive FDL unit to write the entire receive performance report message including the frame header and CRC data into the receive FDL FIFO. This bit resets to 0. 7 FTPRM Transmit PRM Enable. When this bit is set, the receive framer will write into the transmit FDL FIFO its performance report message data. The current second of this data is stored in the receive framer’s status registers. The receive framer’s PRM is transmitted once per second. The PRM is followed by either idles or flags transmitted after the PRM. When this bit is 0, the transmit FDL expects data from the microprocessor interface. 212 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator FDL Parameter/Control Registers (800—80E; E00—E0E) (continued) Table 186. FDL Interrupt Mask Control Register (FDL_PR2) (802; E02) Bit Symbol Description 0 FTDIE FDL Transmit-Done Interrupt Enable. When this interrupt enable bit is set, an INTERRUPT pin transition is generated after the last bit of the closing flag or abort sequence is sent. In the transparent mode (register FDL_PR9 bit 6 = 1), an INTERRUPT pin transition is generated when the transmit FIFO is completely empty. FTDIE is cleared upon reset. 1 FTEIE FDL Transmitter-Empty Interrupt Enable. When this interrupt-enable bit is set, an INTERRUPT pin transition is generated when the transmit FIFO has reached the programmed empty level (see register FDL_PR3). FTEIE is cleared upon reset. 2 FTUNDIE 3 FRFIE 4 FREOFIE 5 FROVIE 6 FRIIE FDL Receiver Idle-Interrupt Enable. When this interrupt-enable bit is set, an INTERRUPT pin transition is generated when the receiver enters the idle state. FRIIR is cleared upon reset and is not used in the transparent mode. 7 FTBCRC FDL Transmit Bad CRC. Setting this bit to 1 forces bad CRCs to be sent on all transmitted frames (for test purposes) until the FTBCRC bit is cleared to 0. Agere Systems Inc. FDL Transmit Underrun Interrupt Enable. When this interrupt-enable bit is set, an INTERRUPT pin transition is generated when the transmit FIFO has underrun. FTUNDIE is cleared upon reset and is not used in the transparent mode. FDL Receiver-Full Interrupt Enable. When this interrupt-enable bit is set, an INTERRUPT pin transition is generated when the receive FIFO has reached the programmed full level (see register FDL_PR6). FRFIE is cleared upon reset. FDL Receive End-of-Frame Interrupt Enable. When this interrupt-enable bit is set, an INTERRUPT pin transition is generated when an end-of-frame is detected by the FDL receiver. FREOFIE is cleared upon reset and is not used in the transparent mode. FDL Receiver Overrun Interrupt Enable. When this interrupt-enable bit is set, an INTERRUPT pin transition is generated when the receive FIFO overruns. FROVIE is cleared upon reset. 213 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator FDL Parameter/Control Registers (800—80E; E00—E0E) (continued) Table 187. FDL Transmitter Configuration Control Register (FDL_PR3) (803; E03) Bit 0—5 Symbol Description FTIL0—FTIL5 FDL Transmitter Interrupt Level. These bits specify the minimum number of empty positions in the transmit FIFO which triggers a transmitter-empty (FTEM) interrupt. Encoding is in binary; bit 0 is the least significant bit. A code of 001010 will generate an interrupt when the transmit FIFO has ten or more empty locations. The code 000000 generates an interrupt when the transmit FIFO is empty. The number of empty transmit FIFO locations is obtained by reading the transmit FDL status register FDL_SR1. 61 FTABT FDL Transmitter Abort. FTABT = 1 forces the transmit FDL unit to abort the frame at the last user data byte waiting for transmission. When the transmitter reads the byte tagged with FTABT, the abort sequence (01111111) is transmitted in its place. A full byte is guaranteed to be transmitted. Once set for a specific data byte, the internal FTABT status cannot be cleared by writing to this bit. Clearing this bit has no effect on a previously written FTABT. The last value written to FTABT is available for reading. 71 FTFC FDL Transmitter Frame Complete. FTFC = 1 forces the transmit FDL unit to terminate the frame normally after the last user data byte is written to the transmit FIFO. The CRC sequence and a closing flag are appended. FTFC should be set to 1 within 1 ms of writing the last byte of the frame in the transmit FIFO. When the transmit FIFO is empty, writing two data bytes to the FIFO before setting FTCF provides a minimum of 1 ms to write FTFC = 1. Once set for a specific data byte, the internal FTFC status bit cannot be cleared by writing to this bit. Clearing this bit has no effect on a previously written FTFC. The last value written to FTFC is available for reading. 1. Do not set FTABT = 1 and FTFC = 1 at the same time. Table 188. FDL Transmitter FIFO Register (FDL_PR4) (804; E04) Bit 0—7 Symbol Description FTD0—FTD7 FDL Transmit Data. The user data to be transmitted via the FDL block are loaded through this register. Table 189. FDL Transmitter Mask Register (FDL_PR5) (805; E05) Bit Symbol Description 0—7 FTIC0— FTIC7 FDL Transmitter Idle Character. This character is used only in transparent mode (register FDL_PR9 bit 6 = 1). When the pattern match bit (register FDL_PR9 bit 5) is set to 1, the FDL transmit unit sends this character whenever the transmit FIFO is empty. The default is to send the 1s idle character, but any character can be programmed by the user. 214 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator FDL Parameter/Control Registers (800—80E; E00—E0E) (continued) Table 190. FDL Receiver Interrupt Level Control Register (FDL_PR6) (806; E06) Bit 0—5 Symbol Description FRIL0—FRIL5 FDL Receive Interrupt Level. Bit 0—bit 5 define receiver FIFO full threshold value that will generate the corresponding FRF interrupt. FRIL = 000000 forces the receive FDL FIFO to generate an interrupt when the receive FIFO is completely full. FRIL = 001111 will force the receive FDL FIFO to generate an interrupt when the receive FIFO contains 15 or more bytes. 6 — 7 FRANSIE Reserved. Write to 0. FDL Receiver ANSI Bit Codes Interrupt Enable. If this bit is set to 1, an interrupt pin condition is generated whenever a valid ANSI code is received. Table 191. FDL Register FDL_PR7 Bit Symbol 0—7 — Description Reserved. Table 192. FDL Receiver Match Character Register (FDL_PR8) (808; E08) Bit Symbol Description 0—7 FRMC0— FRMC7 Receiver FDL Match Character. This character is used only in transparent mode (register FDL_PR9 bit 6 = 1). When the pattern match bit (register FDL_PR9 bit 5) is set to 1, the receive FDL unit searches the incoming bit stream for the receiver match character. Data is loaded into the receive FIFO only after this character has been identified. The byte identified as matching the receiver match character is the first byte loaded into the receive FIFO. The default is to search for a flag, but any character can be programmed by the user. The search for the receiver match character can be in a sliding window fashion (register FDL_PR9 bit 4 = 0) or only on byte boundaries (register FDL_PR9 bit 4 = 1). Agere Systems Inc. 215 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator FDL Parameter/Control Registers (800—80E; E00—E0E) (continued) Table 193. FDL Transparent Control Register (FDL_PR9) (809; E09) Bit Symbol Description 0—2 FOCTOF0— FOCTOF2 FDL Octet Offset (Read Only). These bits record the offset relative to the octet boundary when the receive character was matched. The FOCTOF bits are valid when register FDL_PR9 bit 3 (FMSTAT) is set to 1. A value of 111 (binary) indicates byte alignment. 3 FMSTAT Match Status (Read Only). When this bit is set to 1 by the receive FDL unit, the receiver match character has been recognized. The octet offset status bits (FDL_PR9 bit[2:0]) indicates the offset relative to the octet boundary* at which the receive character was matched. If no match is being performed (register FDL_PR9 bit 5 = 0), the FMSTAT bit is set to 1 automatically when the first byte is received, and the octet offset status bits (register FDL_PR9 bit 0—bit 2) are set to 111 (binary). 4 FALOCT Frame-Sync Align. When this bit is set to 1, the receive FDL unit searches for the receive match character (FDL-PR8) only on an octet boundary. When this bit is 0, the receive FDL unit searches for the receive match character in a sliding window fashion. 5 FMATCH Pattern Match. FMATCH affects both the transmitter and receiver. When this bit is set to 1, the FDL does not load data into the receive FIFO until the receive match character programmed in register FDL_PR8 has been detected. The search for the receive match character is in a sliding window fashion if register FDL_PR9 bit 4 is 0, or only on octet boundaries if register FDL_PR9 bit 4 is set to 1. When this bit is 0, the receive FDL unit loads the matched byte and all subsequent data directly into the receive FIFO. On the transmit side, when this bit is set to 1 the transmitter sends the transmit idle character programmed into register FDL_PR5 when the transmit FIFO has no user data. The default idle is to transmit the HDLC 1s idle character (FF hexadecimal); however, any value can be used by programming the transmit idle character register FDL_PR5. If this bit is 0, the transmitter sends 1s idle characters when the transmit FIFO is empty. 6 FTM FDL Transparent Mode. When this bit is set to 1, the FDL unit performs no HDLC processing on incoming or outgoing data. 7 — Reserved. Write to 0. * The octet boundary is relative the first receive clock edge after the receiver has been enabled (ENR, FDL_PR1 bit 2 = 1). Table 194. FDL Transmit ANSI ESF Bit Codes (FDL_PR10) (80A; E0A) Bit Symbol 0—5 FTANSI0— FTANSI5 6 — 7 FTANSI 216 Description FDL ESF Bit-Oriented Message Data. The transmit ESF FDL bit messages are in the form 111111110X0X1X2X3X4X50, where the order of transmission is from left to right. Reserved. Write to 0. Transmit ANSI Bit Codes. When this bit is set to 1, the FDL unit will continuously transmit the ANSI code defined using register FDL_PR10 bit 0—bit 5 as the ESF bit code messages. This bit must stay high long enough to ensure the ANSI code is sent at least 10 times. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator FDL Parameter/Control Registers (800—80E; E00—E0E) (continued) Table 195. FDL Interrupt Status Register (Clear on Read) (FDL_SR0) (80B; E0B) Bit Symbol Description 0 FTDONE Transmit Done. This status bit is set to 1 when transmission of the current FDL frame has been completed, either after the last bit of the closing flag or after the last bit of an abort sequence. In the transparent mode (FDL_PR9 bit 6 = 1), this status bit is set when the transmit FIFO is completely empty. A hardware interrupt is generated only if the corresponding interrupt-enable bit (FDL_PR2 bit 0) is set. This status bit is cleared to 0 by a read of this register. 1 FTEM Transmitter Empty. If this bit is set to 1, the FDL transmit FIFO is at or below the programmed depth. A hardware interrupt is generated only if the corresponding interruptenable bit (FDL_PR2 bit 1) is set. If DINT (FDL_PR0 bit 0) is 0, this status bit is cleared by a read of this register. If FDINT (FDL_PR0 bit 0) is set to 1, this bit actually represents the dynamic transmit empty condition, and is cleared to 0 only when the transmit FIFO is loaded above the programmed empty level. 2 FTUNDABT FDL Transmit Underrun Abort. A 1 indicates that an abort was transmitted because of a transmit FIFO underrun. A hardware interrupt is generated only if the corresponding interrupt-enable bit (FDL_PR2 bit 2) is set. This status bit is cleared to 0 by a read of this register. This bit must be cleared to 0 before further transmission of data is allowed. This interrupt is not generated in the transparent mode. 3 FRF FDL Receiver Full. This bit is set to 1 when the receive FIFO is at or above the programmed full level (FDL_PR6). A hardware interrupt is generated if the corresponding interrupt-enable bit (FDL_PR2 bit 3) is set. If FDINT (FDL_PR0 bit 0) is 0, this status bit is cleared to 0 by a read of this register. If FDINT (FDL_PR0 bit 0) is set to 1, then this bit is cleared only when the receive FIFO is read (or emptied) below the programmed full level*. 4 FREOF FDL Receive End of Frame. This bit is set to 1 when the receiver has finished receiving a frame. It becomes 1 upon reception of the last bit of the closing flag of a frame or the last bit of an abort sequence. A hardware interrupt is generated only if the corresponding interrupt-enable bit (FDL_PR2 bit 4) is set. This status bit is cleared to 0 by a read of this register. This interrupt is not generated in the transparent mode. 5 FROVERUN FDL Receiver Overrun. This bit is set to 1 when the receive FIFO has overrun its capacity. A hardware interrupt is generated only if the corresponding interrupt-enable bit (FDL_PR2 bit 5) is set. This status bit is cleared to 0 by a read of this register*. 6 FRIDL FDL Receiver Idle. This bit is set to 1 when the FDL receiver is idle (i.e., 15 or more consecutive 1s have been received). A hardware interrupt is generated only if the corresponding interrupt-enable bit (FDL_PR2 bit 6) is set. This status bit is cleared to 0 by a read of this register. This interrupt is not generated in the transparent mode. 7 FRANSI FDL Receive ANSI Bit Codes. This bit is set to 1 when the FDL receiver recognizes a valid T1.403 ESF FDL bit code. The receive ANSI bit code is stored in register FDL_SR3. An interrupt is generated only if the corresponding interrupt enable of register FDL_PR6 bit 7 = 1. This status bit is cleared to 0 by a read this register. * If an FDL receive FIFO overrun occurs, as indicated by register FDL_SR0 bit 5 (FROVERUN) = 1, the FDL must be reset to restore proper operation of the FIFO. Following an FDL receive FIFO overrun, data extracted prior to the required reset may be corrupted. Agere Systems Inc. 217 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator FDL Parameter/Control Registers (800—80E; E00—E0E) (continued) Table 196. FDL Transmitter Status Register (FDL_SR1) (80C; E0C) Bit Symbol Description 0—6 FTQS0— FTQS6 FDL Transmit Queue Status. Bit 0—bit 6 indicate how many bytes can be added to the transmit FIFO. The bits are encoded in binary where bit 0 is the least significant bit. 7 FTED FDL Transmitter Empty Dynamic. FTED = 1 indicates that the number of empty locations available in the transmit FIFO is greater than or equal to the value programmed in the FTIL bits (FDL_PR3). Table 197. FDL Receiver Status Register (FDL_SR2) (80D; E0D) Bit Symbol Description 0—6 FRQS0— FRQS6 FDL Receive Queue Status. Bit 0—bit 6 indicate how many bytes are in the receive FIFO, including the first status of Frame (SF) byte. The bits are encoded in binary where bit 0 is the least significant bit*. 7 FEOF FDL End of Frame. When FEOF = 1, the receive queue status indicates the number of bytes up to and including the first SF byte. * Immediately following an FDL reset, the value in bit 0—bit 6 of this status register equals the number of bytes that may be read from the FDL receive FIFO, register FDL_SR4. After the initial read of the FDL receive FIFO, the value is bit 0—bit 6 of this status register is one greater than the actual number of bytes that may be read from the FIFO. Only valid FIFO bytes, as specified by this status register, may be read from the FIFO. Received FDL ANSI Bit Codes Status Register (FDL_SR3) The 6-bit code extracted from the ANSI code 111111110X0X1X2X3X4X50 is stored in this register. Table 198. Receive ANSI FDL Status Register (FDL_SR3) (80E; E0E) B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 0 0 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 Receive FDL FIFO Register (FDL_SR4) This FIFO stores the received FDL data. Only valid FIFO bytes indicated in register FDL_SR2 may be read. Reading nonvalid FIFO locations or reading the FIFO when it is empty will corrupt the FIFO pointer and will require an FDL reset to restore proper FDL operation. Table 199. FDL Receiver FIFO Register (FDL_SR4) (807; E07) Bit 0—7 218 Symbol Description FRD0—FRD7 FDL Receive Data. The user data received via the FDL block are read through this register. Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Maps Global Registers Table 200. Global Register Set REG CLEARON-READ (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 COR Reserved (0) FDL2INT (0) FRMR2INT (0) LIU2INT (0) Reserved (0) FDL1INT (0) FRMR1INT (0) LIU1INT (0) 000 R/W Reserved (0) FDL2IE (0) FRMR2IE (0) LIU2IE (0) Reserved (0) FDL1IE (0) FRMR1IE (0) LIU1IE (0) 001 R/W TID2-RSD1 (0) TSD2-RSD1 (0) TID1-RSD1 (0) TSD1-RSD1 (0) TSD2-RID1 (0) TID2-RID1 (0) TSD1-RID1 (0) TID1-RID1 (0) 002 R/W TID1-RSD2 (0) TSD1-RSD2 (0) TID2-RSD2 (0) TSD2-RSD2 (0) TSD1-RID2 (0) TID1-RID2 (0) TSD2-RID2 (0) TID2-RID2 (0) 003 R/W Reserved (0) ALIE (0) SECCTRL (0) ITC (0) T1-R2 (0) T2-R1 (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) 004 GREG5 R 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 005 GREG6 R 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 006 GREG7 R 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 007 GREG0 GREG1 GREG2 GREG3 GREG4 Line Interface Unit Parameter/Control and Status Registers Table 201. Line Interface Unit Register Set1 CLEARON-READ (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) Bit 7 LIU_REG0 COR served served served served LOTC TDM DLOS LIU_REG1 R/W served (0) served (0) served (0) served (0) LOTCIE (0) TDMIE (0) LIU_REG2 R/W served (0) served (0) RESTART (0) HIGHZ (0) Reserved (0) LIU_REG3 R/W (1) (1) (1) LOSSD (0) LIU_REG REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRAMER 1 FRAMER 2 ALOS 400 A00 DLOSIE (0) ALOSIE (0) 401 A01 LOSSTD (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) 402 A02 DUAL (0) CODE (1) JAT (0) JAR (0) 403 A03 LIU_REG4 R/W served (0) served (0) JABW0 (0) PHIZALM (0) PRLALM (0) PFLALM (0) RCVAIS (0) ALTIMER (0) 404 A04 LIU_REG5 R/W served (0) served (0) served (0) served (0) LOOPA (0) LOOPB (0) XLAIS (1) PWRDN (0) 405 A05 LIU_REG6 R/W served (0) served (0) served (0) served (0) Reserved (0) EQ2 (0,DS1) (1,CEPT) EQ1 (0,DS1) (1,CEPT) EQ0 (0) 406 A06 1. The logic value in parentheses below each bit definition is the default state upon completion of hardware reset. 2. These bits must be written to 1. Agere Systems Inc. 219 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Maps (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (READ-WRITE) Table 202. Framer Unit Status Register Map FRAMER STATUS REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) CLEAR-ONREAD (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) Bit 7 FRM_SR0 COR S96SR 0 RSSFE TSSFE ESE FAE RAC FAC 600 C00 FRM_SR1 COR AIS AUXP RTS16AIS LBFA LFALR LTSFA LTS0MFA LSFA LTS16MFA LFA 601 C01 FRM_SR2 COR RSa6=F RSa6=E RSa6=C RSa6=A RSa6=8 CREBIT RJYA RTS16MFA RFA 602 C02 FRM_SR3 COR SLIPU SLIPO LCRCATMX REBIT ECE CRCE FBE LFV 603 C03 FRM_SR4 COR FDL-LLBOFF TSaSR FDL-LLBON RSaSR FDL-PLBOFF FDL-PLBON LLBON CMA LLBOFF BFA SSFA NFA 604 C04 FRM_SR5 COR ETREUAS ETRESES ETREBES ETREES ETUAS ETSES ETBES ETES 605 C05 FRM_SR6 COR NTREUAS NTRESES NTREBES NTREES NTUAS NTSES NTBES NTES 606 C06 FRM_SR7 COR RQUASI RPSEUDO PTRNBER DETECT NROUAS NT1OUAS EROUAS OUAS 607 C07 FRM_SR8 COR BPV15 BPV14 BPV13 BPV12 BPV11 BPV10 BPV9 BPV8 608 C08 FRM_SR9 COR BPV7 BPV6 BPV5 BPV4 BPV3 BPV2 BPV1 BPV0 609 C09 FRM_SR10 COR FE15 FE14 FE13 FE12 FE11 FE10 FE9 FE8 60A C0A FRM_SR11 COR FE7 FE6 FE5 FE4 FE3 FE2 FE1 FE0 60B C0B FRM_SR12 COR CEC15 CEC14 CEC13 CEC12 CEC11 CEC10 CEC9 CEC8 60C C0C FRM_SR13 COR CEC7 CEC6 CEC5 CEC4 CEC3 CEC2 CEC1 CEC0 60D C0D FRM_SR14 COR REC15 REC14 REC13 REC12 REC11 REC10 REC9 REC8 60E C0E FRM_SR15 COR REC7 REC6 REC5 REC4 REC3 REC2 REC1 REC0 60F C0F FRM_SR16 COR CNT15 CNT14 CNT13 CNT12 CNT11 CNT10 CNT9 CNT8 610 C10 FRM_SR17 COR CNT7 CNT6 CNT5 CNT4 CNT3 CNT2 CNT1 CNT0 611 C11 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRAMER 1 FRAMER 2 FRM_SR18 COR ENT15 ENT14 ENT13 ENT12 ENT11 ENT10 ENT9 ENT8 612 C12 FRM_SR19 COR ENT7 ENT6 ENT5 ENT4 ENT3 ENT2 ENT1 ENT0 613 C13 FRM_SR20 COR ETES15 ETES14 ETES13 ETES12 ETES11 ETES10 ETES9 ETES8 614 C14 FRM_SR21 COR ETES7 ETES6 ETES5 ETES4 ETES3 ETES2 ETES1 ETES0 615 C15 FRM_SR22 COR ETBES15 ETBES14 ETBES13 ETBES12 ETBES11 ETBES10 ETBES9 ETBES8 616 C16 FRM_SR23 COR ETBES7 ETBES6 ETBES5 ETBES4 ETBES3 ETBES2 ETBES1 ETBES0 617 C17 FRM_SR24 COR ETSES15 ETSES14 ETSES13 ETSES12 ETSES11 ETSES10 ETSES9 ETSES8 618 C18 FRM_SR25 COR ETSES7 ETSES6 ETSES5 ETSES4 ETSES3 ETSES2 ETSES1 ETSES0 619 C19 FRM_SR26 COR ETUS15 ETUS14 ETUS13 ETUS12 ETUS11 ETUS10 ETUS9 ETUS8 61A C1A FRM_SR27 COR ETUS7 ETUS6 ETUS5 ETUS4 ETUS3 ETUS2 ETUS1 ETUS0 61B C1B FRM_SR28 COR ETREES15 ETREES14 ETREES13 ETREES12 ETREES11 ETREES10 ETREES9 ETREES8 61C C1C FRM_SR29 COR ETREES7 ETREES6 ETREES5 ETREES4 ETREES3 ETREES2 ETREES1 ETREES0 61D C1D FRM_SR30 COR ETREBES15 ETREBES14 ETREBES13 ETREBES12 ETREBES11 ETREBES10 ETREBES9 ETREBES8 61E C1E FRM_SR31 COR ETREBES7 ETREBES6 ETREBES5 ETREBES4 ETREBES3 ETREBES2 ETREBES1 ETREBES0 61F C1F FRM_SR32 COR ETRESES15 ETRESES14 ETRESES13 ETRESES12 ETRESES11 ETRESES10 ETRESES9 ETRESES8 620 C20 FRM_SR33 COR ETRESES7 ETRESES6 ETRESES5 ETRESES4 ETRESES3 ETRESES2 ETRESES1 ETRESES0 621 C21 FRM_SR34 COR ETREUS15 ETREUS14 ETREUS13 ETREUS12 ETREUS11 ETREUS10 ETREUS9 ETREUS8 622 C22 FRM_SR35 COR ETREUS7 ETREUS6 ETREUS5 ETREUS4 ETREUS3 ETREUS2 ETREUS1 ETREUS0 623 C23 220 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Maps (continued) Framer Parameter/Control Registers (READ-WRITE) (continued) Table 202. Framer Unit Status Register Map (continued) FRAMER STATUS REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) CLEAR-ONREAD (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) Bit 7 FRM_SR36 COR NTES15 NTES14 NTES13 NTES12 NTES11 NTES10 NTES9 NTES8 624 C24 FRM_SR37 COR NTES7 NTES6 NTES5 NTES4 NTES3 NTES2 NTES1 NTES0 625 C25 FRM_SR38 COR NTBES15 NTBES14 NTBES13 NTBES12 NTBES11 NTBES10 NTBES9 NTBES8 626 C26 FRM_SR39 COR NTBES7 NTBES6 NTBES5 NTBES4 NTBES3 NTBES2 NTBES1 NTBES0 627 C27 FRM_SR40 COR NTSES15 NTSES14 NTSES13 NTSES12 NTSES11 NTSES10 NTSES9 NTSES8 628 C28 FRM_SR41 COR NTSES7 NTSES6 NTSES5 NTSES4 NTSES3 NTSES2 NTSES1 NTSES0 629 C29 FRM_SR42 COR NTUS15 NTUS14 NTUS13 NTUS12 NTUS11 NTUS10 NTUS9 NTUS8 62A C2A FRM_SR43 COR NTUS7 NTUS6 NTUS5 NTUS4 NTUS3 NTUS2 NTUS1 NTUS0 62B C2B FRM_SR44 COR NTREES15 NTREES14 NTREES13 NTREES12 NTREES11 NTREES10 NTREES9 NTREES8 62C C2C FRM_SR45 COR NTREES7 NTREES6 NTREES5 NTREES4 NTREES3 NTREES2 NTREES1 NTREES0 62D C2D FRM_SR46 COR NTREBES15 NTREBES14 NTREBES13 NTREBES12 NTREBES11 NTREBES10 NTREBES9 NTREBES8 62E C2E FRM_SR47 COR NTREBES7 NTREBES6 NTREBES5 NTREBES4 NTREBES3 NTREBES2 NTREBES1 NTREBES0 62F C2F FRM_SR48 COR NTRESES15 NTRESES14 NTRESES13 NTRESES12 NTRESES11 NTRESES10 NTRESES9 NTRESES8 630 C30 FRM_SR49 COR NTRESES7 NTRESES6 NTRESES5 NTRESES4 NTRESES3 NTRESES2 NTRESES1 NTRESES0 631 C31 FRM_SR50 COR NTREUS15 NTREUS14 NTREUS13 NTREUS12 NTREUS11 NTREUS10 NTREUS9 NTREUS8 632 C32 FRM_SR51 COR NTREUS7 NTREUS6 NTREUS5 NTREUS4 NTREUS3 NTREUS2 NTREUS1 NTREUS0 633 C33 FRM_SR52 COR NFB1 [FI5E] FBI [FI3E] A bit Sa4 Sa5 Sa6 Sa7 Sa8 634 C34 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRAMER 1 FRAMER 2 FRM_SR53 COR 0 0 0 0 0 RX2 RX1 RX0 635 C35 FRM_SR541 COR 0 [Sa4-1] 0 [Sa4-3] R-0 [Sa4-5] R-0 [Sa4-7] R-0 [Sa4-9] R-1 [Sa4-11] R-1 [Sa4-13] R-1 [Sa4-15] 636 C36 FRM_SR551 COR 0 [Sa4-17] 0 [Sa4-19] R-0 [Sa4-21] R-0 [Sa4-23] R-0 [Sa4-25] R-1 [Sa4-27] R-1 [Sa4-29] R-1 [Sa4-31] 637 C37 FRM_SR561 COR RC1 [Sa5-1] RC2 [Sa5-3] RC3 [Sa5-5] RC4 [Sa5-7] RC5 [Sa5-9] RC6 [Sa5-11] RC7 [Sa5-13] RC8 [Sa5-15] 638 C38 FRM_SR571 COR RC9 [Sa5-17] RC10 [Sa5-19] RC11 [Sa5-21] RSPB1 = 0 [Sa5-23] RSPB2 = 1 [Sa5-25] RSPB3 = 0 [Sa5-27] RM1 [Sa5-29] RM2 [Sa5-31] 639 C39 FRM_SR581 COR RM3 [Sa6-1] RA1 [Sa6-3] RA2 [Sa6-5] RS1 [Sa6-7] RS2 [Sa6-9] RS3 [Sa6-11] RS4 [Sa613] RSPB4 = 1 [Sa6-15] 63A C3A FRM_SR591 COR 0 [Sa6-17] 0 [Sa6-19] 0 [Sa6-21] 0 [Sa6-23] 0 [Sa6-25] 0 [Sa6-27] 0 [Sa6-29] 0 [Sa6-31] 63B C3B FRM_SR601 COR 0 [Sa7-1] 0 [Sa7-3] 0 [Sa7-5] 0 [Sa7-7] 0 [Sa7-9] 0 [Sa7-11] 0 [Sa7-13] 0 [Sa7-15] 63C C3C FRM_SR611 COR 0 [Sa7-17] 0 [Sa7-19] 0 [Sa7-21] 0 [Sa7-23] 0 [Sa7-25] 0 [Sa7-27] 0 [Sa7-29] 0 [Sa7-31] 63D C3D FRM_SR621 COR G3 [Sa8-1] LV [Sa8-3] G4 [Sa8-5] U1 [Sa8-7] U2 [Sa8-9] G5 [Sa8-11] SL [Sa8-13] G6 [Sa8-15] 63E C3E FRM_SR631 COR FE [Sa8-17] SE [Sa8-19] LB [Sa8-21] G1 [Sa8-23] R [Sa8-25] G2 [Sa8-27] Nm [Sa8-29] Nl [Sa8-31] 63F C3F 1. Unbracketed contents are valid for DS1 modes. Bracketed contents, [], are valid for CEPT mode. Agere Systems Inc. 221 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Maps (continued) Receive Framer Signaling Registers (READ-ONLY) Table 203. Receive Signaling Registers Map Receive Signaling CLEARON-READ (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) Bit 71 FRM_RSR06 R P G_0 F_0 E_0 D_0 C_0 B_0 A_0 640 C40 FRM_RSR1 R P G_1 F_1 E_1 D_1 C_1 B_1 A_1 641 C41 FRM_RSR2 R P G_2 F_2 E_2 D_2 C_2 B_2 A_2 642 C42 FRM_RSR3 R P G_3 F_3 E_3 D_3 C_3 B_3 A_3 643 C43 FRM_RSR4 R P G_4 F_4 E_4 D_4 C_4 B_4 A_4 644 C44 FRM_RSR5 R P G_5 F_5 E_5 D_5 C_5 B_5 A_5 645 C45 FRM_RSR6 R P G_6 F_6 E_6 D_6 C_6 B_6 A_6 646 C46 FRM_RSR7 R P G_7 F_7 E_7 D_7 C_7 B_7 A_7 647 C47 FRM_RSR8 R P G_8 F_8 E_8 D_8 C_8 B_8 A_8 648 C48 FRM_RSR9 R P G_9 F_8 E_8 D_8 C_8 B_8 A_8 649 C49 Bit 61,2 Bit 51,2 Bit 43 Bit 34 Bit 24 Bit 15 REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) Bit 0 FRAMER 1 FRAMER 2 FRM_RSR10 R P G_10 F_10 E_10 D_10 C_10 B_10 A_10 64A C4A FRM_RSR11 R P G_11 F_11 E_11 D_11 C_11 B_11 A_11 64B C4B FRM_RSR12 R P G_12 F_12 E_12 D_12 C_12 B_12 A_12 64C C4C FRM_RSR13 R P G_13 F_13 E_13 D_13 C_13 B_13 A_13 64D C4D FRM_RSR14 R P G_14 F_14 E_14 D_14 C_14 B_14 A_14 64E C4E FRM_RSR15 R P G_15 F_15 E_15 D_15 C_15 B_15 A_15 64F C4F FRM_RSR166 R P G_16 F_16 E_16 D_16 C_16 B_16 A_16 650 C50 FRM_RSR17 R P G_17 F_17 E_17 D_17 C_17 B_17 A_17 651 C51 FRM_RSR18 R P G_18 F_18 E_18 D_18 C_18 B_18 A_18 652 C52 FRM_RSR19 R P G_19 F_19 E_19 D_19 C_19 B_19 A_19 653 C53 FRM_RSR20 R P G_20 F_20 E_20 D_20 C_20 B_20 A_20 654 C54 FRM_RSR21 R P G_21 F_21 E_21 D_21 C_21 B_21 A_21 655 C55 FRM_RSR22 R P G_22 F_22 E_22 D_22 C_22 B_22 A_22 656 C56 FRM_RSR23 R P G_23 F_23 E_23 D_23 C_23 B_23 A_23 657 C57 FRM_RSR243 R P X7 X E_24 D_24 C_24 B_24 A_24 658 C58 FRM_RSR253 R P X X E_25 D_25 C_25 B_25 A_25 659 C59 FRM_RSR263 R P X X E_26 D_26 C_26 B_26 A_26 65A C5A FRM_RSR273 R P X X E_27 D_27 C_27 B_27 A_27 65B C5B FRM_RSR283 R P X X E_28 D_28 C_28 B_28 A_28 65C C5C FRM_RSR293 R P X X E_29 D_29 C_29 B_29 A_29 65D C5D FRM_RSR303 R P X X E_30 D_30 C_30 B_30 A_30 65E C5E FRM_RSR313 R P X X E_31 D_31 C_31 B_31 A_31 65F C5F 1. In the CEPT IRSM signaling modes, these bits are in the 0 state and should be ignored. 2. In the DS1 robbed-bit signaling modes, these bits are copied from the corresponding transmit signaling registers. In the CEPT signaling modes, these bits are in the 0 state and should be ignored. 3. In the DS1 signaling modes, these registers contain unknown data. 4. In DS1 4-state and 2-state signaling, these bits contain unknown data. 5. In DS1 2-state signaling, these bits contain unknown data. 6. In the CEPT signaling modes, the A-, B-, C-, D-, and P-bit information of these registers contains unknown data. 7. Signifies unknown data. 222 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Maps (continued) Framer Unit Parameter Register Map Table 204. Framer Unit Parameter Register Map FRAMER CONTROL CLEARON-READ (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRAMER 1 FRAMER 2 FRM_PR0 R/W SLCIE (0) Reserved (0) RSRIE (0) TSRIE (0) SR567IE (0) SR34IE (0) SR2IE (0) SR1IE (0) 660 C60 FRM_PR1 R/W SR1B7IE (0) SR1B6IE (0) SR1B5IE (0) SR1B4IE (0) SR1B3IE (0) SR1B2IE (0) SR1B1IE (0) SR1B0IE (0) 661 C61 FRM_PR2 R/W SR2B7IE (0) SR2B6IE (0) SR2B5IE (0) SR2B4IE (0) SR2B3IE (0) SR2B2IE (0) SR2B1IE (0) SR2B0IE (0) 662 C62 FRM_PR3 R/W SR3B7IE (0) SR3B6IE (0) SR3B5IE (0) SR3B4IE (0) SR3B3IE (0) SR3B2IE (0) SR3B1IE (0) SR3B0IE (0) 663 C63 FRM_PR4 R/W SR4B7IE (0) SR4B6IE (0) SR4B5IE (0) SR4B4IE (0) SR4B3IE (0) SR4B2IE (0) SR4B1IE (0) SR4B0IE (0) 664 C64 FRM_PR5 R/W SR5B7IE (0) SR5B6IE (0) SR5B5IE (0) SR5B4IE (0) SR5B3IE (0) SR5B2IE (0) SR5B1IE (0) SR5B0IE (0) 665 C65 FRM_PR6 R/W SR6B7IE (0) SR6B6IE (0) SR6B5IE (0) SR6B4IE (0) SR6B3IE (0) SR6B2IE (0) SR6B1IE (0) SR6B0IE (0) 666 C66 FRM_PR7 R/W SR7B7IE (0) SR7B6IE (0) SR7B5IE (0) SR7B4IE (0) SR7B3IE (0) SR7B2IE (0) SR7B1IE (0) SR7B0IE (0) 667 C67 FRM_PR8 R/W LC2 (1) LC1 (1) LC0 (0) FMODE4 (0) FMODE3 (0) FMODE2 (0) FMODE1 (0) FMODE0 (0) 668 C68 FRM_PR9 R/W CRCO7 (0) CRCO6 (0) CRCO5 (0) CRCO4 (0) CRCO3 (0) CRCO2 (0) CRCO1 (0) CRCO0 (0) 669 C69 FRM_PR10 R/W ESM1 (0) ESM0 (0) RABF (0) Reserved (0) CNUCLBEN (0) FEREN [NFFE]1 (0) AISM (0) SSa6M (0) 66A C6A FRM_PR11 R/W EST7 (0) EST6 (0) EST5 (0) EST4 (0) EST3 (0) EST2 (0) EST1 (0) EST0 (0) 66B C6B FRM_PR12 R/W SEST15 (0) SEST14 (0) SEST13 (0) SEST12 (0) SEST11 (0) SEST10 (0) SEST9 (0) SEST8 (0) 66C C6C FRM_PR13 R/W SEST7 (0) SEST6 (0) SEST5 (0) SEST4 (0) SEST3 (0) SEST2 (0) SEST1 (0) SEST0 (0) 66D C6D FRM_PR14 R/W 0 0 0 0 ETSLIP (0) ETAIS (0) ETLMFA (0) ETLFA (0) 66E C6E FRM_PR15 R/W ETRESa6-F (0) ETRESa6-E (0) ETRESa6-8 (0) ETRERFA (0) ETRESLIP (0) ETREAIS (0) ETRELMFA (0) ETRELFA (0) 66F C6F FRM_PR16 R/W NTSa6-C (0) 0 NTSa6-8 (0) 0 NTSLIP (0) NTAIS (0) NTLMFA (0) NTLFA (0) 670 C70 FRM_PR17 R/W 0 0 0 NTRERFA (0) NTRESLIP (0) NTREAIS (0) NTRELMFA (0) NTRELFA (0) 671 C71 FRM_PR18 R/W 0 0 0 0 NTRESa6-C (0) NTRESa6-F (0) NTRESa6-E (0) NTRESa6-8 (0) 672 C72 FRM_PR19 R/W AFDPLBE (0) AFDLLBE (0) Reserved (0) ALLBE (0) TSAIS (0) Reserved (0) ASAISTMX (0) ASAIS (0) 673 C73 FRM_PR20 R/W TICRC (0) TLIC (0) TLLBOFF (0) TLLBON (0) TQRS (0) TPRS (0) TUFAUXP (0) TUFAIS (0) 674 C74 1. Definition in CEPT mode. Agere Systems Inc. 223 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Maps (continued) Framer Unit Parameter Register Map (continued) Table 204. Framer Unit Parameter Register Map (continued) FRAMER CONTROL CLEARON-READ (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FRAMER 1 FRAMER 2 FRM_PR21 R/W TC/R=1 (0) TFDLC (0) TFDLSAIS (0) TFDLLAIS (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) 675 C75 FRM_PR22 R/W TLIC7 (0) TLIC6 (1) TLIC5 (1) TLIC4 (1) TLIC3 (1) TLIC2 (1) TLIC1 (1) TLIC0 (1) 676 C76 FRM_PR23 R/W SSTSC7 (0) SSTSC6 (1) SSTSC5 (1) SSTSC4 (1) SSTSC3 (1) SSTSC2 (1) SSTSC1 (1) SSTSC0 (1) 677 C77 FRM_PR24 R/W LBC2 (0) LBC1 (0) LBC0 (0) TSLBA4 (0) TSLBA3 (0) TSLBA2 (0) TSLBA1 (0) TSLBA0 (0) 678 C78 FRM_PR25 R/W Reserved (0) SLBC1 (0) SLBC0 (0) STSLBA4 (0) STSLBA3 (0) STSLBA2 (0) STSLBA1 (0) STSLBA0 (0) 679 C79 FRM_PR26 R/W Reserved (0) Reserved (0) SYSFSM (0) TFM2 (0) TFM1 (0) FRFRM (0) SWRESTART (0) SWRESET (0) 67A C7A FRM_PR27 R/W TRFA (0) TJRFA (0) AARSa6_C (0) AARSa6_8 (0) ATMX (0) AAB0LMFA (0) AAB16LMFA (0) ARLFA (0) 67B C7B FRM_PR28 R/W 0 0 ATERTX (0) ATELTS0MFA (0) ATECRCE (0) TSiNF (0) TSiF (0) SIS, T1E (0) 67C C7C FRM_PR29 R/W SaS7 (0) SaS6 (0) SaS5 (0) TSa8 (0) TSa7 (0) TSa6 (0) TSa5 (0) TSa4 (0) 67D C7D FRM_PR30 R/W TDNF (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) TESa8 (0) TESa7 (0) TESa6 (0) TESa5 (0) TESa4 (0) 67E C7E FRM_PR31 R/W 0 Sa4-1 0 Sa4-3 X-0 Sa4-5 X-0 Sa4-7 X-0 Sa4-9 X-1 Sa4-11 X-1 Sa4-13 X-1 Sa4-15 67F C7F FRM_PR32 R/W 0 Sa4-17 0 Sa4-19 X-0 Sa4-21 X-0 Sa4-23 X-0 Sa4-25 X-1 Sa4-27 X-1 Sa4-29 X-1 Sa4-31 680 C80 FRM_PR33 R/W XC1 Sa5-1 XC2 Sa5-3 XC3 Sa5-5 XC4 Sa5-7 XC5 Sa5-9 XC6 Sa5-11 XC7 Sa5-13 XC8 Sa5-15 681 C81 FRM_PR34 R/W XC9 Sa5-17 XC10 Sa5-19 XC11 Sa5-21 XSPB1 = 0 Sa5-23 XSPB2 = 1 Sa5-25 XSPB3 = 0 Sa5-27 XM1 Sa5-29 XM2 Sa5-31 682 C82 FRM_PR35 R/W XM3 Sa6-1 XA1 Sa6-3 XA2 Sa6-5 XS1 Sa6-7 XS2 Sa6-9 XS3 Sa6-11 XS4 Sa613 XSPB4 = 1 Sa6-15 683 C83 FRM_PR36 R/W Sa6-17 Sa6-19 Sa6-21 Sa6-23 Sa6-25 Sa6-27 Sa6-29 Sa6-31 684 C84 FRM_PR37 R/W Sa7-1 Sa7-3 Sa7-5 Sa7-7 Sa7-9 Sa7-11 Sa7-13 Sa7-15 685 C85 FRM_PR38 R/W Sa7-17 Sa7-19 Sa7-21 Sa7-23 Sa7-25 Sa7-27 Sa7-29 Sa7-31 686 C86 FRM_PR39 R/W Sa8-1 Sa8-3 Sa8-5 Sa8-7 Sa8-9 Sa8-11 Sa8-13 Sa8-15 687 C87 FRM_PR40 R/W Sa8-17 Sa8-19 Sa8-21 Sa8-23 Sa8-25 Sa8-27 Sa8-29 Sa8-31 688 C88 FRM_PR41 R/W Reserved (0) TLTS16AIS (0) TLTS16RMFA (0) ALTTS16RMF A (0) XS (0) TTS16X2 (0) TTS16X1 (0) TTS16X0 (0) 689 C89 224 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Maps (continued) Framer Unit Parameter Register Map (continued) Table 204. Framer Unit Parameter Register Map (continued) FRAMER CONTROL CLEARON-READ (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) FR 1 FR 2 FRM_PR42 R/W FEX7 (0) FEX6 (0) FEX5 (0) FEX4 (0) FEX3 (0) FEX2 (0) FEX1 (0) FEX0 (0) 68A C8A FRM_PR43 R/W Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) SSC (0) STS2 [SaFDL2] (0) STS1 [SaFDL1] (0) STS0 [SaFDL0] (1) 68B C8B FRM_PR44 R/W TCSS (0) ASTSAIS (0) IRSM TSR-ASM (0) MOS_CSS (0) RSI (0) ASM (0) STOMP (0) TSIG (0) 68C C8C FRM_PR45 R/W HWYEN (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) CHIMM (0) CDRS1 (0) CDRS0 (0) CMS (0) HFLF (0) 68D C8D FRM_PR46 R/W RFE (0) ROFF2 (0) ROFF1 (0) ROFF0 (0) TFE (0) TOFF2 (0) TOFF1 (0) TOFF0 (0) 68E C8E FRM_PR47 R/W TLBIT (0) TCE (0) TBYOFF5 (0) TBYOFF4 (0) TBYOFF3 (0) TBYOFF2 (0) TBYOFF1 (0) TBYOFF0 (0) 68F C8F FRM_PR48 R/W RLBIT (0) RCE (0) RBYOFF5 (0) RBYOFF4 (0) RBYOFF3 (0) RBYOFF2 (0) RBYOFF1 (0) RBYOFF0 (0) 690 C90 FRM_PR49 R/W TTSE31 (0) TTSE30 (0) TTSE29 (0) TTSE28 (0) TTSE27 (0) TTSE26 (0) TTSE25 (0) TTSE24 (0) 691 C91 FRM_PR50 R/W TTSE23 (0) TTSE22 (0) TTSE21 (0) TTSE20 (0) TTSE19 (0) TTSE18 (0) TTSE17 (0) TTSE16 (0) 692 C92 FRM_PR51 R/W TTSE15 (0) TTSE14 (0) TTSE13 (0) TTSE12 (0) TTSE11 (0) TTSE10 (0) TTSE9 (0) TTSE8 (0) 693 C93 FRM_PR52 R/W TTSE7 (0) TTSE6 (0) TTSE5 (0) TTSE4 (0) TTSE3 (0) TTSE2 (0) TTSE1 (0) TTSE0 (0) 694 C94 FRM_PR53 R/W RTSE31 (0) RTSE30 (0) RTSE29 (0) RTSE28 (0) RTSE27 (0) RTSE26 (0) RTSE25 (0) RTSE24 (0) 695 C95 FRM_PR54 R/W RTSE23 (0) RTSE22 (0) RTSE21 (0) RTSE20 (0) RTSE19 (0) RTSE18 (0) RTSE17 (0) RTSE16 (0) 696 C96 FRM_PR55 R/W RTSE15 (0) RTSE14 (0) RTSE13 (0) RTSE12 (0) RTSE11 (0) RTSE10 (0) RTSE9 (0) RTSE8 (0) 697 C97 FRM_PR56 R/W RTSE7 (0) RTSE6 (0) RTSE5 (0) RTSE4 (0) RTSE3 (0) RTSE2 (0) RTSE1 (0) RTSE0 (0) 698 C98 FRM_PR57 R/W THS31 (0) THS30 (0) THS29 (0) THS28 (0) THS27 (0) THS26 (0) THS25 (0) THS24 (0) 699 C99 FRM_PR58 R/W THS23 (0) THS22 (0) THS21 (0) THS20 (0) THS19 (0) THS18 (0) THS17 (0) THS16 (0) 69A C9A FRM_PR59 R/W THS15 (0) THS14 (0) THS13 (0) THS12 (0) THS11 (0) THS10 (0) THS9 (0) THS8 (0) 69B C9B FRM_PR60 R/W THS7 (0) THS6 (0) THS5 (0) THS4 (0) THS3 (0) THS2 (0) THS1 (0) THS0 (0) 69C C9C FRM_PR61 R/W RHS31 (0) RHS30 (0) RHS29 (0) RHS28 (0) RHS27 (0) RHS26 (0) RHS25 (0) RHS24 (0) 69D C9D FRM_PR62 R/W RHS23 (0) RHS22 (0) RHS21 (0) RHS20 (0) RHS19 (0) RHS18 (0) RHS17 (0) RHS16 (0) 69E C9E FRM_PR63 R/W RHS15 (0) RHS14 (0) RHS13 (0) RHS12 (0) RHS11 (0) RHS10 (0) RHS9 (0) RHS8 (0) 69F C9F FRM_PR64 R/W RHS7 (0) RHS6 (0) RHS5 (0) RHS4 (0) RHS3 (0) RHS2 (0) RHS1 (0) RHS0 (0) 6A0 CA0 FRM_PR65 R/W Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) TCHIDTS (0) TBYOFF6 (0) 6A1 CA1 FRM_PR66 R/W Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) RCHIDTS (0) RBYOFF6 (0) 6A2 CA2 FRM_PR67 — Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 6A3 CA3 FRM_PR68 — Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 6A4 CA4 FRM_PR69 R/W GPTRN3 (0) GPTRN2 (0) GPTRN1 (0) GPTRN0 (0) GFRMSEL (0) GBLKSEL (0) TPEI (0) ITD (0) 6A5 CA5 FRM_PR70 R/W DPTRN3 (0) DPTRN2 (0) DPTRN1 (0) DPTRN0 (0) DUFTP (0) DBLKSEL (0) reserved (0) IRD (0) 6A6 CA6 Agere Systems Inc. 225 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Maps (continued) Transmit Signaling Registers (READ/WRITE) Table 205. Transmit Signaling Registers Map TRANSMIT SIGNALING CLEARON-READ (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) Bit 7 Bit 61 Bit 51 Bit 42 Bit 33 Bit 23 Bit 14 REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) Bit 0 FR 1 FR 2 FRM_TSR05 R/W P G_0 F_0 E_0 D_0 C_0 B_0 A_0 6E0 CE0 FRM_TSR1 R/W P G_1 F_1 E_1 D_1 C_1 B_1 A_1 6E1 CE1 FRM_TSR2 R/W P G_2 F_2 E_2 D_2 C_2 B_2 A_2 6E2 CE2 FRM_TSR3 R/W P G_3 F_3 E_3 D_3 C_3 B_3 A_3 6E3 CE3 FRM_TSR4 R/W P G_4 F_4 E_4 D_4 C_4 B_4 A_4 6E4 CE4 FRM_TSR5 R/W P G_5 F_5 E_5 D_5 C_5 B_5 A_5 6E5 CE5 FRM_TSR6 R/W P G_6 F_6 E_6 D_6 C_6 B_6 A_6 6E6 CE6 FRM_TSR7 R/W P G_7 F_7 E_7 D_7 C_7 B_7 A_7 6E7 CE7 FRM_TSR8 R/W P G_8 F_8 E_8 D_8 C_8 B_8 A_8 6E8 CE8 FRM_TSR9 R/W P G_9 F_8 E_8 D_8 C_8 B_8 A_8 6E9 CE9 FRM_TSR10 R/W P G_10 F_10 E_10 D_10 C_10 B_10 A_10 6EA CEA FRM_TSR11 R/W P G_11 F_11 E_11 D_11 C_11 B_11 A_11 6EB CEB FRM_TSR12 R/W P G_12 F_12 E_12 D_12 C_12 B_12 A_12 6EC CEC FRM_TSR13 R/W P G_13 F_13 E_13 D_13 C_13 B_13 A_13 6ED CED FRM_TSR14 R/W P G_14 F_14 E_14 D_14 C_14 B_14 A_14 6EE CEE FRM_TSR15 R/W P G_15 F_15 E_15 D_15 C_15 B_15 A_15 6EF CEF FRM_TSR165 R/W P G_16 F_16 E_16 D_16 C_16 B_16 A_16 6F0 CF0 FRM_TSR17 R/W P G_17 F_17 E_17 D_17 C_17 B_17 A_17 6F1 CF1 FRM_TSR18 R/W P G_18 F_18 E_18 D_18 C_18 B_18 A_18 6F2 CF2 FRM_TSR19 R/W P G_19 F_19 E_19 D_19 C_19 B_19 A_19 6F3 CF3 FRM_TSR20 R/W P G_20 F_20 E_20 D_20 C_20 B_20 A_20 6F4 CF4 FRM_TSR21 R/W P G_21 F_21 E_21 D_21 C_21 B_21 A_21 6F5 CF5 FRM_TSR22 R/W P G_22 F_22 E_22 D_22 C_22 B_22 A_22 6F6 CF6 FRM_TSR23 R/W P G_23 F_23 E_23 D_23 C_23 B_23 A_23 6F7 CF7 FRM_TSR246 R/W P X7 X E_24 D_24 C_24 B_24 A_24 6F8 CF8 FRM_TSR256 R/W P X X E_25 D_25 C_25 B_25 A_25 6F9 CF9 FRM_TSR266 R/W P X X E_26 D_26 C_26 B_26 A_26 6FA CFA FRM_TSR276 R/W P X X E_27 D_27 C_27 B_27 A_27 6FB CFB FRM_TSR286 R/W P X X E_28 D_28 C_28 B_28 A_28 6FC CFC FRM_TSR296 R/W P X X E_29 D_29 C_29 B_29 A_29 6FD CFD FRM_TSR306 R/W P X X E_30 D_30 C_30 B_30 A_30 6FE CFE FRM_TSR316 R/W P X X E_31 D_31 C_31 B_31 A_31 6FF CFF 1. In the normal DS1 robbed-bit signaling modes, these bits define the corresponding receive channel signaling mode and are copied into the received signaling registers. In the CEPT signaling modes, these bits are ignored. 2. In the CEPT IRSM signaling mode, E-bit information is valid. In all other CEPT modes, these bits contain unknown data. In DS1 modes, this bit contains unknown data. 3. In DS1 4-state and 2-state signaling modes, these bits contain unknown data. 4. In DS1 2-state signaling mode, these bits contain unknown data. 5. In the CEPT signaling modes, the A-, B-, C-, D-, and P-bit information of these registers contains unknown data. 6. In the DS1 signaling modes, these registers contain unknown data. 7. Signifies known data. 226 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Register Maps (continued) Facility Data Link Parameter/Control and Status Registers (READ-WRITE) Table 206. Facility Data Link Register Map TRANSMIT SIGNALING CLEARON-READ (COR) READ (R) WRITE (W) REGISTER ADDRESS (hexadecimal) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 FR 1 FR 2 FDL_PR0 R/W FRANSIT3 (1) FRANSIT2 (0) FRANSIT1 (1) FRANSIT0 (0) Reserved (0) Reserved (0) FLAGS (0) FDINT (0) 800 E00 FDL_PR1 R/W FTPRM (0) FRPF (0) FTR (0) FRR (0) FTE (0) FRE (0) FLLB (0) FRLB (0) 801 E01 FDL_PR2 R/W FTBCRC (0) FRIIE (0) FROVIE (0) FREOFIE (0) FRFIE (0) FTUNDIE (0) FTEIE (0) FTDIE (0) 802 E02 FDL_PR3 R/W FTFC (0) FTABT (0) FTIL5 (0) FTIL4 (0) FTIL3 (0) FTIL2 (0) FTIL1 (0) FTIL0 (0) 803 E03 FDL_PR4 R/W FTD7 (0) FTD6 (0) FTD5 (0) FTD4 (0) FTD3 (0) FTD2 (0) FTD1 (0) FTD0 (0) 804 E04 FDL_PR5 R/W FTIC7 (0) FTIC6 (0) FTIC5 (0) FTIC4 (0) FTIC3 (0) FTIC2 (0) FTIC1 (0) FTIC0 (0) 805 E05 FDL_PR6 R/W FRANSIE (0) Reserved (0) FRIL5 (0) FRIL4 (0) FRIL3 (0) FRIL2 (0) FRIL1 (0) FRIL0 (0) 806 E06 FDL_PR7 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved — — FDL_PR8 R/W FRMC7 (0) FRMC6 (0) FRMC5 (0) FRMC4 (0) FRMC3 (0) FRMC2 (0) FRMC1 (0) FRMC0 (0) 808 E08 FDL_PR9 R/W Reserved (0) FTM (0) FMATCH (0) FALOCT (0) FMSTAT (0) FOCTOF2 (0) FOCTOF1 (0) FOCTOF0 (0) 809 E09 FDL_PR10 R/W FTANSI (0) Reserved (0) FTANSI5 (0) FTANSI4 (0) FTANSI3 (0) FTANSI2 (0) FTANSI1 (0) FTANSI0 (0) 80A E0A FDL_SR0 COR FRANSI FRIDL FROVERUN FREOF FRF FTUNDABT FTEM FTDONE 80B E0B FDL_SR1 R FTED FTQS6 FTQS5 FTQS4 FTQS3 FTQS2 FTQS1 FTQS0 80C E0C FDL_SR2 R FREOF FRQS6 FRQS5 FRQS4 FRQS3 FRQS2 FRQS1 FRQS0 80D E0D FDL_SR3 R 0 0 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 80E E0E FDL_SR4 R FRD7 (0) FRD6 (0) FRD5 (0) FRD4 (0) FRD3 (0) FRD2 (0) FRD1 (0) FRD0 (0) 807 E07 Agere Systems Inc. 227 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Absolute Maximum Ratings Stresses in excess of the absolute maximum ratings can cause permanent damage to the device. These are absolute stress ratings only. Functional operation of the device is not implied at these or any other conditions in excess of those given in the operational sections of the data sheet. Exposure to absolute maximum ratings for extended periods can adversely affect device reliability. Parameter Symbol Min Max Unit VDD 0 4.6 V Maximum Voltage (digital pins) with Respect to VDD — — 0.3 V Minimum Voltage (digital pins) with Respect to GRND — –0.3 — V Maximum Allowable Voltages (RTIP, RRING) with Respect to VDD — — 0.5 V Minimum Allowable Voltages (RTIP, RRING) with Respect to GRND — –0.5 — V Tstg –65 125 °C VDD Supply Voltage Range Storage Temperature Range Operating Conditions Parameter Power Supply Power Dissipation Ambient Temperature Symbol Min Typ Max Unit VDD PD TA 3.13 — –40 3.30 400 — 3.47 650 85 V mW °C Handling Precautions Although ESD protection circuitry has been designed into this device, proper precautions must be taken to avoid exposure to electrostatic discharge (ESD) and electrical overstress (EOS) during all handling, assembly, and test operations. Agere employs both a human-body model (HBM) and a charged-device model (CDM) qualification requirement in order to determine ESD-susceptibility limits and protection design evaluation. ESD voltage thresholds are dependent on the circuit parameters used in each of the models, as defined by JEDEC’s JESD22-A114 (HBM) and JESD22-C101 (CDM) standards. Table 207. ESD Protection Characteristics Minimum Threshold Device T7633 HBM 2000 V CDM Corner Noncorner 1000 V CAUTION: MOS devices are susceptible to damage from electrostatic charge. Reasonable precautions in handling and packaging MOS devices should be observed. 228 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Electrical Characteristics Logic Interface Characteristics Table 208. Logic Interface Characteristics (TA = –40 °C to +85 °C, VDD = 3.3 V ± 5%, VSS = 0) Parameter Symbol Test Conditions Min Max Unit VIL VIH IL IIL = –70 µA* IIH = 10 µA† — 0 2.0 — 0.8 VDD 10 V V µA VOL VOH CI CL IOL = –5.0 mA* IOH = 5.0 mA† — — 0 VDD – 0.5 — — 0.5 VDD 3.0 50 V V pF pF Input Voltage: Low High Input Leakage Output Voltage: Low High Input Capacitance Load Capacitance‡ * Sinking. † Sourcing. ‡ 100 pF allowed for AD[7:0] (pins 86 to 79), and A[11:0] (pins 98 to 87). Notes: All buffers use TTL levels. All inputs are driven between 2.4 V and 0.4 V. An internal 50 kΩ pull-up is provided on the 3-STATE, RESET, DS1/CEPT, FRAMER, SYSCLK, CKSEL, MPMODE, MPMUX, CS, MPCLK, JTAGTDI, JTAGTCK, and JTAGTMS pins. An internal 50 kΩ pull-down is provided on the JTAGRST pin. Power Supply Bypassing External bypassing is required for each channel. A 1.0 µF capacitor must be connected between VDDX and GRNDX. In addition, a 0.1 µF capacitor must be connected between VDD and GRND, and a 0.1 µF capacitor must be connected between VDDA and GRNDA. Ground plane connections are required for GRNDX, GRND, and GRNDA. Power plane connections are also required for VDDX and VDD. The need to reduce high-frequency coupling into the analog supply (VDDA) may require an inductive bead to be inserted between the power plane and the VDDA pin of each channel. Capacitors used for power supply bypassing should be placed as close as possible to the device pins for maximum effectiveness. Agere Systems Inc. 229 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Outline Diagram 144-Pin TQFP Dimensions are in millimeters. 22.00 ± 0.20 20.00 ± 0.20 PIN #1 IDENTIFIER ZONE 144 109 1 108 20.00 ± 0.20 22.00 ± 0.20 36 73 37 72 DETAIL A DETAIL B 1.40 ± 0.05 1.60 MAX SEATING PLANE 0.08 0.05/0.15 0.50 TYP 1.00 REF 0.106/0.200 0.25 GAGE PLANE 0.19/0.27 SEATING PLANE 0.45/0.75 DETAIL A 230 0.08 DETAIL B M 5-3815(F)r.6 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Ordering Information Device Code Package Temperature T - 7633 - - - TL - DB 144-Pin TQFP –40 °C to +85 °C Agere Systems Inc. Comcode (Ordering Number) 108194895 231 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Index Numerics 100 ms timer 72 1-byte Frames 117 3-State Procedures 139 8 ms 72 A A bit 80, 94, 107 Aborts 116 aborts 115 Absolute Maximum Ratings 228 AIS 102, 106 Alarm Filter Register 185 Alarm Indication Signal 35 alarm indication signal 62, 92 Alarm Register 159 alternate mark inversion 52 AMI 52 AMI Encoding 52 Analog Loss of Signal 30, 31 Analog Loss of Signal (ALOS) 28 Analog Loss of Signal (ALOS) Alarm 28 ANSI 108 ASM 85 ASM time-slot format 86 Associated Signaling Mode 85, 128 Automatic AIS 188 Automatic and On-Demand Commands 106 automatically transmitting E bits 79 auxiliary pattern 102 B B8ZS 27 B8ZS Encoding 53 Basic Frame Structure 66, 67 biframe alignment 79, 80 Binary 8 Zero Code Suppression 53 Bipolar Violation Counter Register 173 bit destuffing 115 bit offset 132 bit stuffing 115 BLB 99 Blue alarm 92 Board loopback 99 boundary scan 135 Boundary-Scan Register 139 Boundary-Scan Test Logic 135 BYPASS 139 BYPASS Register 139 BYPASS register 135 Bypassing 47, 229 Index 232 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 C CAS 76 CEPT High-Density Bipolar of Order 3 (HDB3) 54 CEPT 2.048 frame 66 CEPT Loss of Basic Frame Alignment 69 CEPT Loss of Frame Alignment Recovery Algorithm 69 CEPT nailed-up broadcast transmission (CNUBT) 99 CEPT nailed-up connect loopback (CNUCLB) 99 CEPT Sa Receive Stack 178 CER 132 CEX 132 Channel Associated Signaling 76 channel associated signaling multiframe structures 66 CHI 125 CHI Common Control Register 204 CHI Data Rate 126 CHI Offset Programming 132 CHI parameters 126 CHI Receive Control Register 205, 207 CHI Receive Highway Select Registers 207 CHI system interface 79 CHI timing with associated signaling mode enabled 131 CHI Transmit Control Register 205, 207 CHI Transmit Highway Select Registers 206 CHIDATA 125 Clock Select Mode 126 clocking 122 CMS 132, 133 CNUBT mode 99 CNUCLB mode 100 Concentration Highway Interface (CHI) 125 Concentration Highway Master Mode 126 continuous E-bit 94 CRC Error Counter Register 174 CRC Option Bits Decoding 184 CRC-16 117 CRC-4 70, 79, 82 CRC-4 error counter 71 CRC-4 Errors at NT1 from NT2 Counter Register 174 CRC-4 multiframe 66, 70 CRC-4 multiframe alignment 74 CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Algorithm with 100 ms Timer 72 CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Algorithm with 8 ms Timer 72 CRC-4 Multiframe Alignment Search Algorithm with 400 ms Timer 74 CRC-4/Non-CRC-4 Equipment Interworking 75 CRC-4-to-Non-CRC-4 equipment interworking 74 cyclic redundancy check-4 70 Cyclic redundancy checking 62 (continued) Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 70 W, 1 GHz, T7633 28 V, Dual N-Channel, T1/E1 3.3 Laterally-Diffused, V Short-HaulEnhancement Terminator D D4 57 D4 Frame Format 57 data link interface 81 Data Recovery 26 DDS 58 default mode 52 Delay 45 Device ID and Version Registers 157 diagnostic loopback modes 120 Digital Data Service 58 Digital Local Loopback (DLLOOP) 44 Digital Loss of Signal 30, 31 Digital Loss of Signal (DLOS) 28 Digital Loss of Signal (DLOS) Alarm 28 double CRC-4 multiframe 82 DS0 55 DS1 55 Alternate Mark Inversion (AMI) 52 Binary 8 Zero Code Suppression (B8ZS) 53 Zero Code Suppression (ZCS) 53 DSX-1 Transmitter Pulse Template and Specifications 37 DUAL 27 E E bit 106 E Bit at NT1 from NT2 Counter Register 174 E bits 70 E-bit 94 E-Bit Counter Register 174 E-bit monitoring 71 elastic store buffers 122 Electrical Characteristics 229 electrostatic discharge 228 error events 97 Errored Event Threshold Definition 185 Errored Second Threshold Register 186 ESF 61 ESF bit-oriented messages 109, 114 ET Bursty Errored Seconds Counter 175 ET Errored Seconds Counter 175 ET Severely Errored Seconds Counter 175 ET Unavailable Seconds Counter 175 ET1 Errored Event Enable Register 186 ET1 Remote End Errored Event Enable Register 187 ET-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter 175 ET-RE Errored Seconds Counter 175 ET-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter 175 ET-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter 176 Exchange Termination and Exchange Termination Remote End Interface Status Register 171 Extended Superframe 61 EXTEST 138 Agere Systems Inc. F F and G bits 85 Facility Alarm Condition Register 166 Facility Data Link 108 facility data link 80 Facility Data Link Access Timing 58 Facility Errored Event Register-1 168 Facility Event Register 173 Facility Event Register-3 170 Failed state 95 FAS 67 FAS/NOT FAS Si- and E-Bit Source 79 FDL 108 FDL Control Command Register 189 FDL Control Register 212 FDL HDLC 108 FDL interface 109 FDL Interrupt Mask Control Register 213 FDL Interrupt Status Register 217 FDL Parameter/Control Registers 212 FDL Receiver Interrupt Level Control Register 215 FDL Receiver Match Character Register 215 FDL Receiver Status Register 218 FDL Transmit ANSI ESF Bit Codes 216 FDL Transmitter Configuration Control Register 214 FDL Transmitter Mask Register 214 FDL Transmitter Status Register 218 FDL Transparent Control Register 216 Flags 116 flags 115 Frame Alignment Signal 67 frame check sequence 117 Frame Format 55 Frame Formats 55 Frame, Superframe, and Extended Superframe Definitions 55 Framer Exercise Register 198 Framer Mode Bits Decoding 183 Framer Parameter/Control Registers 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210 Framer Register Structure 164 Framer Status/Counter Registers 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179 Framer Transmit Line Idle Code 189 Framer Transmit System Idle Code 189 Framing Bit Errored Counter Register 173 Full Local Loopback (FLLOOP) 44 233 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Index (continued) G Generated (Intrinsic) Jitter 40 Global Internal Interface Control Register 157 Global Loopback Control Register 156 Global Loopback Control Register 156 Global Register Architecture 154 Global Register Set 154 Global Register Structure 155 Global Terminal Control Register 157 H Handling Precautions 228 HDB3 27 HDB3 Coding 54 HDLC Operation 115 High-Impedance State 45 Highway Enable 126 HIGHZ 138 human-body model 228 I IDCODE 138 IDCODE Register 139 IDCODE register 135 idle code 86, 103 Idles 116 idles 115 In-Circuit Testing 45 instruction register 138 Interrupt Enable Register 159 Interrupt Generation 149 Interrupt Group Enable Registers 180 Interrupt Status Register 165 interworking 168 IRSM Signaling 77 ITU 66 ITU Rec. 0.151 102 ITU Rec. 706 Annex B 74 ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.1 67 ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.1 70 ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.4 79 ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.5.2 71 ITU Rec. G.704 Section 2.3.3.5.3 71 ITU Rec. G.706 Annex C 67 ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.1.1 69 ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.2 72, 74 ITU Rec. G.706 Section 4.3.2 69 ITU Rec. G.706 Section B.2.2 79 ITU Rec. G.706 Section B.2.3 74 ITU Rec. G.706.4.1.2 69 ITU Rec. G.732 Section 5.2 78 ITU Rec. G.775 93 ITU-T standard polynomial 117 234 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 J JAR 41 Jitter 27 Jitter Accommodation 27, 30, 31, 41 Jitter Attenuator 27, 40 Jitter Attenuator Enable (Transmit or Receive Path) 41 Jitter Tolerance 41 Jitter Transfer 27, 30, 31, 40 Jitter Transfer Function 40 L LFA 62 Line Code Option Bits Decoding 183 Line Enable Register 188 Line Interface Unit 26 Jitter Attenuator 40 Line Circuitry 48 Loopbacks 44 Receiver 26 Transmit 34 Line Interface Units (LIU) Register Architecture 158 Line Interface Units Register Set 158 Line loopback 99 Line Termination 48 LIU Alarms 28 LIU Powerdown (PD) 45 LIU Receiver Bipolar Violation (BPV) Alarm 29 LIU Transmitter Alarm Indication Signal Generator (XLAIS) 35 LIU Transmitter Alarms 35 LIU Transmitter Configuration Modes 35 LIU Transmitter Driver Monitor (TDM) Alarm 36 LIU Transmitter Zero Substitution Encoding (CODE) 35 LIU-bypass mode 51 LIU-Framer Physical Interface 50 LLB 99 local loopback 120 Logic Interface Characteristics 229 loopback 99 Loopback Decoding 190, 191 Loopbacks 44 loss of CRC-4 multiframe alignment 71 Loss of Frame Alignment 62 loss of frame alignment 91 Loss of LIU Transmit Clock (LOTC) Alarm 35 loss of PLL clock 93 loss of receive clock 93 Loss of SYSCK (LORLCK) 45 loss of time slot 16 signaling multiframe alignment 78 Loss Shutdown (LOSSD) and Receiver AIS (RCVAIS) 29 LOSSD and RCVAIS Control Configurations 29 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 Index 70 W, 1 GHz, T7633 28 V, Dual N-Channel, T1/E1 3.3 Laterally-Diffused, V Short-HaulEnhancement Terminator (continued) M Maintenance LoopBack and Transmission Modes 99, 100, 101 match bit 119 Microprocessor Clock (MPCLK) Specifications 142 microprocessor interface 140 microprocessor modes 140 MPMODE 140 MPMUX 140 N negative slip 93 Network Termination and Network Termination Remote End Interface Status Register 172 no CRC-4 79 NOT FAS 80 NOT FAS frames 67 NOT FAS Sa Stack Source and Destination 82, 83, 84 NOT FAS Sa4 bit Sources 80 NT1 Bursty Errored Seconds Counter 176 NT1 Errored Event Enable Register 187 NT1 Errored Seconds Counter 176 NT1 Remote End Errored Event Enable Register 187 NT1 Severely Errored Seconds Counter 176 NT1 Unavailable Seconds Counter 176 NT1-RE Bursty Errored Seconds Counter 177 NT1-RE Errored Seconds Counter 176 NT1-RE Severely Errored Seconds Counter 177 NT1-RE Unavailable Seconds Counter 177 O Operating Conditions 228 Ordering 231 Ordering Information 231 Outline Diagram 230 Output Pulse Generation 34 P Parameters 126, 127, 128 Payload loopback 99 performance report message 108, 115 Performance Report Messages 110 performance report messages 114 phase-lock 122 PLLB 100 positive slip 93 Power Supply 47, 229 Powerdown 45 Primary Block Interrupt Enable Register 155 Primary Block Interrupt Status Register 155 Principle of the Boundary Scan 135 PRM 110 pseudorandom test pattern 102 Pulse Template 37, 38, 39 Agere Systems Inc. Q quasi-random test signal 102 R Rate adaptation 125 RCE 133 Rec. G.704 66 Receive ANSI FDL Status Register 218 Receive ANSI T1.403 Bit-Oriented Messages 109 Receive CRC-4 Multiframe Search Algorithm Using the 100 ms Internal Timer 73 Receive Facility Data Link Interface 108 Receive FDL FIFO 112 Receive Frame Edge 126 receive framer 50 Receive Framer Reframe 107 Receive HDLC Mode 112 Receive Highway Select 127 Receive Least Significant Bit First 128 receive line elastic store buffer 124 Receive Line Interface Configuration Modes 27 Receive NOT-FAS TS0 Register 177 receive queue status 113 receive Sa stack 71 Receive Signaling Inhibit 107 Receive Signaling Registers CEPT Format 179 Receive Time-Slot Enable 127 Receive Time-Slot Enable Registers 206 received E-bit counter 71 received end of frame 119 Received Sa Register 177 Received Signaling Registers 179 DS1 Format 179 Receiver Alarms 28, 29 Receiver Bit Offset 127 Receiver Byte Offset 127 Receiver Clock Edge 126 Receiver FDL FIFO Register 218 receiver full 113, 119 receiver idle 119 receiver overrun 113, 119 Red alarm 91 Register Maps 219 remote alarm indication 67 Remote End Alarm Register 167 Remote Frame Alarm 106 remote frame alarm 62, 92 remote loopback 120, 121 Remote Loopback (RLOOP) 44 Reset 149 Return Loss 30, 31 RFE 132, 133 Robbed-Bit Signaling 85 235 Advance Data Sheet May 2002 T7633 Dual T1/E1 3.3 V Short-Haul Terminator Index (continued) S Sa bits 80, 81 Sa Bits Sourcing Decoding 195 Sa Facility Data Link Access 81 Sa stack 80, 82 Sa4—Sa8 Control Register 196 Sa4—Sa8 Source Register 195 Sa6 code monitoring 71 Sa6 codes 95, 96 Sa6 patterns 95 SAMPLE/PRELOAD 138 Secondary Loopback Control 191 secondary loopback modes 100 Secondary System Time-Slot Loopback Address 191 Secondary-single time-slot line loopback 100 Secondary-single time-slot system loopback 100 Severely Errored Second Threshold Register 186 Si bit 79 Si bits in frames 13 and 15 79 Si-Bit Source Register 198 Signaling Access 85 Signaling Mode Register 202 Single Rail 52 Single time-slot line loopback (STSLLB) 99 Single time-slot system loopback (STSSLB) 99 SLC-96 58 SLC-96 9-State Signaling 64 SLC-96 Data Link Block Format 59 SLC-96 FDL Receive Stack 178 SLC-96 FDL stack 60 SLC-96 Transmit Stack 197 SLIP 93 spurious frame alignment 72 status of frame (SF) byte 112 status registers 91 STSLLB 99 STSSLB 99 Stuffed Time Slots 128 System Frame Sync Mask Source 192 System Interface Control Register 201 System Time-Slot Loopback Address 190 T T1 Frame Recovery Alignment Algorithms 63 T1 Frame Structure 55 T1 framing formats 128 T1 Framing Structures 55 T1 Robbed-Bit Signaling 64, 65 T1 stuffed channels 86 T1.403-1995 108 TAP 135 Telcordia Technologies 108 test access port 135 test access port controller 136 236 TFE 132, 133 time slot 16 multiframe alignment recovery algorithm 78 Time Slot 16 Signaling 86 timing requirements for the transmit and receive framer interfaces 51 Transformer 48 Transmission of E Bit 194 Transmit ANSI T1.403 Bit-Oriented Messages 114 transmit elastic store buffer 122 Transmit Facility Data Link Interface 114 Transmit FDL FIFO 117 Transmit Frame Edge 126 Transmit Framer ANSI Performance Report Message Status Register 179 transmit framer interface 50 Transmit Highway Select 127 transmit idle character 118 Transmit Least Significant Bit First 128 Transmit Remote Frame Alarm 107 Transmit Signaling Registers CEPT Format 210 DS1 Format 210 transmit signaling registers 85 Transmit Time Slot 16 Remote Multiframe Alarm 107 Transmit Time-Slot Enable 127 Transmit Time-Slot Enable Registers 206 Transmitter FDL FIFO Register 214 Transmitter Bit Offset 127 Transmitter Byte Offset 127 Transmitter Clock Edge 126 transmitter empty 118 Transmitter Underrun 117 Transparent Framing 56 transparent framing mode 1 56 transparent framing mode 2 56 Transparent Mode 118 transparent mode 119 TR-TSY-000194 Issue 1, 12-87 108 U unavailable state alarm 95 X XCE 133 Y Yellow alarm 92 Z ZCS 53 ZCS Encoding 53 Zero Code Suppression 53 Zero Substitution 27 Zero Substitution Decoding (CODE) 27 Zero-Bit Insertion/Deletion 115 Agere Systems Inc. Advance Data Sheet May 2002 70 W, 1 GHz, T7633 28 V, Dual N-Channel, T1/E1 3.3 Laterally-Diffused, V Short-HaulEnhancement Terminator Notes Agere Systems Inc. 237 SLC is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc. AT&T is a registered trademark of AT&T Inc. ANSI is a registered trademark of the American National Standards Institute. Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. Motorola is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc. Telcordia Technologies is a registered trademark of Telcordia Technologies Inc. Mitel is a registered trademark of Mitel Corporation. AMD is a registered trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. IEEE is a registered trademark of The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. For additional information, contact your Agere Systems Account Manager or the following: INTERNET: http://www.agere.com E-MAIL: [email protected] N. AMERICA: Agere Systems Inc., 555 Union Boulevard, Room 30L-15P-BA, Allentown, PA 18109-3286 1-800-372-2447, FAX 610-712-4106 (In CANADA: 1-800-553-2448, FAX 610-712-4106) ASIA: Agere Systems Hong Kong Ltd., Suites 3201 & 3210-12, 32/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, Harbour City, Kowloon Tel. (852) 3129-2000, FAX (852) 3129-2020 CHINA: (86) 21-5047-1212 (Shanghai), (86) 10-6522-5566 (Beijing), (86) 755-695-7224 (Shenzhen) JAPAN: (81) 3-5421-1600 (Tokyo), KOREA: (82) 2-767-1850 (Seoul), SINGAPORE: (65) 6778-8833, TAIWAN: (886) 2-2725-5858 (Taipei) EUROPE: Tel. (44) 7000 624624, FAX (44) 1344 488 045 Agere Systems Inc. reserves the right to make changes to the product(s) or information contained herein without notice. No liability is assumed as a result of their use or application. Agere, Agere Systems, and the Agere logo are trademarks of Agere Systems Inc. Copyright © 2002 Agere Systems Inc. All Rights Reserved May 2002 DS02-244BBAC (Replaces DS98-244TIC)